Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

man+of+the+west

Толкование Перевод

1 MAN

I) n.

1) household, house-folk; bondslaves;

2) bondwoman, female slave; þær ‘ro máttkar meyjar at mani hafðar, these mighty maids are held in bondage;

3) woman, esp. young woman, maid; líki leyfa hins ljósa mans, to praise the fair maid’s form.

II) from muna, munu.

* * *

n., does not occur in plur. unless it be in gen. pl. mana, Stor. 13 (mͣ in MS.); [man is an ancient word only used in old laws and poetry, it remains in the compd man-sal, and in the Icel. local name Man-heimar; ‘man’ (ἀνδράποδον), being neuter and having but one n, is prob. of different origin from mann (ἄνθρωπος, ἀνήρ), which is masc. and has a double final n. The etymology of this word is lost in the remotest antiquity; it appears in the O. H. G. mana-houbit = a bondman’s head, a ‘serf’s head;’ (Grimm in R. A. expresses a doubt as to the current etymology of Lat. man-cipium from manu-capere; perh. man and caput?). In early Swed. law the word occurs twice or thrice, næmpnæ man, næmpnæ quicfæ, Schlyter i. 134; in Gutalagen—kauper tu mans man i garth thin (i. e. mans-mann = a bondman, cp. mans-manna and mans-maðr, see Schlyter’s Glossary).]

B. A bondman, prob. originally of prisoners of war who were sold as slaves (Irish in the west, Finns and Slaves in the east), see Ld. ch. 12, Ó. T. (Fms. i. ch. 92); svá ok ef hann vill í mani gjalda, tva aura fyrir einn, ok á hann lausn á maninu en næstu misseri ef hann hefir upp alit, Grág. i. 396; kaupa man ok gefa frelsi, N. G. L. i. 5, 6; ok þat fé skal hálft vera í gulli ok í silfri en hálit í mani hérrænu ( native bondmen) eigi ellra en fertogu, né yngra en fimmtán vetra, SS; mans leiga, 224; ok heimta hann sem annan mans-mann, K. Þ. K. 58; mani austrænu, eastern slaves, Hornklofi; máttkar meyjar at mani hafðar, Gs. 1, 15; er þú man keyptir, 8; hálfa aðra alin fyrir frjálsgjafa, penning veginn fyrir man-manna, N. G. L. i, 347; næst kirkju-garði skal grafa man-manna, 345; maðr manna, no doubt false for man-manna, 388; er hann réttlauss við hann ok hans konu ok man hans allt, 36, Am. 66; þar kom mart man falt, þar sá Loðinn konu nokkura er seld hafði verit mansali, Fms. i. 185: allit., mold ok man, N. G. L. iii. 92, v. l.

II. a girl, maid, as also in a worse sense, a mistress, for bondwomen often became their master’s mistresses (see Ld. ch. 12), so that this sense grew out of the preceding one; líki leyfa ens ljósa mans, Hm. 91; í myrkri skal við man spjalla, 81; et horska man, 101; et manunga man, 163; þat et unga man, þat et mjallhvíta man, Alm. 6, 7; bjarthaddað man, Skv. 1. 33; harðúðigt man, 27; fóstr-man, a bondwoman nurse, 3. 67; mans at kosta, Hbl. 16; hvé ek at andspilli komumk ens unga mans, Skm. 11; hve ek fyrir-banna manna glaum mani, manna nyt mani, how I ban her from all concourse with men, 34; Ylfinga man, Hkv. 2. 3; Yggjar man, the beloved of Ygg (Odin) = the Earth, Lex. Poët.; Héðins man = Hilda, the beloved of Hedin, Fms. ix. (in a verse); bjarnar man, a giantess, Stor. 13. It is probable that in some law phrases the obso- lete ‘man’ has been replaced by the common ‘mann,’ e. g. in gefa manni frelsi (mani? cp. manfrelsi), N. G. L. i. 5: as also in mana-kaup in the Swed. law, see Schlyter’s introd. to the 10th vol. of Sver. Gamla Lagar.

COMPDS: mansfólk, manfrelsi, Manheimar, mankynni, manmanna, manrúnar, mansal, mansalsmaðr, mansmaðr, mansöngr, mansöngsdrápa.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > MAN
2 Vest-maðr

m. a man from the West, κατ. ἐξ. one from the British Isles, esp. the Irish, Landn. 36, whence Vestmanna-eyjar, the Isles of the Westmen, i. e. of the Irish who were slain there, see Landn.; Hildir ok Hallgeirr vóru Vestmenn, Landn. 344.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Vest-maðr
3 Vestmaðr

m. a man from the West, one from the British Isles, esp. from Ireland, opp. to ‘Austmaðr’.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Vestmaðr
4 vestan-maðr

m. a man from the west, Sturl. ii. 204, iii. 86, Ísl. ii. 170, Gullþ. 45.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > vestan-maðr
5 vestanmaðr

m. a man from the west.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > vestanmaðr
6 de

prep.

1 of.

el coche de mi padre/mis padres my father's/parents' car

es de ella it's hers

la pata de la mesa the table leg

La casa de mi padre The house of my father [My father's house]

2 from (procedencia, distancia).

salir de casa to leave home

soy de Bilbao I'm from Bilbao

de la playa al apartamento hay 100 metros it's 100 meters from the beach to the apartment

3 (made) of (materia).

un vaso de plástico a plastic cup

un reloj de oro a gold watch

4 about (asunto).

hablábamos de ti we were talking about you

libros de historia history books

5 as.

trabaja de bombero he works as a fireman

6 from (time) (since).

trabaja de nueve a cinco she works from nine to five

de madrugada early in the morning

a las cuatro de la tarde at four in the afternoon

trabaja de noche y duerme de día he works at night and sleeps during the day

7 with (causa, modo).

morirse de hambre to die of hunger

llorar de alegría to cry with joy

de una patada with a kick

de una sola vez in one go

de tres en tres three at a time

8 if.

de ir a verte, sería este domingo if I do visit you, it'll be this Sunday

de no ser por ti, me hubiese hundido if it hadn't been for you, I wouldn't have made it

9 to.

Está ansiosa de obtener ese trabajo She is anxious to have that job.

f.

1 letter d.

2 SD, standard deviation.

3 ED, dose of erythema, erythema dose.

* * *

de

► nombre femenino

1 name of the letter d

————————

de

► preposición

1 (posesión, pertenencia) of

■ el libro de Juan Juan's book

■ el coche de mis padres my parents' car

■ el hermano de mi padre my father's brother

■ la mesa de mi habitación the table in my bedroom

2 (procedencia, origen) from

■ soy de Córdoba I'm from Córdoba

■ viene de Barcelona she comes from Barcelona

3 (descripción) with

■ la niña de ojos castaños the girl with dark eyes, the dark-eyed girl

■ el señor del abrigo azul the man in the blue coat

4 (tema) of, on, about

■ hablaron del tiempo they talked about the weather

5 (materia) made of, of

■ una mesa de madera a wooden table

■ un anillo de oro a gold ring

■ lo hicieron de plástico they made it out of plastic

6 (contenido) of

■ un vaso de agua a glass of water

7 (uso) for

■ aguja de calcetar knitting needle

■ gallo de pelea fighting cock

8 (oficio) by, as

■ trabaja de profesor he works as a teacher

■ es médico de profesión he's a doctor by profession

9 (modo) on, in, as

■ de pie standing up

■ estar de moda to be in fashion

10 (tiempo) at, by, in

■ de día by day, during the day

■ de noche at night

■ a las diez de la mañana at ten in the morning

11 (lugar) varias traducciones

■ la vecina de arriba our upstairs neighbour

■ el lavabo de abajo the downstairs toilet

■ la ventana de la derecha the window on the right

■ la puerta de la calle the street door

12 (precio) at

■ manzanas de dos euros el kilo apples at two euros a kilo

13 (medida) measuring

■ una botella de dos litros a two litre bottle

■ una mesa de un metro de ancho a metre-wide table

14 (causa) with, because of, of

■ llorar de alegría to cry with joy

■ morir de frío to die of cold

15 (agente) by

■ es una obra de Lope a play by Lope

16 (con superlativo) in, of

■ el mejor de España the best in Spain

■ el mayor de los tres the eldest of the three

17 (suposición) if

■ de haberlo dicho if he had told us

18 (en una aposición) of

■ la ciudad de Barcelona the city of Barcelona Table 1 NOTA See also del/Table 1

* * *

prep.

1) of

2) from

3) in, at

4) than

5) by

* * *

PREPOSITION

1) [relación] of

las calles de Madrid — the streets of Madrid

el alcalde de Valencia — the mayor of Valencia

cabo de Buena Esperanza — Cape of Good Hope

la ciudad de Madrid — the city of Madrid

en el mes de agosto — in the month of August

un libro de consulta — a reference book

un millón de euros — a million euros

la carretera de Valencia — the Valencia road, the road to Valencia

el interés del préstamo — the interest on the loan

la llave de mi cuarto — the key to my room

en el día de hoy — today

tuvieron la desgracia de perder el partido — they were unlucky enough to lose the match

ya era hora de que vinieses — it's about time you got here

el hecho de que yo no supiera nada — the fact that I didn't know anything about it

2) [pertenencia]

la casa de Isabel — Isabel's house

el coche de mi amigo — my friend's car

un familiar de mi vecina — a relative of my neighbour's

los coches de mis amigos — my friends' cars

el vestuario de las actrices — the actresses' dressing room

la señora de Pérez — Pérez's wife, Mrs Pérez

es de ellos — it's theirs

esa contestación es muy de ella — that answer is typical of her

3) [característica, material]

una cadena de oro — a gold chain

no es de oro — it's not gold

una puerta de cristal — a glass door

una cocina de gas — a gas cooker

este modelo es de electricidad — this model uses electricity, this is an electric model

ropa de buena calidad — good-quality clothes

un billete de primera clase — a first-class ticket

la niña de pelo largo — the girl with the long hair

ese tío del sombrero — that chap with o in the hat

pintado de rojo — painted red

lo tengo de varios colores distintos — I have it in several different colours

4) [contenido]

una caja de bombones — a box of chocolates

una copa de vino — [llena] a glass of wine; [vacía] a wine glass

una bolsita de té — a tea bag

estaba hecha un saco de nervios — she was a bundle of nerves

5) [origen, distancia, espacio temporal] from

soy de Galicia — I'm from Galicia

Julia no es de aquí — Julia is not from round here

los de Madrid son los mejores — the ones from Madrid are the best, the Madrid ones are the best

es de buena familia — he's from a good family

vuelo 507 (procedente) de Londres — flight 507 from London

vive a 20km de Madrid — she lives 20km from Madrid

aléjate del fuego — move away from the fire

marcó un gol a dos minutos del final del partido — he scored two minutes from the end of the match

el tren de Santiago — the Santiago train

el avión pasó a muy poca altura del suelo — the plane flew by at very low altitude

salir del cine — to come out of the cinema
de... a...
vivió de 1898 a 1937 — he lived from 1898 to 1937

de mi casa a la suya hay 5km — it is 5km from my house to his

de mayo a julio — from May to July

del 15 al 30 — from the 15th to the 30th

6) [causa]

murió de viejo — he died from old age

me dolían los pies de tanto andar — my feet were sore from all that walking

de puro cansado — out of sheer tiredness

no podía moverse de miedo — he was rigid with fear

estar loco de alegría — to be wild with joy

saltar de alegría — to jump for joy

7) [manera]

lo derribó de un solo puñetazo — he felled him with a single blow

se puso a mi lado de un salto — he jumped to my side

se lo bebió de un trago — he drank it all down in one go
de... en...
iban entrando de dos en dos — they came in two by two

bajó la escalera de tres en tres — he came down the stairs three at a time

de puerta en puerta — from door to door

8) (=respecto de)

estar mejor de salud — to be in better health, be better

es fuerte de brazos — he has strong arms

paralizado de las dos piernas — paralysed in both legs

es muy estrecho de hombros — he doesn't have very broad shoulders

9) [tema] about

un libro de biología — a biology book, a book on o about biology

hablaba de política — he was talking about politics

no sé nada de él — I don't know anything about him

una clase de francés — a French class

10) [uso]

máquina de coser — sewing machine

goma de mascar — chewing gum

11) [cantidad, medida, valor]

un chico de quince años — a fifteen-year-old boy

un viaje de dos días — a two-day journey

un embarazo de siete meses — a seven-month pregnancy

una moneda de 5 pesos — a 5-peso coin

tiene un metro de alto — it's a metre high

12) [con horas y fechas]

a las siete de la mañana — at seven o'clock in the morning, at seven a.m.

son las dos de la tarde — it's two o'clock in the afternoon, it's two p.m.

muy de mañana — very early in the morning

el 3 de mayo — 3 May ( leído May the third {o}2} the third of May)

13) [tiempo]

de día — during the day(time)

de noche — at night

de niño — as a child

de mayor voy a ser médico — when I grow up I'm going to be a doctor

14) [proporción]

tres de cada cuatro — three out of every four

15) [uso partitivo] of

uno de nosotros — one of us

comió un poco de pastel — she ate a bit of cake

¡había una de gente! — * there were loads of people there! *

16) [autoría] by

un libro de Cela — a book by Cela, a book of Cela's

las películas de Almodóvar — Almodóvar's films

17) [como complemento agente] by

fue amado de todos — he was loved by all

el rey entró seguido de su séquito — the king entered, followed by his entourage

tiene dos hijos de su primera mujer — he has two children by his first wife

18) [en aposición a sustantivos o adjetivos]

el bueno/pobre de Pedro — good/poor old Pedro

el imbécil de Fernández — that idiot Fernández

es un encanto de persona — he's a lovely person

19) [en comparaciones] than

es más difícil de lo que creía — it's more difficult than I thought

más/menos de siete — more/less than seven

más de 500 personas — more than o over 500 people

20) [con superlativos] in

el peor alumno de la clase — the worst pupil in the class

el más caro de la tienda/mundo — the most expensive in the shop/world

es el coche más caro del mercado — it's the dearest car on the market

21) + infin

un problema fácil de resolver — an easily solved problem

un libro agradable de leer — a nice book to read
ser de ({+ infin}8})
es de admirar su lealtad — his loyalty is admirable

es de esperar que recibamos una pronta respuesta — it is to be hoped that we receive a prompt reply

sería de desear que actualizaran su información — it would be desirable for them to update their information

22) [dependiente de formas verbales]

la acusaban de hipócrita — they accused her of being a hypocrite

colmar de elogios a algn — to shower praise on sb

se dio cuenta de que lo sabía — she realized (that) she knew it

de esto se deduce que... — from this it can be deduced that...

disfrutar de la vida — to enjoy life

¿qué esperabas de él? — what did you expect from him?

limpiar algo de polvo — to dust sth

llenar algo de algo — to fill sth with sth

se sirvió de sus amigos para salir de un mal trago — he turned to his friends to help him through a difficult patch

trabaja de camarero — he works as a waiter

lo uso de despensa — I use it as a pantry

vestido de azul — dressed in blue

23) [uso condicional] if

de ser posible — if possible

de haberlo sabido no habría venido — if I had known, I wouldn't have come

de resultar esto así — if this turns out to be true

de no ser así — if it were not so, were it not so

de no — LAm (=si no) otherwise

* * *
I
preposición

Sentido I

1) (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión)

la casa de mis padres/de la actriz — my parents'/the actress's house

el rey de Francia — the king of France

el cumpleaños de Luis — Luis's birthday

no es de él/de ella/de ellos — it isn't his/hers/theirs

su padre de usted — (frml) your father

es un amigo de mi hijo/de la familia — he's a friend of my son's/the family

un estudiante de quinto año — a fifth-year student

la correa del perro — the dog's leash

un avión de Mexair — a Mexair plane

la tapa de la cacerola — the saucepan lid

las calles de la capital — the streets of the capital

la subida de los precios — the rise in prices

al término de la reunión — at the end of the meeting

2)

a) ( introduciendo un nombre en aposición) of

la ciudad de Lima — the city of Lima

el aeropuerto de Barajas — Barajas airport

el mes de enero — the month of January

b) ( con apellidos)

[de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]

Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena — ≈Mrs Mónica Arocena

los señores de Díaz — (frml) Mr and Mrs Díaz

las señoritas de Paz — (frml) the Misses Paz (frml)

c) ( en exclamaciones)

pobre de él! — poor him!

ay de mí! — (liter) woe is me! (liter)

Sentido II

3) (expresando procedencia, origen, tiempo) from

volvía del banco — I was on my way back from the bank

es de Bogotá — she's/she comes from Bogotá

una carta de Julia — a letter from Julia

lo saqué de la biblioteca — I got it out of the library

lo recogió del suelo — she picked it up off the floor

un hijo de su primera mujer — a son by his first wife

al salir de la tienda — as he left the store

un amigo de la infancia — a childhood friend

la literatura de ese período — the literature of o from that period

de un día para otro — from one day to the next

de... a... — from... to...

de aquí a tu casa — from here to your house

de nueve a cinco — it's open from nine to five

4) (al especificar material, contenido, composición)

son de plástico — they're (made of) plastic

una mesa de caoba — a mahogany table

una inyección de morfina — an injection of morphine, a morphine injection

un curso de secretariado — a secretarial course

un vaso de agua — a glass of water

una colección de sellos — a stamp collection

un millón de dólares — a million dollars

5) (expresando causa, modo)

murió de viejo — he died of old age

verde de envidia — green with envy

estaba ronco de tanto gritar — he was hoarse from shouting so much

temblando de miedo — trembling with fear

de memoria — by heart

lo tumbó de un golpe — he knocked him down with one blow

de dos en dos or (CS) de a dos — two at a time

de a poco/de a uno — (CS) little by little/one by one

Sentido III

6)

a) (introduciendo cualidades, características)

es de una paciencia increíble — he is incredibly patient

objetos de mucho valor — objects of great value

¿de qué color lo quiere? — what color do you want it?

tiene cara de aburrido — he looks bored

tienes cosas de niño — sometimes you act like a child

una botella de un litro — a liter bottle

un niño de tres meses — a three-month-old child

la chica de azul/del abrigo rojo — the girl in blue/in the red coat

un hombre de pelo largo — a man with long hair

b) ( refiriéndose a una etapa en la vida) as

de niño — as a o when he was a child

7) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad)

el cepillo de la ropa — the clothes brush

copas de vino — wine glasses

ropa de cama — bed clothes

dales algo de comer — give them something to eat

¿qué hay de postre? — what's for dessert?

8)

a) (al definir, especificar)

el botón de abajo — the bottom button

el vecino de al lado — the next-door neighbor

es muy bonita de cara — she has a pretty face

¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? — how are we doing for time?

tiene dos metros de ancho — it's two meters wide

es fácil/difícil de pronunciar — it's easy/difficult to pronounce

b) ( sentido partitivo) of

¿quién de ustedes fue? — which (one) of you was it?

se llevó uno de los míos — she took one of mine

el mayor de los Soto — the eldest of the Soto children

9) ( con sentido ponderativo)

lo encontré de viejo...! — he seemed so old!

qué de coches! — (fam) what a lot of cars!

10)

a) ( con cifras)

el número de estudiantes es de 480 — there are 480 students

pagan un interés del 15% — they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

b) ( en comparaciones de cantidad) than

cuesta más de £100 — it costs more than o over £100

pesa menos de un kilo — it weighs less than o under a kilo

un número mayor/menor de 29 — a number over/under 29

c) ( con un superlativo)

es el más caro de todos — it's the most expensive one

la ciudad más grande del mundo — the biggest city in the world

11) ( refiriéndose a una parte del día)

duerme de día y trabaja de noche — she sleeps during the day and works at night

salieron de madrugada — they left very early in the morning

12) ( en calidad de) as

trabaja de secretaria — she works as a secretary

hace de rey en la obra — he plays (the part of) a king in the play

13) (en expresiones de estado, actividad)

de mal humor — in a bad mood

estamos de limpieza general/fiesta — we're spring-cleaning/having a party

14) ( en oraciones pasivas) by

una novela de Goytisolo — a novel by Goytisolo

una casa rodeada de árboles — a house surrounded by trees

Sentido IV

15) ( con sentido condicional)

a)

de + inf: de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known o had I known, I would have come earlier; de no ser así no será considerada — otherwise it will not be considered

b)

ser de + inf — (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad)

es de esperar que... — it is to be hoped that...

es de destacar su actuación — her performance is worthy of note
II
femenino: name of the letter d

* * *

= across, in respect for, of, off, out of, from, featuring.

Ex. This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.

Ex. The author of a document is the person or organisation responsible for its creation, that is, the writer of a text, the illustrator in respect for illustrations and others responsible for the intellectual content of a work.

Ex. These institutes brought together some of the most influential people in the field.

Ex. Having entered the next state and a highway off the turnpike, he was amazed by the extraordinary flatness of the land, especially in contrast to the hilly terrain he had grown up with back home.

Ex. However, out of the enormous abundance of information produced, only 50% is new while the rest is redundant.

Ex. From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.

Ex. The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.

----

* abogado de oficio = legal aid.

* actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.

* alabanza de boquilla = lip service.

* alabar de boquilla = give + lip service.

* autorizado de antemano = pre-authorised [pre-authorized, -USA].

* cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.

* comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again.

* de... a = through.

* de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.

* de abolengo = well-born.

* de abordo = in-flight.

* de absorción = absorptive.

* de acá para allá = back and forth, to and fro.

* de acceso público = publicly accessible.

* de acceso rápido = fast-access.

* de acceso restringido = closed access.

* de acción = action-centered.

* de acompañante = in tow.

* de actitud = attitudinal.

* de actuación = for action.

* de actualidad = topical.

* de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.

* de acuerdo a = according to.

* de acuerdo con = according to, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, in + Posesivo + view, judging from.

* de acuerdo con el tema = thematically.

* de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.

* de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.

* de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.

* de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.

* de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.

* de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.

* de acuerdo con + Nombre = going on + Nombre.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.

* de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + opinion, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de adaptación = adaptive.

* de †frica = African.

* de Africa occidental = West African.

* de agua = water-based.

* de aguas profundas = deep-sea.

* de ahí = therefrom.

* de ahí que = hence.

* de ahora en adelante = from now on, from this point on.

* de Alaska = Alaskan.

* de Albania = Albanian.

* de alcance estatal = nationwide [nation-wide].

* de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].

* de alcohol = spirit-based.

* de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.

* de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.

* de alguna otra forma = in any other way.

* de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.

* de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.

* de algún modo u otro = of some sort.

* de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.

* de algún tipo = of some description.

* de algún tipo u otro = of some sort.

* de alta alcurnia = well-born.

* de alta cuna = well-born.

* de alta densidad = high-density.

* de alta energía = high energy.

* de alta fidelidad = hi-fi.

* de alta mar = offshore, sea-going, ocean-going.

* de alta potencia = high power.

* de alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.

* de alta productividad = high-performance.

* de alta resistencia = heavy-duty.

* de alta tecnología = high-tech, high-technology.

* de alta tensión = heavy-current.

* de alta velocidad = high-speed.

* de alto abolengo = well-born.

* de alto ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.

* de alto rango = high-ranking, highly placed.

* de alto rendimiento = high-performance, heavy-duty.

* de altos vuelos = high-flying, high-powered.

* de alto voltaje = high-voltage.

* de altura = high, top-notch.

* de altura regulable = height-adjustable.

* de aluvión = alluvial.

* de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].

* de amplio alcance = broad in scope.

* de antaño = of old, age-old, old-time, of yore, of olden days, of yesteryear, bygone, gone by.

* de antemano = in advance (of), beforehand.

* de antes de la guerra = pre-war [prewar].

* de antigua generación = low-end.

* de antiguo = from time immemorial.

* de apariencia = cosmetic.

* de apariencia engañosa = meretricious.

* de aplicación específica = special-purpose.

* de aplicación específica a un equipo de ordenador = hardware-based.

* de aplicación general = general-purpose, of general application.

* de apoyo = enabling, supportive.

* de aprovechamiento = exploitative.

* de aquel entonces = of that day.

* de aquí para allá = back and forth.

* de aquí te espero = tremendous, enormous, humongous [humungous], gianormous.

* de Arabia Saudí = Saudi Arabian.

* de archivo = archival, archive.

* de armas tomar = redoubtable.

* de arranque = bootable.

* de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.

* de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.

* de ascendencia + Adjetivo = of + Adjetivo + descent.

* de asesoramiento = consultative.

* de aspecto = looking.

* de aspecto antiguo = old-face.

* de aspecto complicado = complicated-looking.

* de aspecto delgado = lean-looking.

* de aspecto digno = dignified.

* de aspecto impresionante = impressive-looking.

* de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.

* de aspecto poco profesional = botched-up.

* de aspecto profesional = professional-looking.

* de aspecto ruinoso = run-down.

* de aspecto solemne = dignified.

* de atención básica = preattentive.

* de atención primaria = preattentive.

* de atrás = rear.

* de atrás para adelante = back and forth.

* de aupa = royal.

* de autodesprecio = self-deprecating.

* de autogestión = self-managing.

* de autoprotección = self-protective.

* de autosuficiencia = self-satisfied.

* de baja calidad = poor in detail, low-grade [lowgrade], low-quality, third rate [third-rate], low-end, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].

* de baja intensidad = low-intensity [low intensity].

* de baja ralea = ignoble.

* de bajísima calidad = shoddy.

* de bajo consumo = low energy.

* de bajo contenido en grasas = low fat.

* de bajo crecimiento = low-growing.

* de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.

* de bajo precio = low-priced.

* de bajo riesgo = low-risk.

* de balde = for free.

* de barrio = neighbourhood-based.

* de base popular = grassroots [grass-roots].

* de bienvenida = salutatory.

* de boca en boca = word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.

* de bodas = bridal.

* de Boole = Boolean.

* de bote en bote = packed to capacity, choc-a-block, chock-full, densely packed, packed, packed to the rafters.

* de broma = humorously, teasingly.

* de bronce = brass.

* de buena calidad = good-quality.

* de buena disposición = good-natured.

* de buena fama = of good repute.

* de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.

* de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.

* de buena reputación = of good repute.

* de buenas = on good terms.

* de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.

* de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].

* de buena voluntad = in good faith.

* de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.

* de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.

* de buen gusto = tasteful.

* de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.

* de buenos modales = well-mannered.

* de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].

* de buen ver = good looking.

* de bulla y corriendo = in a rush.

* de caballo = huge, humongous [humungous], massive, gianormous.

* de cabo a rabo = lock, stock and barrel, from head to toe, from head to foot.

* de cachondeo = teasingly.

* de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].

* de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.

* de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.

* de cajón = no-brainer.

* de calidad = authoritative, qualitative, quality, well-made, high-end, quality assured, value-added.

* de calidad inferior = low-grade [lowgrade], substandard [sub-standard], low-end.

* de calidad superior = best-quality, top quality.

* de camino = on the way, while we're at it.

* de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.

* de campo = free-range.

* de campos fijos = fixed-field.

* de campus = campus-wide [campuswide].

* de capa caída = at a low ebb, in (the) doldrums.

* de capa y espada = cloak-and-dagger.

* de capital importancia = momentous, of cardinal importance.

* de cara a = face-to-face [face to face], facing.

* de carácter = in character.

* de carácter público = state-owned, government-owned, state-run, government-run, publicly owned [publicly-owned], publicly supported, publicly held.

* de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].

* de carne y hueso = flesh-and-blood.

* de castigo = punitive.

* de casualidad = by accident, by a fluke, by chance, accidentally, by a stroke of (good) luck, by luck.

* de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.

* de cerámica = ceramic.

* de cerca = at close range, at close quarters.

* de chiripa = by a fluke, by a stroke of (good) luck, by chance, by luck.

* de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.

* de cinco años = five yearly [five-yearly].

* de cinco días de duración = five-day.

* de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].

* de cinco meses de duración = five-month-long.

* de civil = in plain clothes.

* de clasificación = classificatory.

* de clausura = cloistered.

* de clausura de congreso = end-of-conference.

* de cobre = cupric.

* de cojones = badass.

* de colegas = collegial, buddying.

* de Colombia = Colombian.

* de color = coloured [colored, -USA], non-white [nonwhite], full-colour, in colour.

* de color crema = creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], cream-coloured.

* de color de bronce = brassy.

* de colores = full-colour, multi-colour [multi-color -USA].

* de colores vivos = colourful [colorful, -USA].

* de colorines = brightly coloured.

* de color marroncillo = brownish tinged.

* de color rojo = red-coloured.

* de color rosa = rose-coloured.

* de color verde botella = bottle green.

* de color verde oscuro = bottle green.

* de color y textura parecidos al carbón = carbonaceous.

* de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.

* de cómo = as to how.

* de compañeros = collegial.

* de complicidad = knowing.

* de comportamiento = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].

* de comportamiento impecable = prim and proper.

* de conceptos = concept-based.

* de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept.

* de conducta = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].

* de confianza = reliable, trusted, trusting, reputable.

* de confirmación = confirmatory.

* de conformidad con = in compliance with, in keeping with.

* de conformidad con eso = accordingly.

* de conífera = coniferous.

* de construcción básica = brick and frame.

* de construcción sólida = solidly-built.

* de consulta fácil = scannable.

* de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.

* de consumo = consumptive.

* de contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.

* de contrabando = bootleg.

* de contrapunto = contrapuntal.

* de Corea = Korean.

* de Corea del Sur = South Korean.

* de corral = free-range.

* de corta duración = short term [short-term].

* de corte + Adjetivo = of a + Adjetivo + nature.

* de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].

* de costa a costa = coast-to-coast.

* de coste cero = zero-cost.

* de costumbre = usual, usually.

* de creación = authorial.

* de crecimiento continuo = steadily growing.

* de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.

* de crecimiento rápido = fast-growing, fast-evolving.

* de cría intensiva = battery-caged.

* de crianza intensiva = battery-caged.

* de Crimea = Crimean.

* de cristal = glass.

* de crucial importancia = crucially important.

* de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.

* de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.

* de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].

* de cualquier modo = however, either way.

* de cualquier tipo = in any way [in anyway], in all forms.

* de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.

* de cuatro días de duración = four-day.

* de cuatro estrellas = four-star.

* de Cuba = Cuban.

* de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.

* de deficiente calidad = poor-quality, of poor quality.

* de delante hacia atrás = front to back, fore and aft.

* de densidad doble = double-density.

* de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.

* de derechas = right-wing.

* de derecho = de jure [iure].

* de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.

* de desarrollo = developmental.

* de desarrollo autónomo = self-evolving.

* de desarrollo rápido = fast-evolving.

* de descargo = exonerating, exculpatory.

* de desconexión = cut-off.

* de descubrimiento reciente = newly-discovered.

* de desecho = discarded.

* de desempate = tie-breaker [tiebreaker], tie-breaking [tiebreaking].

* de desguace = written-off.

* de despedida = valedictory.

* de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.

* de día a día = from day to day.

* de diámetro = in diameter.

* de diario = everyday.

* de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.

* de diesel = diesel-powered.

* de diferente modo = differently.

* de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].

* de diferentes tonalidades de gris = grey scale [gray scale].

* de difícil solución = intractable.

* de dinero = well-to-do, well-off.

* de dirección = directorial, administrative.

* de diseño abierto = open-plan, open-planned.

* de diversa índole = kaleidoscopic, of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de diversos tipos = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de diverso tipo = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de doble cara = double-hinged, double-sided.

* de doble filo = double-edged.

* de doble hoja = double-hinged.

* de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.

* de doble uso = dual-use.

* de dolor = in pain.

* de dominio público = publicly owned [publicly-owned].

* de donde = whence, whence, from whence.

* ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?, where else...?.

* de dos caras = two-sided, two-faced.

* de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].

* de dos en dos = two at a time.

* de dos letras = two-letter.

* de dos niveles = two-tier.

* de dos páginas = two-page.

* de dos partidos políticos = bipartisan [bi-partisan].

* de dos patas = two-legged.

* de dos piernas = two-legged.

* de dos pies = two-legged.

* de dos plantas = two-storey [two-story].

* de dos tonalidades = bitonal.

* de dos tonos = bitonal.

* de dos volúmenes = two-volume.

* de duelo = in mourning.

* de duración limitada = timebound [time-bound].

* de Ecuador = Ecuadorian.

* de edad = elderly.

* de edad avanzada = over the hill.

* de edad escolar = school-age.

* de edad mediana = middle-aged.

* de edad universitaria = college-age.

* de elaboración de políticas = policy-forming.

* de ello = thereof, therefrom.

* de ellos = theirs.

* de embalsamar = embalming.

* de emisor a receptor = downstream.

* de encaje = lacy.

* de enmienda = amendatory.

* de ensueño = dream-like [dreamlike], picture-perfect.

* de entonces = of the day.

* de entreguerras = interwar.

* de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.

* de entretenimiento = recreational.

* de envergadura = heavy lifting.

* de época = vintage.

* de epopeya = epic.

* de esa época = of the period.

* de escándalo = outrageous.

* de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.

* de eso = thereof.

* de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.

* de especial importancia = of particular note.

* de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.

* de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.

* de espíritu libre = free-spirited.

* de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de este modo = accordingly, by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.

* de este modo, de esta forma, de esta manera = in this way.

* de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.

* de Estonia = Estonian.

* de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.

* de estructura de acero = steel-framed.

* de estructura de madera = timber-framed.

* de Europa del Este = Eastern European.

* de Europa Occidental = Western-European, West European.

* de evaluación = evaluative.

* de éxito = successful.

* de éxito asegurado = sure-fire [surefire].

* de éxito garantizado = sure-fire [surefire].

* de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].

* de expansión = expanded.

* de explotación = exploitative.

* de extensión = in length.

* de extensión normal = standard-length.

* de extremada urgencia = serious.

* de fabricación casera = homemade.

* de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.

* de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.

* de fácil manejo = liftable.

* de facto = de facto.

* de fama = of note.

* de fama internacional = of international renown.

* de fama mundial = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown.

* de felpa = plush.

* de fiar = legit.

* de fichas = card-based.

* de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.

* de final de año = end-year.

* de final de mes = end-of-the-month.

* de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.

* de fin de año = end of the year.

* de fin de milenio = millennial.

* de forma = in form.

* de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.

* de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.

* de forma adecuada = adequately, fitly, appropriately.

* de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.

* de forma alternativa = alternatively.

* de forma anónima = anonymously.

* de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.

* de forma apreciable = markedly.

* de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.

* de forma audible = audibly.

* de forma autónoma = autonomously.

* de forma caprichosa = capriciously.

* de formación = formative.

* de forma clara = clearly.

* de forma cognitiva = cognitively.

* de forma colegiada = collegially.

* de forma combinada = in combination.

* de forma competitiva = competitively.

* de forma complemenetaria = complimentarily.

* de forma completa = in full.

* de forma completa, en su totalidad, completamente, por extenso = in full.

* de forma concisa = concisely.

* de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.

* de forma considerable = considerably.

* de forma continuada = continuously.

* de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.

* de forma deductiva = deductively.

* de forma desastrosa = disastrously.

* de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.

* de forma diferente = differently shaped.

* de forma digital = digitally.

* de forma divertida = funnily.

* de forma económica = cost-effectively.

* de forma errática = erratically.

* de forma escandalosa = outrageously.

* de forma especulativa = speculatively.

* de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.

* de forma exquisita = exquisitely.

* de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.

* de forma federal = federally.

* de forma general = widely, bulk.

* de forma global = holistically.

* de forma graciosa = funnily.

* de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.

* de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.

* de forma grotesca = grotesquely.

* de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].

* de forma heurística = heuristically.

* de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.

* de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.

* de forma indirecta = circuitous route.

* de forma inesperada = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.

* de forma innata = innately.

* de forma irregular = erratically.

* de forma lamentable = miserably.

* de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.

* de forma mágica = magically.

* de forma mecánica = mechanically.

* de forma mordaz = pungently.

* de forma mordaz, mordazmente, con sarcasmo = pungently.

* de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.

* de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.

* de forma negativa = in a negative light.

* de forma neutral = neutrally.

* de forma notoria = markedly.

* de forma opcional = optionally.

* de forma óptima = optimally.

* de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.

* de forma poco ética = unethically.

* de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.

* de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.

* de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.

* de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.

* de forma práctica = pragmatically.

* de forma precisa = precisely.

* de forma provocativa = provocatively.

* de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.

* de forma que = in ways that.

* de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.

* de forma rara = oddly, funnily.

* de forma recíproca = reciprocally.

* de forma rentable = cost-effectively.

* de forma residual = residually.

* de forma ridícula = grotesquely.

* de forma saludable = healthily.

* de forma sana = healthily.

* de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.

* de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.

* de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.

* de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.

* de forma sublime = subliminally.

* de forma suscinta = in brief.

* de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.

* de forma tosca = in crude form.

* de forma trágica = tragically.

* de fotograma completo = full-frame.

* de fotograma doble = half-frame.

* de frente = head-on, frontal.

* de fuera = outside, off-side.

* de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.

* de fuerza = forceful.

* de funcionamiento = operating, operational.

* de fundamental importancia = of prime importance, critically important.

* de gala = gala.

* de Galileo = Galilean.

* de Gambia = Gambian.

* de gas = gas-powered.

* de generación a generación = from generation to generation.

* de generación en generación = from generation to generation.

* de geofísica = geophysical.

* de gestión = managerial, back-office.

* de gestión del museo = curatorial.

* de Glasgow = Glaswegian.

* de golpe = in one lump, all at once, all at once.

* de grado básico = junior grade.

* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de gran belleza = scenic.

* de gran calibre = high-calibre.

* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.

* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.

* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* de gran corazón = big-hearted.

* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.

* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.

* de gran formato = oversized, oversize.

* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].

* de gran influencia = seminal.

* de granja = free-range.

* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.

* de gran lujo = top-class.

* de gran potencia = high-powered.

* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.

* de gran talento = talented.

* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.

* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.

* de gran venta = high selling.

* de guardia = on duty, duty + Profesión, on call.

* de guasa = teasingly.

* de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.

* de habla alemana = German-speaking.

* de habla francesa = French-speaking.

* de habla inglesa = English-speaking.

* de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.

* de hace años = of years ago.

* de hace muchos años = long-standing.

* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.

* de hace siglos = of yore.

* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.

* de hasta + Número = of up to + Número.

* de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.

* de hierbas = herbal.

* de hierro = iron, ferric.

* de higos a brevas = once in a blue moon.

* de hoja caduca = deciduous.

* de hoja perenne = evergreen.

* de hojas largas = long-leaved.

* de Homero = Homeric.

* de hongos = fungal.

* de horticultura = horticultural.

* de hoy = present-day.

* de hoy día = of today.

* de hoy en adelante = as from today.

* de hoy en día = of today.

* de huelga = striking.

* de humor = funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.].

* de ida y vuelta = return, round-trip.

* de ideas afines = like-minded.

* de igual a igual = as a peer.

* de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.

* de igual longitud = of equal length.

* de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).

* de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein.

* de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).

* de igual + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.

* de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.

* de imitación = copycat.

* de importancia = of note, of consequence.

* de importancia creciente = of growing importance.

* de importancia crucial = crucially important.

* de importancia fundamental = critically important.

* de improviso = unawares, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, unexpectedly.

* de incalculable valor = priceless.

* de incógnito = incognito.

* de inferior calidad = low-end, sub-par.

* de inflexión = inflexional [inflectional].

* de inmediato = immediately.

* de inspiración = inspirational.

* de interés especial = of particular concern, special-interest.

* de intereses similares = of like interest.

* de interés general = general-interest, of general interest.

* de interés humano = human interest.

* de interés periodístico = newsworthy.

* de investigación = exploratory.

* de isótopos = isotopic.

* de izquierdas = left-wing, leftist, lefty.

* de jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].

* de jarana = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.

* de juerga = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.

* de Kenia = Kenyan.

* de la "a" a la "zeta" = a to z [a/z o a-z].

* de la adolescencia = teenage.

* de la alcaldía = mayoral.

* de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.

* de la cara = facial.

* de la Ceca a la Meca = from pillar to post.

* de la clase blanca, protestante y anglosajona americana = WASPish.

* de la cóclea = cochlear.

* de la columna vertebral = spinal.

* de la comedia = comedic.

* de la corteza = crustal, cortical.

* de la cría de aves = avicultural.

* de la duramadre = dural.

* de la edad media = dark-age.

* de la embajada = ambassadorial.

* de la época = of the time(s), of the day.

* de la época isabelina = Elizabethan.

* de la época victoriana = Victorian.

* de la espina dorsal = spinal.

* de la extensión de un libro = book-length.

* de la fama al olvido = riches to rags.

* de la forma más difícil = the hard way.

* de la forma más fácil = the easy way .

* de la fortuna a la pobreza = riches to rags.

* de la fóvea = foveal.

* de la gama alta = high-end.

* de la gama baja = low-end.

* de la gama inferior = low-end.

* de la guerra = wartime [wart-time].

* de la hipótesis = hypothesised [hypothesized, -USA].

* de la localidad = locally based [locally-based].

* de la malaria = malarial.

* de la mama = mammary.

* de la mandíbula inferior = mandibular.

* de la mandíbula superior = maxillar, maxillary.

* de la manera normal = in the normal manner.

* de la mañana = a.m. (latín - ante meridiam), in the morning.

* de la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.

* de la marina = marine.

* de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + abili.

* * *
I
preposición

Sentido I

1) (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión)

la casa de mis padres/de la actriz — my parents'/the actress's house

el rey de Francia — the king of France

el cumpleaños de Luis — Luis's birthday

no es de él/de ella/de ellos — it isn't his/hers/theirs

su padre de usted — (frml) your father

es un amigo de mi hijo/de la familia — he's a friend of my son's/the family

un estudiante de quinto año — a fifth-year student

la correa del perro — the dog's leash

un avión de Mexair — a Mexair plane

la tapa de la cacerola — the saucepan lid

las calles de la capital — the streets of the capital

la subida de los precios — the rise in prices

al término de la reunión — at the end of the meeting

2)

a) ( introduciendo un nombre en aposición) of

la ciudad de Lima — the city of Lima

el aeropuerto de Barajas — Barajas airport

el mes de enero — the month of January

b) ( con apellidos)

[de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]

Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena — ≈Mrs Mónica Arocena

los señores de Díaz — (frml) Mr and Mrs Díaz

las señoritas de Paz — (frml) the Misses Paz (frml)

c) ( en exclamaciones)

pobre de él! — poor him!

ay de mí! — (liter) woe is me! (liter)

Sentido II

3) (expresando procedencia, origen, tiempo) from

volvía del banco — I was on my way back from the bank

es de Bogotá — she's/she comes from Bogotá

una carta de Julia — a letter from Julia

lo saqué de la biblioteca — I got it out of the library

lo recogió del suelo — she picked it up off the floor

un hijo de su primera mujer — a son by his first wife

al salir de la tienda — as he left the store

un amigo de la infancia — a childhood friend

la literatura de ese período — the literature of o from that period

de un día para otro — from one day to the next

de... a... — from... to...

de aquí a tu casa — from here to your house

de nueve a cinco — it's open from nine to five

4) (al especificar material, contenido, composición)

son de plástico — they're (made of) plastic

una mesa de caoba — a mahogany table

una inyección de morfina — an injection of morphine, a morphine injection

un curso de secretariado — a secretarial course

un vaso de agua — a glass of water

una colección de sellos — a stamp collection

un millón de dólares — a million dollars

5) (expresando causa, modo)

murió de viejo — he died of old age

verde de envidia — green with envy

estaba ronco de tanto gritar — he was hoarse from shouting so much

temblando de miedo — trembling with fear

de memoria — by heart

lo tumbó de un golpe — he knocked him down with one blow

de dos en dos or (CS) de a dos — two at a time

de a poco/de a uno — (CS) little by little/one by one

Sentido III

6)

a) (introduciendo cualidades, características)

es de una paciencia increíble — he is incredibly patient

objetos de mucho valor — objects of great value

¿de qué color lo quiere? — what color do you want it?

tiene cara de aburrido — he looks bored

tienes cosas de niño — sometimes you act like a child

una botella de un litro — a liter bottle

un niño de tres meses — a three-month-old child

la chica de azul/del abrigo rojo — the girl in blue/in the red coat

un hombre de pelo largo — a man with long hair

b) ( refiriéndose a una etapa en la vida) as

de niño — as a o when he was a child

7) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad)

el cepillo de la ropa — the clothes brush

copas de vino — wine glasses

ropa de cama — bed clothes

dales algo de comer — give them something to eat

¿qué hay de postre? — what's for dessert?

8)

a) (al definir, especificar)

el botón de abajo — the bottom button

el vecino de al lado — the next-door neighbor

es muy bonita de cara — she has a pretty face

¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? — how are we doing for time?

tiene dos metros de ancho — it's two meters wide

es fácil/difícil de pronunciar — it's easy/difficult to pronounce

b) ( sentido partitivo) of

¿quién de ustedes fue? — which (one) of you was it?

se llevó uno de los míos — she took one of mine

el mayor de los Soto — the eldest of the Soto children

9) ( con sentido ponderativo)

lo encontré de viejo...! — he seemed so old!

qué de coches! — (fam) what a lot of cars!

10)

a) ( con cifras)

el número de estudiantes es de 480 — there are 480 students

pagan un interés del 15% — they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

b) ( en comparaciones de cantidad) than

cuesta más de £100 — it costs more than o over £100

pesa menos de un kilo — it weighs less than o under a kilo

un número mayor/menor de 29 — a number over/under 29

c) ( con un superlativo)

es el más caro de todos — it's the most expensive one

la ciudad más grande del mundo — the biggest city in the world

11) ( refiriéndose a una parte del día)

duerme de día y trabaja de noche — she sleeps during the day and works at night

salieron de madrugada — they left very early in the morning

12) ( en calidad de) as

trabaja de secretaria — she works as a secretary

hace de rey en la obra — he plays (the part of) a king in the play

13) (en expresiones de estado, actividad)

de mal humor — in a bad mood

estamos de limpieza general/fiesta — we're spring-cleaning/having a party

14) ( en oraciones pasivas) by

una novela de Goytisolo — a novel by Goytisolo

una casa rodeada de árboles — a house surrounded by trees

Sentido IV

15) ( con sentido condicional)

a)

de + inf: de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known o had I known, I would have come earlier; de no ser así no será considerada — otherwise it will not be considered

b)

ser de + inf — (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad)

es de esperar que... — it is to be hoped that...

es de destacar su actuación — her performance is worthy of note
II
femenino: name of the letter d

* * *

= across, in respect for, of, off, out of, from, featuring.

Ex: This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.

Ex: The author of a document is the person or organisation responsible for its creation, that is, the writer of a text, the illustrator in respect for illustrations and others responsible for the intellectual content of a work.

Ex: These institutes brought together some of the most influential people in the field.

Ex: Having entered the next state and a highway off the turnpike, he was amazed by the extraordinary flatness of the land, especially in contrast to the hilly terrain he had grown up with back home.

Ex: However, out of the enormous abundance of information produced, only 50% is new while the rest is redundant.

Ex: From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.

Ex: The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.

* abogado de oficio = legal aid.

* actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.

* alabanza de boquilla = lip service.

* alabar de boquilla = give + lip service.

* autorizado de antemano = pre-authorised [pre-authorized, -USA].

* cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.

* comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again.

* de... a = through.

* de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.

* de abolengo = well-born.

* de abordo = in-flight.

* de absorción = absorptive.

* de acá para allá = back and forth, to and fro.

* de acceso público = publicly accessible.

* de acceso rápido = fast-access.

* de acceso restringido = closed access.

* de acción = action-centered.

* de acompañante = in tow.

* de actitud = attitudinal.

* de actuación = for action.

* de actualidad = topical.

* de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.

* de acuerdo a = according to.

* de acuerdo con = according to, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, in + Posesivo + view, judging from.

* de acuerdo con el tema = thematically.

* de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.

* de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.

* de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.

* de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.

* de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.

* de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.

* de acuerdo con + Nombre = going on + Nombre.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.

* de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + opinion, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de adaptación = adaptive.

* de frica = African.

* de Africa occidental = West African.

* de agua = water-based.

* de aguas profundas = deep-sea.

* de ahí = therefrom.

* de ahí que = hence.

* de ahora en adelante = from now on, from this point on.

* de Alaska = Alaskan.

* de Albania = Albanian.

* de alcance estatal = nationwide [nation-wide].

* de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].

* de alcohol = spirit-based.

* de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.

* de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.

* de alguna otra forma = in any other way.

* de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.

* de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.

* de algún modo u otro = of some sort.

* de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.

* de algún tipo = of some description.

* de algún tipo u otro = of some sort.

* de alta alcurnia = well-born.

* de alta cuna = well-born.

* de alta densidad = high-density.

* de alta energía = high energy.

* de alta fidelidad = hi-fi.

* de alta mar = offshore, sea-going, ocean-going.

* de alta potencia = high power.

* de alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.

* de alta productividad = high-performance.

* de alta resistencia = heavy-duty.

* de alta tecnología = high-tech, high-technology.

* de alta tensión = heavy-current.

* de alta velocidad = high-speed.

* de alto abolengo = well-born.

* de alto ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.

* de alto rango = high-ranking, highly placed.

* de alto rendimiento = high-performance, heavy-duty.

* de altos vuelos = high-flying, high-powered.

* de alto voltaje = high-voltage.

* de altura = high, top-notch.

* de altura regulable = height-adjustable.

* de aluvión = alluvial.

* de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].

* de amplio alcance = broad in scope.

* de antaño = of old, age-old, old-time, of yore, of olden days, of yesteryear, bygone, gone by.

* de antemano = in advance (of), beforehand.

* de antes de la guerra = pre-war [prewar].

* de antigua generación = low-end.

* de antiguo = from time immemorial.

* de apariencia = cosmetic.

* de apariencia engañosa = meretricious.

* de aplicación específica = special-purpose.

* de aplicación específica a un equipo de ordenador = hardware-based.

* de aplicación general = general-purpose, of general application.

* de apoyo = enabling, supportive.

* de aprovechamiento = exploitative.

* de aquel entonces = of that day.

* de aquí para allá = back and forth.

* de aquí te espero = tremendous, enormous, humongous [humungous], gianormous.

* de Arabia Saudí = Saudi Arabian.

* de archivo = archival, archive.

* de armas tomar = redoubtable.

* de arranque = bootable.

* de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.

* de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.

* de ascendencia + Adjetivo = of + Adjetivo + descent.

* de asesoramiento = consultative.

* de aspecto = looking.

* de aspecto antiguo = old-face.

* de aspecto complicado = complicated-looking.

* de aspecto delgado = lean-looking.

* de aspecto digno = dignified.

* de aspecto impresionante = impressive-looking.

* de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.

* de aspecto poco profesional = botched-up.

* de aspecto profesional = professional-looking.

* de aspecto ruinoso = run-down.

* de aspecto solemne = dignified.

* de atención básica = preattentive.

* de atención primaria = preattentive.

* de atrás = rear.

* de atrás para adelante = back and forth.

* de aupa = royal.

* de autodesprecio = self-deprecating.

* de autogestión = self-managing.

* de autoprotección = self-protective.

* de autosuficiencia = self-satisfied.

* de baja calidad = poor in detail, low-grade [lowgrade], low-quality, third rate [third-rate], low-end, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].

* de baja intensidad = low-intensity [low intensity].

* de baja ralea = ignoble.

* de bajísima calidad = shoddy.

* de bajo consumo = low energy.

* de bajo contenido en grasas = low fat.

* de bajo crecimiento = low-growing.

* de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.

* de bajo precio = low-priced.

* de bajo riesgo = low-risk.

* de balde = for free.

* de barrio = neighbourhood-based.

* de base popular = grassroots [grass-roots].

* de bienvenida = salutatory.

* de boca en boca = word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.

* de bodas = bridal.

* de Boole = Boolean.

* de bote en bote = packed to capacity, choc-a-block, chock-full, densely packed, packed, packed to the rafters.

* de broma = humorously, teasingly.

* de bronce = brass.

* de buena calidad = good-quality.

* de buena disposición = good-natured.

* de buena fama = of good repute.

* de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.

* de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.

* de buena reputación = of good repute.

* de buenas = on good terms.

* de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.

* de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].

* de buena voluntad = in good faith.

* de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.

* de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.

* de buen gusto = tasteful.

* de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.

* de buenos modales = well-mannered.

* de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].

* de buen ver = good looking.

* de bulla y corriendo = in a rush.

* de caballo = huge, humongous [humungous], massive, gianormous.

* de cabo a rabo = lock, stock and barrel, from head to toe, from head to foot.

* de cachondeo = teasingly.

* de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].

* de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.

* de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.

* de cajón = no-brainer.

* de calidad = authoritative, qualitative, quality, well-made, high-end, quality assured, value-added.

* de calidad inferior = low-grade [lowgrade], substandard [sub-standard], low-end.

* de calidad superior = best-quality, top quality.

* de camino = on the way, while we're at it.

* de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.

* de campo = free-range.

* de campos fijos = fixed-field.

* de campus = campus-wide [campuswide].

* de capa caída = at a low ebb, in (the) doldrums.

* de capa y espada = cloak-and-dagger.

* de capital importancia = momentous, of cardinal importance.

* de cara a = face-to-face [face to face], facing.

* de carácter = in character.

* de carácter público = state-owned, government-owned, state-run, government-run, publicly owned [publicly-owned], publicly supported, publicly held.

* de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].

* de carne y hueso = flesh-and-blood.

* de castigo = punitive.

* de casualidad = by accident, by a fluke, by chance, accidentally, by a stroke of (good) luck, by luck.

* de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.

* de cerámica = ceramic.

* de cerca = at close range, at close quarters.

* de chiripa = by a fluke, by a stroke of (good) luck, by chance, by luck.

* de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.

* de cinco años = five yearly [five-yearly].

* de cinco días de duración = five-day.

* de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].

* de cinco meses de duración = five-month-long.

* de civil = in plain clothes.

* de clasificación = classificatory.

* de clausura = cloistered.

* de clausura de congreso = end-of-conference.

* de cobre = cupric.

* de cojones = badass.

* de colegas = collegial, buddying.

* de Colombia = Colombian.

* de color = coloured [colored, -USA], non-white [nonwhite], full-colour, in colour.

* de color crema = creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], cream-coloured.

* de color de bronce = brassy.

* de colores = full-colour, multi-colour [multi-color -USA].

* de colores vivos = colourful [colorful, -USA].

* de colorines = brightly coloured.

* de color marroncillo = brownish tinged.

* de color rojo = red-coloured.

* de color rosa = rose-coloured.

* de color verde botella = bottle green.

* de color verde oscuro = bottle green.

* de color y textura parecidos al carbón = carbonaceous.

* de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.

* de cómo = as to how.

* de compañeros = collegial.

* de complicidad = knowing.

* de comportamiento = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].

* de comportamiento impecable = prim and proper.

* de conceptos = concept-based.

* de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept.

* de conducta = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].

* de confianza = reliable, trusted, trusting, reputable.

* de confirmación = confirmatory.

* de conformidad con = in compliance with, in keeping with.

* de conformidad con eso = accordingly.

* de conífera = coniferous.

* de construcción básica = brick and frame.

* de construcción sólida = solidly-built.

* de consulta fácil = scannable.

* de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.

* de consumo = consumptive.

* de contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.

* de contrabando = bootleg.

* de contrapunto = contrapuntal.

* de Corea = Korean.

* de Corea del Sur = South Korean.

* de corral = free-range.

* de corta duración = short term [short-term].

* de corte + Adjetivo = of a + Adjetivo + nature.

* de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].

* de costa a costa = coast-to-coast.

* de coste cero = zero-cost.

* de costumbre = usual, usually.

* de creación = authorial.

* de crecimiento continuo = steadily growing.

* de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.

* de crecimiento rápido = fast-growing, fast-evolving.

* de cría intensiva = battery-caged.

* de crianza intensiva = battery-caged.

* de Crimea = Crimean.

* de cristal = glass.

* de crucial importancia = crucially important.

* de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.

* de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.

* de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].

* de cualquier modo = however, either way.

* de cualquier tipo = in any way [in anyway], in all forms.

* de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.

* de cuatro días de duración = four-day.

* de cuatro estrellas = four-star.

* de Cuba = Cuban.

* de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.

* de deficiente calidad = poor-quality, of poor quality.

* de delante hacia atrás = front to back, fore and aft.

* de densidad doble = double-density.

* de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.

* de derechas = right-wing.

* de derecho = de jure [iure].

* de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.

* de desarrollo = developmental.

* de desarrollo autónomo = self-evolving.

* de desarrollo rápido = fast-evolving.

* de descargo = exonerating, exculpatory.

* de desconexión = cut-off.

* de descubrimiento reciente = newly-discovered.

* de desecho = discarded.

* de desempate = tie-breaker [tiebreaker], tie-breaking [tiebreaking].

* de desguace = written-off.

* de despedida = valedictory.

* de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.

* de día a día = from day to day.

* de diámetro = in diameter.

* de diario = everyday.

* de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.

* de diesel = diesel-powered.

* de diferente modo = differently.

* de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].

* de diferentes tonalidades de gris = grey scale [gray scale].

* de difícil solución = intractable.

* de dinero = well-to-do, well-off.

* de dirección = directorial, administrative.

* de diseño abierto = open-plan, open-planned.

* de diversa índole = kaleidoscopic, of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de diversos tipos = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de diverso tipo = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de doble cara = double-hinged, double-sided.

* de doble filo = double-edged.

* de doble hoja = double-hinged.

* de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.

* de doble uso = dual-use.

* de dolor = in pain.

* de dominio público = publicly owned [publicly-owned].

* de donde = whence, whence, from whence.

* ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?, where else...?.

* de dos caras = two-sided, two-faced.

* de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].

* de dos en dos = two at a time.

* de dos letras = two-letter.

* de dos niveles = two-tier.

* de dos páginas = two-page.

* de dos partidos políticos = bipartisan [bi-partisan].

* de dos patas = two-legged.

* de dos piernas = two-legged.

* de dos pies = two-legged.

* de dos plantas = two-storey [two-story].

* de dos tonalidades = bitonal.

* de dos tonos = bitonal.

* de dos volúmenes = two-volume.

* de duelo = in mourning.

* de duración limitada = timebound [time-bound].

* de Ecuador = Ecuadorian.

* de edad = elderly.

* de edad avanzada = over the hill.

* de edad escolar = school-age.

* de edad mediana = middle-aged.

* de edad universitaria = college-age.

* de elaboración de políticas = policy-forming.

* de ello = thereof, therefrom.

* de ellos = theirs.

* de embalsamar = embalming.

* de emisor a receptor = downstream.

* de encaje = lacy.

* de enmienda = amendatory.

* de ensueño = dream-like [dreamlike], picture-perfect.

* de entonces = of the day.

* de entreguerras = interwar.

* de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.

* de entretenimiento = recreational.

* de envergadura = heavy lifting.

* de época = vintage.

* de epopeya = epic.

* de esa época = of the period.

* de escándalo = outrageous.

* de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.

* de eso = thereof.

* de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.

* de especial importancia = of particular note.

* de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.

* de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.

* de espíritu libre = free-spirited.

* de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de este modo = accordingly, by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.

* de este modo, de esta forma, de esta manera = in this way.

* de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.

* de Estonia = Estonian.

* de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.

* de estructura de acero = steel-framed.

* de estructura de madera = timber-framed.

* de Europa del Este = Eastern European.

* de Europa Occidental = Western-European, West European.

* de evaluación = evaluative.

* de éxito = successful.

* de éxito asegurado = sure-fire [surefire].

* de éxito garantizado = sure-fire [surefire].

* de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].

* de expansión = expanded.

* de explotación = exploitative.

* de extensión = in length.

* de extensión normal = standard-length.

* de extremada urgencia = serious.

* de fabricación casera = homemade.

* de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.

* de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.

* de fácil manejo = liftable.

* de facto = de facto.

* de fama = of note.

* de fama internacional = of international renown.

* de fama mundial = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown.

* de felpa = plush.

* de fiar = legit.

* de fichas = card-based.

* de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.

* de final de año = end-year.

* de final de mes = end-of-the-month.

* de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.

* de fin de año = end of the year.

* de fin de milenio = millennial.

* de forma = in form.

* de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.

* de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.

* de forma adecuada = adequately, fitly, appropriately.

* de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.

* de forma alternativa = alternatively.

* de forma anónima = anonymously.

* de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.

* de forma apreciable = markedly.

* de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.

* de forma audible = audibly.

* de forma autónoma = autonomously.

* de forma caprichosa = capriciously.

* de formación = formative.

* de forma clara = clearly.

* de forma cognitiva = cognitively.

* de forma colegiada = collegially.

* de forma combinada = in combination.

* de forma competitiva = competitively.

* de forma complemenetaria = complimentarily.

* de forma completa = in full.

* de forma completa, en su totalidad, completamente, por extenso = in full.

* de forma concisa = concisely.

* de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.

* de forma considerable = considerably.

* de forma continuada = continuously.

* de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.

* de forma deductiva = deductively.

* de forma desastrosa = disastrously.

* de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.

* de forma diferente = differently shaped.

* de forma digital = digitally.

* de forma divertida = funnily.

* de forma económica = cost-effectively.

* de forma errática = erratically.

* de forma escandalosa = outrageously.

* de forma especulativa = speculatively.

* de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.

* de forma exquisita = exquisitely.

* de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.

* de forma federal = federally.

* de forma general = widely, bulk.

* de forma global = holistically.

* de forma graciosa = funnily.

* de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.

* de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.

* de forma grotesca = grotesquely.

* de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].

* de forma heurística = heuristically.

* de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.

* de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.

* de forma indirecta = circuitous route.

* de forma inesperada = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.

* de forma innata = innately.

* de forma irregular = erratically.

* de forma lamentable = miserably.

* de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.

* de forma mágica = magically.

* de forma mecánica = mechanically.

* de forma mordaz = pungently.

* de forma mordaz, mordazmente, con sarcasmo = pungently.

* de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.

* de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.

* de forma negativa = in a negative light.

* de forma neutral = neutrally.

* de forma notoria = markedly.

* de forma opcional = optionally.

* de forma óptima = optimally.

* de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.

* de forma poco ética = unethically.

* de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.

* de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.

* de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.

* de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.

* de forma práctica = pragmatically.

* de forma precisa = precisely.

* de forma provocativa = provocatively.

* de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.

* de forma que = in ways that.

* de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.

* de forma rara = oddly, funnily.

* de forma recíproca = reciprocally.

* de forma rentable = cost-effectively.

* de forma residual = residually.

* de forma ridícula = grotesquely.

* de forma saludable = healthily.

* de forma sana = healthily.

* de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.

* de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.

* de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.

* de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.

* de forma sublime = subliminally.

* de forma suscinta = in brief.

* de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.

* de forma tosca = in crude form.

* de forma trágica = tragically.

* de fotograma completo = full-frame.

* de fotograma doble = half-frame.

* de frente = head-on, frontal.

* de fuera = outside, off-side.

* de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.

* de fuerza = forceful.

* de funcionamiento = operating, operational.

* de fundamental importancia = of prime importance, critically important.

* de gala = gala.

* de Galileo = Galilean.

* de Gambia = Gambian.

* de gas = gas-powered.

* de generación a generación = from generation to generation.

* de generación en generación = from generation to generation.

* de geofísica = geophysical.

* de gestión = managerial, back-office.

* de gestión del museo = curatorial.

* de Glasgow = Glaswegian.

* de golpe = in one lump, all at once, all at once.

* de grado básico = junior grade.

* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de gran belleza = scenic.

* de gran calibre = high-calibre.

* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.

* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.

* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* de gran corazón = big-hearted.

* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.

* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.

* de gran formato = oversized, oversize.

* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].

* de gran influencia = seminal.

* de granja = free-range.

* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.

* de gran lujo = top-class.

* de gran potencia = high-powered.

* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.

* de gran talento = talented.

* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.

* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.

* de gran venta = high selling.

* de guardia = on duty, duty + Profesión, on call.

* de guasa = teasingly.

* de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.

* de habla alemana = German-speaking.

* de habla francesa = French-speaking.

* de habla inglesa = English-speaking.

* de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.

* de hace años = of years ago.

* de hace muchos años = long-standing.

* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.

* de hace siglos = of yore.

* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.

* de hasta + Número = of up to + Número.

* de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.

* de hierbas = herbal.

* de hierro = iron, ferric.

* de higos a brevas = once in a blue moon.

* de hoja caduca = deciduous.

* de hoja perenne = evergreen.

* de hojas largas = long-leaved.

* de Homero = Homeric.

* de hongos = fungal.

* de horticultura = horticultural.

* de hoy = present-day.

* de hoy día = of today.

* de hoy en adelante = as from today.

* de hoy en día = of today.

* de huelga = striking.

* de humor = funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.].

* de ida y vuelta = return, round-trip.

* de ideas afines = like-minded.

* de igual a igual = as a peer.

* de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.

* de igual longitud = of equal length.

* de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).

* de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein.

* de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).

* de igual + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.

* de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.

* de imitación = copycat.

* de importancia = of note, of consequence.

* de importancia creciente = of growing importance.

* de importancia crucial = crucially important.

* de importancia fundamental = critically important.

* de improviso = unawares, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, unexpectedly.

* de incalculable valor = priceless.

* de incógnito = incognito.

* de inferior calidad = low-end, sub-par.

* de inflexión = inflexional [inflectional].

* de inmediato = immediately.

* de inspiración = inspirational.

* de interés especial = of particular concern, special-interest.

* de intereses similares = of like interest.

* de interés general = general-interest, of general interest.

* de interés humano = human interest.

* de interés periodístico = newsworthy.

* de investigación = exploratory.

* de isótopos = isotopic.

* de izquierdas = left-wing, leftist, lefty.

* de jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].

* de jarana = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.

* de juerga = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.

* de Kenia = Kenyan.

* de la "a" a la "zeta" = a to z [a/z o a-z].

* de la adolescencia = teenage.

* de la alcaldía = mayoral.

* de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.

* de la cara = facial.

* de la Ceca a la Meca = from pillar to post.

* de la clase blanca, protestante y anglosajona americana = WASPish.

* de la cóclea = cochlear.

* de la columna vertebral = spinal.

* de la comedia = comedic.

* de la corteza = crustal, cortical.

* de la cría de aves = avicultural.

* de la duramadre = dural.

* de la edad media = dark-age.

* de la embajada = ambassadorial.

* de la época = of the time(s), of the day.

* de la época isabelina = Elizabethan.

* de la época victoriana = Victorian.

* de la espina dorsal = spinal.

* de la extensión de un libro = book-length.

* de la fama al olvido = riches to rags.

* de la forma más difícil = the hard way.

* de la forma más fácil = the easy way.

* de la fortuna a la pobreza = riches to rags.

* de la fóvea = foveal.

* de la gama alta = high-end.

* de la gama baja = low-end.

* de la gama inferior = low-end.

* de la guerra = wartime [wart-time].

* de la hipótesis = hypothesised [hypothesized, -USA].

* de la localidad = locally based [locally-based].

* de la malaria = malarial.

* de la mama = mammary.

* de la mandíbula inferior = mandibular.

* de la mandíbula superior = maxillar, maxillary.

* de la manera normal = in the normal manner.

* de la mañana = a.m. (latín - ante meridiam), in the morning.

* de la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.

* de la marina = marine.

* de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + abili

* * *

de¹

prep

[ Grammar notes (Spanish) ]

Sentido I

A

(en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión): la casa de mi hermano/de mis padres/de la actriz my brother's/my parents'/the actress's house

el rey de Francia the king of France

el cumpleaños de Luis Luis's birthday

el cumpleaños de la esposa de un compañero a colleague's wife's birthday, the birthday of the wife of one of my colleagues

no es de él/de ella/de ellos it isn't his/hers/theirs

su padre de usted ( frml); your father

un amigo de mi hijo a friend of my son's

es un amigo de la familia he's a friend of the family o a family friend

un estudiante de quinto año a fifth-year student

el nieto de los Arteaga the Arteagas' grandson

la mesa de la cocina the kitchen table

la correa del perro the dog's leash

un avión de Mexair a Mexair plane

la tapa de la cacerola the saucepan lid

las calles de la capital the streets of the capital, the capital's streets

la subida de los precios the rise in prices

al término de la reunión at the end of the meeting

B

1 (introduciendo un nombre en aposición) of

la ciudad de Lima the city of Lima

el aeropuerto de Barajas Barajas airport

el mes de enero the month of January

el imbécil de tu hermano that stupid brother of yours, your stupid brother

el bueno de Ricardo le aguanta cualquier cosa Ricardo is so good, he puts up with anything from her

2

(en exclamaciones): ¡pobre de él! poor him!

¡triste de quien no conozca ese sentimiento! ( liter); pity the person who has never experienced that feeling! ( liter)

C

(con apellidos): Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena ≈ Mrs Mónica Arocena

los señores de Rucabado ( frml); Mr and Mrs Rucabado

las señoritas de Paz ( frml); the Misses Paz ( frml) [de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]

D

( Arg crit) (a casa de): voy del médico I'm going to the doctor's

Sentido II

A

1

(expresando procedencia, origen): volvía de clase/del banco I was on my way back from my class/from the bank

es de Bogotá she's from Bogotá, she comes from Bogotá

lo saqué de la biblioteca I got it out of the library

lo recogió del suelo she picked it up off the floor

mis amigos de América my American friends, my friends from America

he recibido carta de Julia I've had a letter from Julia

un hijo de su primera mujer a son by his first wife

al salir de la tienda as he left the store

DE … A …:

de aquí a tu casa from here to your house

2 (en el tiempo) from

un amigo de la infancia a childhood friend

data del siglo XVII it dates from the 17th century

la literatura de ese período the literature of o from that period

lo conozco de cuando estuve en Rosales I know him from when I was in Rosales

de un día para otro from one day to the next

DE … A …:

está abierto de nueve a cinco it's open from nine to five o between nine and five

de aquí a que termine tenemos para rato it'll be a while yet before he finishes, he won't be finished for a while yet

B

(expresando causa): murió de viejo he died of old age

verde de envidia green with envy

estaba ronco de tanto gritar he was hoarse from shouting so much

eso es de comer tan poco that's what comes from o of eating so little

Sentido III

A

(introduciendo cualidades, características): es de una paciencia increíble he is incredibly patient, he is a man of incredible patience

un chiste de muy mal gusto a joke in very bad taste

objetos de mucho valor objects of great value

un pez de agua dulce a freshwater fish

¿de qué color lo quiere? what color do you want it?

tiene cara de aburrido he looks bored

ese gesto es muy de su madre that gesture is very reminiscent of his mother

tienes cosas de niño malcriado sometimes you act like a spoiled child

una botella de un litro a liter bottle

un niño de tres meses a three-month-old child

déme de las de 200 pesos el kilo give me some of those o some of the ones at 200 pesos a kilo

la chica del abrigo rojo the girl with o in the red coat

la señora de azul the lady in blue

un hombre de pelo largo a man with long hair

un anciano de bastón an old man with a stick [de is part of many compounds like cinturón de seguridad, hombre de negocios, válvula de escape, etc ]

B

(al especificar material, contenido, composición): una mesa de caoba a mahogany table

una inyección de morfina an injection of morphine, a morphine injection

el complemento ideal de todo plato de pescado the ideal complement to any fish dish

son de plástico they're (made of) plastic

un curso de secretariado a secretarial course

nos sirvió una copa de champán she gave us a glass of champagne

una colección de sellos a stamp collection, a collection of stamps

un millón de dólares a million dollars

C

(con sentido ponderativo): ¡lo encontré de viejo …! he seemed so old!

¡qué de coches! ( fam); what a lot of cars!

D

(al definir, especificar): tuvo la suerte de conseguirlo she was lucky enough to get it

aprieta el botón de abajo press the bottom button

E

1

(con cifras): el número de estudiantes es de 480 the number of students is 480, there are 480 students

pagan un interés del 15% they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

2 (en comparaciones de cantidad) than

cuesta más de £100 it costs more than o over £100

pesa menos de un kilo it weighs less than o under a kilo

un número mayor/menor de 29 a number over/under 29

3

(en expresiones de modo): lo tumbó de un golpe he knocked him down with one blow

subió los escalones de dos en dos he went up the stairs two at a time

de a poco (CS); little by little, gradually

4

(CS): de a cuatro/ocho/diez: colócalos de a dos/cuatro put them in twos/fours

entraron de a uno they went in one by one o one at a time [de is part of many expressions entered under frente² m A 2. (↑ frente (2)), improviso, prisa etc]

F (en calidad de) as

está de profesor en una academia he's working as a teacher in a private school

le ofrecieron un puesto de redactor they offered him a job as an editor

hace de enanito en la obra he plays (the part of) a dwarf in the play

le habló de hombre a hombre he talked to him man to man

G

1

(limitando lo expresado a determinado aspecto): es muy bonita de cara she has a pretty face

es corto de talle/ancho de hombros he's short-waisted/broad-shouldered

es sorda de un oído she's deaf in one ear

¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? how are we doing for time?

tiene dos metros de ancho it's two meters wide

2

(refiriéndose a una etapa de la vida): de niño as a child, when he was a child

H

(en expresiones de estado, actividad): estaba de mal humor she was in a bad mood

estamos de limpieza general we're spring-cleaning [de is part of many expressions entered under juerga, picnic, obra etc]

I

(indicando uso, destino, finalidad): el cepillo de la ropa the clothes brush

el trapo de limpiar la plata the cloth for cleaning the silver

lo sirvió en copas de champán he served it in champagne glasses

dales algo de comer give them something to eat

¿qué hay de postre? what's for dessert? [de is part of many compounds like cuchara de servir, máquina de coser, saco de dormir, etc]

J (introduciendo el complemento agente) by

una novela de Goytisolo a novel by Goytisolo, a Goytisolo novel

seguidos del resto de la familia followed by the rest of the family

una casa rodeada de árboles a house surrounded by trees

viene acompañado de arroz it is served with rice

acompañado de su señora esposa ( frml); accompanied by his wife

Sentido IV

A

1 (sentido partitivo) of

¿quién de ustedes fue? which (one) of you was it?

se llevó uno de los míos she took one of mine

el mayor de los Rodríguez the eldest of the Rodríguez children

un cigarrillo de ésos que apestan one of those cigarettes that stink

2

(con un superlativo): eligió el más caro de todos she chose the most expensive one of all

la ciudad más grande del mundo the biggest city in the world

B

(refiriéndose a una parte del día): a las once de la mañana/de la noche at eleven in the morning/at night

duerme de día y trabaja de noche she sleeps during the day and works at night

salieron de madrugada they left very early in the morning

ver tb mañana³ f A. (↑ mañana (3)), tarde² (↑ tarde (2)), etc

Sentido V (con sentido condicional)

A DE + INF:

de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known, I would have come earlier o had I known, I would have come earlier

de no ser así no será considerada otherwise it will not be considered

de continuar este estado de cosas if this state of affairs persists

B SER DE + INF

(expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad): es de esperar que … it is to be hoped that …, one hopes that …

no son de fiar they are not to be trusted

es de destacar la actuación de Marta Valverde Marta Valverde's performance is worthy of note

C

de no ( AmL); if not

de²

feminine

name of the letter D

* * *

Del verbo dar: ( conjugate dar)

dé es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

Multiple Entries:
dar
de
dé
dar ( conjugate dar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( entregar) to give;

◊ dale las llaves a Pedro give the keys to Pedro;

déme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?;
See Also→ conocer verbo transitivo 3 b, entender verbo transitivo
b) ‹cartas/mano› to give

2
a) (donar, regalar) ‹sangre/limosna› to give;

◊ me dio su reloj she gave me her watch

b) ( proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give;

‹información/idea› to give
3
a) (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

b) ( aplicar) ‹mano de pintura/barniz› to give

c) ‹sedante/masaje› to give

4 ( conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give;
◊ el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday;

nos dieron un premio we won o got a prize
5
a) (expresar, decir) ‹parecer/opinón› to give;

◊ ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?;

dales saludos give/send them my regards;
tuve que déle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him
b) (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando the line's busy o (BrE) engaged;

◊ el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five

1
a) ( producir) ‹fruto/flor› to bear;

‹ dividendos› to pay;
◊ un negocio que da mucho dinero a business which makes a lot of money

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta):

◊ da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometres an hour;

venía a todo lo que daba it was travelling at full speed;
ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
2 (causar, provocar) ‹placer/susto› to give;
‹ problemas› to cause;
◊ dé trabajo to be hard work;

el calor le dio sueño/sed the heat made him sleepy/thirsty
1 ( presentar) ‹ concierto› to give;
◊ ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? (colloq);

¿dónde están dando esa película? where's that film showing?
2
a) ‹fiesta/conferencia› to give;

‹baile/banquete› to hold;
‹ discurso› (AmL) to make
b) (CS) ‹ examen› to take o (BrE) sit;

ver tb clase 4
( realizar la accion que se indica) ‹ grito› to give;
◊ dé un paso atrás to take a step back;

dame un beso give me a kiss;
ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
( considerar) dé algo/a algn por algo:
◊ lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead;

ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic;
¡dalo por hecho! consider it done!
verbo intransitivo
1
◊ dar a [ puerta] to give onto, open onto;

[ventana/balcón] to look onto, give onto;
[fachada/frente] to face
2 (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dé para algo/algn to be enough for sth/sb;
◊ no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time;

dé de sí ‹zapatos/jersey› to stretch
3 ( arrojar un resultado):
◊ el análisis le dio positivo her test was positive;

¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?;
a mí me dio 247 I made it (to be) 247
4 ( importar):
◊ da lo mismo it doesn't matter;

¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
¿qué más da? what difference does it make?;
me da igual I don't mind
5 ( en naipes) to deal
1
a) (pegar, golpear): déle a algn to hit sb;

( como castigo) to smack sb;
◊ dale al balón kick the ball;

el balón dio en el poste the ball hit the post
b) ( acertar) to hit;

◊ dé en el blanco to hit the target

2 (accionar, mover) déle a algo ‹a botón/tecla› to press sth;
‹ a interruptor› to flick sth;
‹a manivela/volante› to turn sth
3
◊ dar con ( encontrar) ‹ persona› to find;

‹ solución› to hit upon, find;
‹ palabra› to come up with
4 (hablando de manías, ocurrencias) déle a algn por hacer algo ‹por pintar/cocinar› to take to doing sth;
◊ le ha dado por decir que … he's started saying that …

5 [sol/luz]:
◊ aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here;

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
darse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) [fruta/trigo] to grow
2 ( presentarse) [oportunidad/ocasión] to arise
3 ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ se le dan los idiomas she's good at languages

a) ( refl) ( realizar lo que se indica) ‹ducha/banquete› to have;

◊ dárselas de algo: se las da de valiente/de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he's brave/he knows a lot;

dárselas de listo to act smart
b) (golpearse, pegarse):

◊ se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer;

se dieron contra un árbol they crashed into a tree;
se dio dé un golpe en la rodilla he hit his knee
( considerarse) dése por algo:
◊ con eso me déía por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that;

ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
de 1 preposición
1
a) (pertenencia, posesión):

◊ la casa dé dé mis padres my parents' house;

el rey dé Francia the king of France;
no es dé él it isn't his;
es un amigo dé mi hijo he's a friend of my son's;
un estudiante dé quinto año a fifth-year student;
la tapa dé la cacerola the saucepan lid;
un avión dé Mexair a Mexair plane
b) ( con un nombre en aposición) of;

◊ la ciudad dé Lima the city of Lima;

el aeropuerto dé Barajas Barajas airport;
el mes dé enero the month of January
2
a) (procedencia, origen, tiempo) from;

◊ es dé Bogotá she's/she comes from Bogotá;

una carta dé Julia a letter from Julia;
un amigo dé la infancia a childhood friend;
la literatura dé ese período the literature of o from that period;
dé aquí a tu casa from here to your house
b) (material, contenido, composición):

◊ son dé plástico they're (made of) plastic;

una mesa dé caoba a mahogany table;
un vaso dé agua a glass of water;
un millón dé dólares a million dollars
c) (causa, modo):

◊ murió dé viejo he died of old age;

dé tanto gritar from shouting so much;
verde dé envidia green with envy;
temblando dé miedo trembling with fear;
dé memoria by heart;
lo tumbó dé un golpe he knocked him down with one blow
d) ( en oraciones pasivas) by;

◊ un poema dé Neruda a poem by Neruda;

rodeada dé árboles surrounded by trees
3
a) (cualidades, características):

◊ de gran inteligencia of great intelligence;

objetos dé mucho valor objects of great value;
¿dé qué color lo quiere? what color do you want it?;
tiene cara dé aburrido he looks bored;
una botella dé un litro a liter bottle;
la chica dé azul the girl in blue
b) (al definir, especificar):

◊ el botón dé abajo the bottom button;

tiene dos metros dé ancho it's two meters wide;
es fácil de pronunciar it's easy to pronounce;
uno dé los míos one of mine;
el mayor dé los Soto the eldest of the Soto children
4
a) ( con cifras):

◊ pagan un interés dél 15% they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

b) ( en comparaciones de cantidad) than;

◊ más dé £100 more than o over £100;

pesa menos dé un kilo it weighs less than o under a kilo;
un número mayor/menor dé 29 a number over/under 29
c) ( con un superlativo):

◊ es el más caro dé todos it's the most expensive one;

la ciudad más grande dél mundo the biggest city in the world
d) ( refiriéndose a una parte del día):

◊ dé día/noche during the day/at night;

dé madrugada early in the morning
5
a) ( en calidad de) as;

◊ trabaja dé secretaria she works as a secretary;

hace dé rey en la obra he plays (the part of) a king in the play
b) (en expresiones de estado, actividad):

◊ dé mal humor in a bad mood;

estamos dé fiesta we're having a party
c) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad):

◊ el cepillo dé la ropa the clothes brush;

copas dé vino wine glasses;
ropa dé cama bed clothes;
dales algo dé comer give them something to eat;
¿qué hay dé postre? what's for dessert?
6 ( con sentido condicional):
◊ dé haberlo sabido if I had known, had I known;

dé no ser así otherwise
de 2 sustantivo femenino: name of the letter d
dé see
◊ dar

dar
I verbo transitivo
1 to give: dame la mano, hold my hand
2 (conceder) to give: mi padre me dio permiso, my father gave me permission
le doy toda la razón, I think he is quite right
3 (transmitir una noticia) to tell
(un recado, recuerdos) to pass on, give
dar las gracias, to thank
4 (retransmitir u ofrecer un espectáculo) to show, put on
5 (organizar una fiesta) to throw, give
6 (producir lana, miel, etc) to produce, yield
(fruto, flores) to bear
(beneficio, interés) to give, yield
7 (causar un dolor, malestar) dar dolor de cabeza, to give a headache
(un sentimiento) dar pena, to make sad
le da mucha vergüenza, he's very embarrassed
8 (proporcionar) to provide: su empresa da trabajo a cincuenta personas, his factory gives work to fifty people
9 (una conferencia, charla) to give
(impartir clases) to teach
(recibir una clase) to have
US to take
10 (presentir) me da (en la nariz/en el corazón) que eso va a salir bien, I have a feeling that everything is going to turn out well
11 (estropear) to ruin: me dio la noche con sus ronquidos, he spoilt my sleep with his snoring
12 (abrir el paso de la luz) to switch on
(del gas, agua) to turn on
13 (propinar una bofetada, un puntapié, etc) to hit, give
14 (aplicar una mano de pintura, cera) to apply, put on
(un masaje, medicamento) to give
15 (considerar) dar por, to assume, consider: lo dieron por muerto, he was given up for dead
ese dinero lo puedes dar por perdido, you can consider that money lost
dar por supuesto/sabido, to take for granted, to assume
16 (la hora, un reloj) to strike: aún no habían dado las ocho, it was not yet past eight o'clock
17 (realizar la acción que implica el objeto) dar un abrazo/susto, to give a hug/fright
dar un paseo, to go for a walk
dar una voz, to give a shout
II verbo intransitivo
1 (sobrevenir) le dio un ataque de nervios, she had an attack of hysterics
2 dar de comer/cenar, to provide with lunch/dinner 3 dar a, (mirar, estar orientado a) to look out onto, to overlook
(una puerta) to open onto, lead to: esa puerta da al jardín, this door leads out onto the garden 4 dar con, (una persona, objeto) to come across: no fuimos capaces de dar con la contraseña, we couldn't come up with the password
dimos con él, we found him 5 dar de sí, (una camiseta, bañador) to stretch, give 6 dar en, to hit: el sol me daba en los ojos, the sun was (shining) in my eyes 7 dar para, to be enough o sufficient for: ese dinero no me da para nada, this money isn't enough for me
♦ Locuciones: dar a alguien por: le dio por ponerse a cantar, she decided to start singing
le dio por nadar, he got it into his head to go swimming
dar a entender a alguien que..., to make sb understand that...
dar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
dar para: el presupuesto no da para más, the budget will not stretch any further
dar que hablar, to set people talking
dar que pensar: el suceso dio que pensar, the incident gave people food for thought
dar a conocer, (noticia) to release
de preposición
1 (pertenencia, posesión) of
la dirección de mis padres, my parents' address
el teclado de este ordenador, this computer's keyboard
la primera página del libro, the first page of the book
2 (material) of: está hecho de madera, it's made of wood
una pajarita de papel, a paper bird
(contenido) un vaso de vino, a glass of wine
3 (asunto) about, on: sabe mucho de economía, she knows a lot about economics
un curso de inglés, an English course
un libro de arte, a book on art
4 (oficio) as: está/trabaja de enfermera, she is working as a nurse
5 (cualidad) una persona de carácter, a person with character
una rubia de pelo largo, a blonde with long hair
6 (procedencia) from: es de Bilbao, he is o comes from Bilbao
de Madrid a Cáceres, from Madrid to Cáceres
7 (parte) un poco de leche, a little milk
un trozo de carne, a piece of meat
8 (causa) with, because of
llorar de alegría, to cry with joy
morir de hambre, to die of hunger
9 (modo) lo bebió de un trago, she downed it in one
un gesto de satisfacción, an expression of satisfaction
10 (localización) el señor de la camisa azul, the man in the blue shirt
la casa de la esquina, the house on the corner
11 (tiempo) a las cinco de la mañana, at five in the morning
de año en año, year in year out
de día, by day
de noche, at night
de miércoles a viernes, from Wednesday to Friday
de pequeño, as a child
12 (finalidad) jornada de reflexión, eve of polling day
libro de consulta, reference book
máquina de escribir, typewriter
13 (instrumento) derribó la puerta de una patada, he kicked the door down
lo mataron de una puñalada, he was stabbed to death
14 (comparación) el discurso fue más largo de lo esperado, the speech was longer than expected
(con superlativo) in
el coche más caro del mundo, the most expensive car in the world
15 (precio) for
un pantalón de dos mil pesetas, a pair of trousers costing two thousand pesetas 16 una avenida de quince kilómetros, an avenue fifteen kilometres long
una botella de litro, a litre bottle
17 (condicional) de haberlo sabido no le hubiera invitado, if I had known I wouldn't have invited him
de no ser así, if that wasn't o weren't the case
de ser cierto, if it was o were true
18 (reiteración) de puerta en puerta, from door to door
de tres en tres, in threes o three at a time

'dé' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- a. C.
- a.m.
- abajo
- abanderada
- abanderado
- abandonar
- abandonarse
- abandono
- abanico
- abarrotar
- abarrotada
- abarrotado
- abarrotería
- abastecer
- abastecerse
- abastecimiento
- abasto
- abatir
- abatimiento
- abatirse
- abdicar
- abertura
- abierta
- abierto
- abismo
- ablandar
- abogar
- abogacía
- abogada
- abogado
- abominar
- abominable
- abono
- abortar
- abrir
- abridor
- abrigo
- abrupta
- abrupto
- absoluta
- absolutamente
- absoluto
- abstenerse
- abstención
- abstinencia
- abstraerse
- abuelo
- abuhardillada
- abuhardillado
English:
A
- A-level
- a.m.
- AA
- abandon
- ABC
- ability
- ablaze
- aboard
- about
- about-face
- about-turn
- above
- abreast
- abroad
- abrupt
- absence
- absent
- absolve
- absorb
- abstain
- abstract
- abundance
- abuse
- AC
- accepted
- access road
- accident
- accidental
- acclaim
- accommodate
- accommodation
- accomplished
- accomplishment
- accordance
- account
- account for
- accountable
- accumulation
- accuracy
- accurate
- accurately
- accuse
- accused
- accusingly
- accustom
- ache
- Achilles heel
- aching
- acid test

* * *

de prep de combines with the article el to form the contraction del (e.g. del hombre of the man).

1. [posesión, pertenencia] of;

el automóvil de mi padre/mis padres my father's/parents' car;

es de ella it's hers;

la maleta es de Eva the suitcase is Eva's o belongs to Eva;

el padre de la niña the girl's father;

el director de la empresa the manager of the company, the company's manager;

la boda o [m5] el casamiento de un amigo de mi hermano the wedding of a friend of my brother's, a friend of my brother's wedding;

un equipo de segunda división a second division team;

la comida del gato the cat's food;

el título de la novela the novel's title, the title of the novel;

la pata de la mesa the table leg;

una subida de precios a price rise;

los señores de Navarro Mr and Mrs Navarro

2. [procedencia, distancia] from;

salir de casa to leave home;

soy de Bilbao I'm from Bilbao;

no soy de aquí I'm not from round here;

de la playa al apartamento hay 100 metros it's 100 metres from the beach to the apartment;

estamos a 10 kilómetros de Buenos Aires we're 10 kilometres away from Buenos Aires;

el rey de España the king of Spain;

tuvo dos hijos de su primera esposa he had two children by his first wife;

b de Barcelona [deletreando] b for Barcelona

3. [en razonamiento]
de su sonrisa se deduce que todo ha ido bien you can tell from o by her smile that it all went well;

del resultado del experimento concluyo que la fórmula no funciona I infer from the result of the experiment that the formula doesn't work

4. [con nombre en aposición]
la ciudad de Caracas the city of Caracas;

el túnel del Canal the Channel Tunnel;

el signo de tauro the sign of Taurus;

el puerto de Cartagena the port of Cartagena

5. [en descripciones]
una película de terror a horror movie o Br film;

la señora de verde the lady in green;

el chico de la coleta the boy with the ponytail;

una actriz de veinte años a twenty-year-old actress;

¿de qué tamaño? what size?;

un político de fiar a trustworthy politician

6. [materia] (made) of;

un vaso de plástico a plastic cup;

un reloj de oro a gold watch;

una mesa de madera a wooden table

7. [contenido]
un vaso de agua a glass of water;

un plato de lentejas a plate of lentils

8. [precio]
he comprado las peras de 80 céntimos el kilo I bought the pears that were 80 cents a kilo;

un sello de 50 céntimos a 50-cent stamp

9. [uso]
una bici de carreras a racing bike;

ropa de deporte sportswear;

una máquina de escribir a typewriter;

una máquina de coser a sewing machine;

esta sartén es la del pescado y ésta la de las tortillas this frying pan's for fish and this one's for omelettes

10. [asunto] about;

hablábamos de ti we were talking about you;

libros de historia history books

11. [en calidad de] as;

trabaja de bombero he works as a fireman;

aparece de cosaco he appears as a Cossack, he plays a Cossack;

estás muy guapa de uniforme you look very pretty in uniform;

al desfile de carnaval iré de Napoleón I'll go as Napoleon in the carnival parade

12. [tiempo] [desde] from;
[durante] in;
trabaja de nueve a cinco she works from nine to five;

vivió en Bolivia de 1975 a 1983 she lived in Bolivia between 1975 and 1983, she lived in Bolivia from 1975 to 1983;

de madrugada early in the morning;

a las cuatro de la tarde at four in the afternoon;

trabaja de noche y duerme de día he works at night and sleeps during the day;

es de día it's daytime;

de niño solía jugar en la calle as a child I used to play in the street;

¿qué quieres ser de mayor? what do you want to be when you grow up?;

un compañero del colegio a friend from school;
Urug
de mañana/tarde in the morning/afternoon;
Urug
de noche at night;
Urug
ayer salimos de noche we went out last night

13. [causa] with;

morirse de hambre to die of hunger;

llorar de alegría to cry with joy;

temblar de miedo to tremble with fear;

eso es de fumar tanto that's what comes from smoking so much

14. [manera, modo] with;

de una patada with a kick;

rompió el cristal de una pedrada he shattered the window with a stone;

de una sola vez in one go;

lo bebió de un trago he drank it down in one go;

de tres en tres/cuatro en cuatro/ etc[m5]. three/four/ etc at a time;
CSur
de a tres/cuatro/ etc[m5]. in threes/fours/ etc;

de fácil manejo user-friendly;

ponerse de rodillas to kneel down

15. [con valor partitivo] of;

uno de los nuestros one of ours;

varios de nosotros several of us;

¿quién de vosotros sabe la respuesta? which of you knows the answer?

16. Literario [sobre]
de la paz y la guerra of war and peace

17. [en valoración]
lo tacharon de vulgar they branded him as vulgar, they accused him of being vulgar

18. [en lugar de]
yo de ti no lo haría I wouldn't do it if I were you;

yo de Eduardo le pediría perdón if I were Eduardo, I'd say sorry to her

19. [en comparaciones]
más/menos de… more/less than…;
[con superlativos]
el mejor de todos the best of all;

el más importante del mundo the most important in the world;

la peor película del año the worst film this year o of the year;

la impresora más moderna del mercado the most up-to-date printer on the market

20. (antes de infinitivo) [condición] if;

de querer ayudarme, lo haría if she wanted to help me, she'd do it;

de no ser por ti, me hubiese hundido if it hadn't been for you, I wouldn't have made it;

de ir a verte, sería este domingo if I do visit you, it'll be this Sunday

21. (después de adjetivo y antes de sustantivo) [enfatiza cualidad]
el idiota de tu hermano your stupid brother;

la buena de Susana good old Susana;

¡pobre de mí! poor me!

22. (después de adjetivo y antes de infinitivo)
es difícil de creer it's hard to believe;

una velada imposible de olvidar an unforgettable evening

23. (después del verbo “haber”) [obligación]
he de trabajar más I have to work harder;

has de gastar menos you should spend less

24. (antes de complemento agente)
una película de Buñuel a film by Buñuel, a Buñuel film;

vino acompañado de su familia he was accompanied by his family

25. (antes de adverbio de lugar)
el apartamento de abajo the downstairs Br flat o US apartment;

la fila de delante the front row

♦ de no loc conj
Am otherwise;
dime la verdad, de no te castigaré tell me the truth, otherwise I'm going to punish you

* * *

de

prp

1 origen from;

de Nueva York from New York;

de … a from … to

2 posesión of;

el coche de mi amigo my friend’s car

3 material (made) of;

un anillo de oro a gold ring

4 contenido of;

un vaso de agua a glass of water

5 cualidad

:

una mujer de 20 años a 20 year old woman

6 causa with;

temblaba de miedo she was shaking with fear

7 hora

:

de noche at night, by night;

de día by day

8 en calidad de as;

trabajar de albañil work as a bricklayer;

de niño as a child

9 agente by;

de Goya by Goya

10 condición if;

de haberlo sabido if I’d known

11 en aposición

:

la ciudad de Lima the city of Lima

* * *

de prep

1) : of

la casa de Pepe: Pepe's house

un niño de tres años: a three-year-old boy

2) : from

es de Managua: she's from Managua

salió del edificio: he left the building

3) : in, at

a las tres de la mañana: at three in the morning

salen de noche: they go out at night

4) : than

más de tres: more than three

dé dar

* * *

de prep

1. (posesión de alguien) 's

el coche de Alberto Alberto's car

los gatos de Emma Emma's cats

la profesora de Marta Marta's teacher

es de mi hermano it's my brother's

2. (posesión de algo) of

la ciudad de Roma the city of Rome

el mes de noviembre the month of November

el teléfono del colegio the school phone

los árboles del jardín the trees in the garden

3. (materia)

un balón de cuero a leather ball

muebles de madera wooden furniture

un vaso de plástico a plastic cup

4. (contenido) of

una botella de agua a bottle of water

un paquete de arroz a packet of rice

un vaso de leche a glass of milk

5. (materia, tema)

profesor de inglés English teacher

novela de aventuras adventure story

película de terror horror film

6. (origen, procedencia) from

es de Asturias he's from Asturias

esta carretera va de Salamanca a Zamora this road goes from Salamanca to Zamora

7. (descripción) with / in

la chica del pelo largo the girl with long hair

el hombre de negro the man in black

un chico de doce años a twelve year old boy

8. (agente) by

un libro de Rosa Montero a book by Rosa Montero

9. (con expresiones de tiempo)

es la una de la tarde it's one o'clock in the afternoon

el tren de las diez the ten o'clock train

abren de nueve a siete they open from nine until seven

nunca viajamos de noche we never travel at night

de niño when I was a child

10. (con números, una parte) than / of

había más de mil personas there were more than a thousand people

pesa menos de 5 kilos it weighs less than 5 kilos

un trozo de pan a piece of bread

Spanish-English dictionary > de
7 Bibliography

■ Aitchison, J. (1987). Noam Chomsky: Consensus and controversy. New York: Falmer Press.

■ Anderson, J. R. (1980). Cognitive psychology and its implications. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.

■ Anderson, J. R. (1983). The architecture of cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

■ Anderson, J. R. (1995). Cognitive psychology and its implications (4th ed.). New York: W. H. Freeman.

■ Archilochus (1971). In M. L. West (Ed.), Iambi et elegi graeci (Vol. 1). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

■ Armstrong, D. M. (1990). The causal theory of the mind. In W. G. Lycan (Ed.), Mind and cognition: A reader (pp. 37-47). Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell. (Originally published in 1981 in The nature of mind and other essays, Ithaca, NY: University Press).

■ Atkins, P. W. (1992). Creation revisited. Oxford: W. H. Freeman & Company.

■ Austin, J. L. (1962). How to do things with words. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

■ Bacon, F. (1878). Of the proficience and advancement of learning divine and human. In The works of Francis Bacon (Vol. 1). Cambridge, MA: Hurd & Houghton.

■ Bacon, R. (1928). Opus majus (Vol. 2). R. B. Burke (Trans.). Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press.

■ Bar-Hillel, Y. (1960). The present status of automatic translation of languages. In F. L. Alt (Ed.), Advances in computers (Vol. 1). New York: Academic Press.

■ Barr, A., & E. A. Feigenbaum (Eds.) (1981). The handbook of artificial intelligence (Vol. 1). Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

■ Barr, A., & E. A. Feigenbaum (Eds.) (1982). The handbook of artificial intelligence (Vol. 2). Los Altos, CA: William Kaufman.

■ Barron, F. X. (1963). The needs for order and for disorder as motives in creative activity. In C. W. Taylor & F. X. Barron (Eds.), Scientific creativity: Its rec ognition and development (pp. 153-160). New York: Wiley.

■ Bartlett, F. C. (1932). Remembering: A study in experimental and social psychology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

■ Bartley, S. H. (1969). Principles of perception. London: Harper & Row.

■ Barzun, J. (1959). The house of intellect. New York: Harper & Row.

■ Beach, F. A., D. O. Hebb, C. T. Morgan & H. W. Nissen (Eds.) (1960). The neu ropsychology of Lashley. New York: McGraw-Hill.

■ Berkeley, G. (1996). Principles of human knowledge: Three Dialogues. Oxford: Oxford University Press. (Originally published in 1710.)

■ Berlin, I. (1953). The hedgehog and the fox: An essay on Tolstoy's view of history. NY: Simon & Schuster.

■ Bierwisch, J. (1970). Semantics. In J. Lyons (Ed.), New horizons in linguistics. Baltimore: Penguin Books.

■ Black, H. C. (1951). Black's law dictionary. St. Paul, MN: West Publishing.

■ Bloom, A. (1981). The linguistic shaping of thought: A study in the impact of language on thinking in China and the West. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

■ Bobrow, D. G., & D. A. Norman (1975). Some principles of memory schemata. In D. G. Bobrow & A. Collins (Eds.), Representation and understanding: Stud ies in Cognitive Science (pp. 131-149). New York: Academic Press.

■ Boden, M. A. (1977). Artificial intelligence and natural man. New York: Basic Books.

■ Boden, M. A. (1981). Minds and mechanisms. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

■ Boden, M. A. (1990a). The creative mind: Myths and mechanisms. London: Cardinal.

■ Boden, M. A. (1990b). The philosophy of artificial intelligence. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

■ Boden, M. A. (1994). Precis of The creative mind: Myths and mechanisms. Behavioral and brain sciences 17, 519-570.

■ Boden, M. (1996). Creativity. In M. Boden (Ed.), Artificial Intelligence (2nd ed.). San Diego: Academic Press.

■ Bolter, J. D. (1984). Turing's man: Western culture in the computer age. Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press.

■ Bolton, N. (1972). The psychology of thinking. London: Methuen.

■ Bourne, L. E. (1973). Some forms of cognition: A critical analysis of several papers. In R. Solso (Ed.), Contemporary issues in cognitive psychology (pp. 313324). Loyola Symposium on Cognitive Psychology (Chicago 1972). Washington, DC: Winston.

■ Bransford, J. D., N. S. McCarrell, J. J. Franks & K. E. Nitsch (1977). Toward unexplaining memory. In R. Shaw & J. D. Bransford (Eds.), Perceiving, acting, and knowing (pp. 431-466). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

■ Breger, L. (1981). Freud's unfinished journey. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

■ Brehmer, B. (1986). In one word: Not from experience. In H. R. Arkes & K. Hammond (Eds.), Judgment and decision making: An interdisciplinary reader (pp. 705-719). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

■ Bresnan, J. (1978). A realistic transformational grammar. In M. Halle, J. Bresnan & G. A. Miller (Eds.), Linguistic theory and psychological reality (pp. 1-59). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

■ Brislin, R. W., W. J. Lonner & R. M. Thorndike (Eds.) (1973). Cross- cultural research methods. New York: Wiley.

■ Bronowski, J. (1977). A sense of the future: Essays in natural philosophy. P. E. Ariotti with R. Bronowski (Eds.). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

■ Bronowski, J. (1978). The origins of knowledge and imagination. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

■ Brown, R. O. (1973). A first language: The early stages. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

■ Brown, T. (1970). Lectures on the philosophy of the human mind. In R. Brown (Ed.), Between Hume and Mill: An anthology of British philosophy- 1749- 1843 (pp. 330-387). New York: Random House/Modern Library.

■ Bruner, J. S., J. Goodnow & G. Austin (1956). A study of thinking. New York: Wiley.

■ Calvin, W. H. (1990). The cerebral symphony: Seashore reﬂections on the structure of consciousness. New York: Bantam.

■ Campbell, J. (1982). Grammatical man: Information, entropy, language, and life. New York: Simon & Schuster.

■ Campbell, J. (1989). The improbable machine. New York: Simon & Schuster.

■ Carlyle, T. (1966). On heroes, hero- worship and the heroic in history. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. (Originally published in 1841.)

■ Carnap, R. (1959). The elimination of metaphysics through logical analysis of language [Ueberwindung der Metaphysik durch logische Analyse der Sprache]. In A. J. Ayer (Ed.), Logical positivism (pp. 60-81) A. Pap (Trans). New York: Free Press. (Originally published in 1932.)

■ Cassirer, E. (1946). Language and myth. New York: Harper and Brothers. Reprinted. New York: Dover Publications, 1953.

■ Cattell, R. B., & H. J. Butcher (1970). Creativity and personality. In P. E. Vernon (Ed.), Creativity. Harmondsworth, England: Penguin Books.

■ Caudill, M., & C. Butler (1990). Naturally intelligent systems. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.

■ Chandrasekaran, B. (1990). What kind of information processing is intelligence? A perspective on AI paradigms and a proposal. In D. Partridge & R. Wilks (Eds.), The foundations of artificial intelligence: A sourcebook (pp. 14-46). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

■ Charniak, E., & McDermott, D. (1985). Introduction to artificial intelligence. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

■ Chase, W. G., & H. A. Simon (1988). The mind's eye in chess. In A. Collins & E. E. Smith (Eds.), Readings in cognitive science: A perspective from psychology and artificial intelligence (pp. 461-493). San Mateo, CA: Kaufmann.

■ Cheney, D. L., & R. M. Seyfarth (1990). How monkeys see the world: Inside the mind of another species. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

■ Chi, M.T.H., R. Glaser & E. Rees (1982). Expertise in problem solving. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Advances in the psychology of human intelligence (pp. 7-73). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

■ Chomsky, N. (1957). Syntactic structures. The Hague: Mouton. Janua Linguarum.

■ Chomsky, N. (1964). A transformational approach to syntax. In J. A. Fodor & J. J. Katz (Eds.), The structure of language: Readings in the philosophy of lan guage (pp. 211-245). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

■ Chomsky, N. (1965). Aspects of the theory of syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

■ Chomsky, N. (1972). Language and mind (enlarged ed.). New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

■ Chomsky, N. (1979). Language and responsibility. New York: Pantheon.

■ Chomsky, N. (1986). Knowledge of language: Its nature, origin and use. New York: Praeger Special Studies.

■ Churchland, P. (1979). Scientific realism and the plasticity of mind. New York: Cambridge University Press.

■ Churchland, P. M. (1989). A neurocomputational perspective: The nature of mind and the structure of science. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

■ Churchland, P. S. (1986). Neurophilosophy. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.

■ Clark, A. (1996). Philosophical Foundations. In M. A. Boden (Ed.), Artificial in telligence (2nd ed.). San Diego: Academic Press.

■ Clark, H. H., & T. B. Carlson (1981). Context for comprehension. In J. Long & A. Baddeley (Eds.), Attention and performance (Vol. 9, pp. 313-330). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

■ Clarke, A. C. (1984). Profiles of the future: An inquiry into the limits of the possible. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

■ Claxton, G. (1980). Cognitive psychology: A suitable case for what sort of treatment? In G. Claxton (Ed.), Cognitive psychology: New directions (pp. 1-25). London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

■ Code, M. (1985). Order and organism. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

■ Collingwood, R. G. (1972). The idea of history. New York: Oxford University Press.

■ Coopersmith, S. (1967). The antecedents of self- esteem. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.

■ Copland, A. (1952). Music and imagination. London: Oxford University Press.

■ Coren, S. (1994). The intelligence of dogs. New York: Bantam Books.

■ Cottingham, J. (Ed.) (1996). Western philosophy: An anthology. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers.

■ Cox, C. (1926). The early mental traits of three hundred geniuses. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

■ Craik, K.J.W. (1943). The nature of explanation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

■ Cronbach, L. J. (1990). Essentials of psychological testing (5th ed.). New York: HarperCollins.

■ Cronbach, L. J., & R. E. Snow (1977). Aptitudes and instructional methods. New York: Irvington. Paperback edition, 1981.

■ Csikszentmihalyi, M. (1993). The evolving self. New York: Harper Perennial.

■ Culler, J. (1976). Ferdinand de Saussure. New York: Penguin Books.

■ Curtius, E. R. (1973). European literature and the Latin Middle Ages. W. R. Trask (Trans.). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

■ D'Alembert, J.L.R. (1963). Preliminary discourse to the encyclopedia of Diderot. R. N. Schwab (Trans.). Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill.

■ Damasio, A. (1994). Descartes' error: Emotion, reason, and the human brain. New York: Avon.

■ Dampier, W. C. (1966). A history of modern science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

■ Darwin, C. (1911). The life and letters of Charles Darwin (Vol. 1). Francis Darwin (Ed.). New York: Appleton.

■ Davidson, D. (1970) Mental events. In L. Foster & J. W. Swanson (Eds.), Experience and theory (pp. 79-101). Amherst: University of Massachussetts Press.

■ Davies, P. (1995). About time: Einstein's unfinished revolution. New York: Simon & Schuster/Touchstone.

■ Davis, R., & J. J. King (1977). An overview of production systems. In E. Elcock & D. Michie (Eds.), Machine intelligence 8. Chichester, England: Ellis Horwood.

■ Davis, R., & D. B. Lenat (1982). Knowledge- based systems in artificial intelligence. New York: McGraw-Hill.

■ Dawkins, R. (1982). The extended phenotype: The gene as the unit of selection. Oxford: W. H. Freeman.

■ deKleer, J., & J. S. Brown (1983). Assumptions and ambiguities in mechanistic mental models (1983). In D. Gentner & A. L. Stevens (Eds.), Mental modes (pp. 155-190). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

■ Dennett, D. C. (1978a). Brainstorms: Philosophical essays on mind and psychology. Montgomery, VT: Bradford Books.

■ Dennett, D. C. (1978b). Toward a cognitive theory of consciousness. In D. C. Dennett, Brainstorms: Philosophical Essays on Mind and Psychology. Montgomery, VT: Bradford Books.

■ Dennett, D. C. (1995). Darwin's dangerous idea: Evolution and the meanings of life. New York: Simon & Schuster/Touchstone.

■ Descartes, R. (1897-1910). Traite de l'homme. In Oeuvres de Descartes (Vol. 11, pp. 119-215). Paris: Charles Adam & Paul Tannery. (Originally published in 1634.)

■ Descartes, R. (1950). Discourse on method. L. J. Laﬂeur (Trans.). New York: Liberal Arts Press. (Originally published in 1637.)

■ Descartes, R. (1951). Meditation on first philosophy. L. J. Laﬂeur (Trans.). New York: Liberal Arts Press. (Originally published in 1641.)

■ Descartes, R. (1955). The philosophical works of Descartes. E. S. Haldane and G.R.T. Ross (Trans.). New York: Dover. (Originally published in 1911 by Cambridge University Press.)

■ Descartes, R. (1967). Discourse on method (Pt. V). In E. S. Haldane and G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 1, pp. 106-118). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1637.)

■ Descartes, R. (1970a). Discourse on method. In E. S. Haldane & G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 1, pp. 181-200). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1637.)

■ Descartes, R. (1970b). Principles of philosophy. In E. S. Haldane & G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 1, pp. 178-291). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1644.)

■ Descartes, R. (1984). Meditations on first philosophy. In J. Cottingham, R. Stoothoff & D. Murduch (Trans.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 2). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1641.)

■ Descartes, R. (1986). Meditations on first philosophy. J. Cottingham (Trans.). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1641 as Med itationes de prima philosophia.)

■ deWulf, M. (1956). An introduction to scholastic philosophy. Mineola, NY: Dover Books.

■ Dixon, N. F. (1981). Preconscious processing. London: Wiley.

■ Doyle, A. C. (1986). The Boscombe Valley mystery. In Sherlock Holmes: The com plete novels and stories (Vol. 1). New York: Bantam.

■ Dreyfus, H., & S. Dreyfus (1986). Mind over machine. New York: Free Press.

■ Dreyfus, H. L. (1972). What computers can't do: The limits of artificial intelligence (revised ed.). New York: Harper & Row.

■ Dreyfus, H. L., & S. E. Dreyfus (1986). Mind over machine: The power of human intuition and expertise in the era of the computer. New York: Free Press.

■ Edelman, G. M. (1992). Bright air, brilliant fire: On the matter of the mind. New York: Basic Books.

■ Ehrenzweig, A. (1967). The hidden order of art. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson.

■ Einstein, A., & L. Infeld (1938). The evolution of physics. New York: Simon & Schuster.

■ Eisenstein, S. (1947). Film sense. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World.

■ Everdell, W. R. (1997). The first moderns. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

■ Eysenck, M. W. (1977). Human memory: Theory, research and individual difference. Oxford: Pergamon.

■ Eysenck, M. W. (1982). Attention and arousal: Cognition and performance. Berlin: Springer.

■ Eysenck, M. W. (1984). A handbook of cognitive psychology. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

■ Fancher, R. E. (1979). Pioneers of psychology. New York: W. W. Norton.

■ Farrell, B. A. (1981). The standing of psychoanalysis. New York: Oxford University Press.

■ Feldman, D. H. (1980). Beyond universals in cognitive development. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

■ Fetzer, J. H. (1996). Philosophy and cognitive science (2nd ed.). New York: Paragon House.

■ Finke, R. A. (1990). Creative imagery: Discoveries and inventions in visualization. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

■ Flanagan, O. (1991). The science of the mind. Cambridge MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.

■ Fodor, J. (1983). The modularity of mind. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.

■ Frege, G. (1972). Conceptual notation. T. W. Bynum (Trans.). Oxford: Clarendon Press. (Originally published in 1879.)

■ Frege, G. (1979). Logic. In H. Hermes, F. Kambartel & F. Kaulbach (Eds.), Gottlob Frege: Posthumous writings. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. (Originally published in 1879-1891.)

■ Freud, S. (1959). Creative writers and day-dreaming. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 9, pp. 143-153). London: Hogarth Press.

■ Freud, S. (1966). Project for a scientific psychology. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The stan dard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 1, pp. 295-398). London: Hogarth Press. (Originally published in 1950 as Aus den AnfaЁngen der Psychoanalyse, in London by Imago Publishing.)

■ Freud, S. (1976). Lecture 18-Fixation to traumas-the unconscious. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 16, p. 285). London: Hogarth Press.

■ Galileo, G. (1990). Il saggiatore [The assayer]. In S. Drake (Ed.), Discoveries and opinions of Galileo. New York: Anchor Books. (Originally published in 1623.)

■ Gassendi, P. (1970). Letter to Descartes. In "Objections and replies." In E. S. Haldane & G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 2, pp. 179-240). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1641.)

■ Gazzaniga, M. S. (1988). Mind matters: How mind and brain interact to create our conscious lives. Boston: Houghton Mifﬂin in association with MIT Press/Bradford Books.

■ Genesereth, M. R., & N. J. Nilsson (1987). Logical foundations of artificial intelligence. Palo Alto, CA: Morgan Kaufmann.

■ Ghiselin, B. (1952). The creative process. New York: Mentor.

■ Ghiselin, B. (1985). The creative process. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. (Originally published in 1952.)

■ Gilhooly, K. J. (1996). Thinking: Directed, undirected and creative (3rd ed.). London: Academic Press.

■ Glass, A. L., K. J. Holyoak & J. L. Santa (1979). Cognition. Reading, MA: AddisonWesley.

■ Goody, J. (1977). The domestication of the savage mind. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

■ Gruber, H. E. (1980). Darwin on man: A psychological study of scientific creativity (2nd ed.). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

■ Gruber, H. E., & S. Davis (1988). Inching our way up Mount Olympus: The evolving systems approach to creative thinking. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), The nature of creativity: Contemporary psychological perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

■ Guthrie, E. R. (1972). The psychology of learning. New York: Harper. (Originally published in 1935.)

■ Habermas, J. (1972). Knowledge and human interests. Boston: Beacon Press.

■ Hadamard, J. (1945). The psychology of invention in the mathematical field. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

■ Hand, D. J. (1985). Artificial intelligence and psychiatry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

■ Harris, M. (1981). The language myth. London: Duckworth.

■ Haugeland, J. (Ed.) (1981). Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.

■ Haugeland, J. (1981a). The nature and plausibility of cognitivism. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence (pp. 243-281). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

■ Haugeland, J. (1981b). Semantic engines: An introduction to mind design. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence (pp. 1-34). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.

■ Haugeland, J. (1985). Artificial intelligence: The very idea. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

■ Hawkes, T. (1977). Structuralism and semiotics. Berkeley: University of California Press.

■ Hebb, D. O. (1949). The organisation of behaviour. New York: Wiley.

■ Hebb, D. O. (1958). A textbook of psychology. Philadelphia: Saunders.

■ Hegel, G.W.F. (1910). The phenomenology of mind. J. B. Baille (Trans.). London: Sonnenschein. (Originally published as Phaenomenologie des Geistes, 1807.)

■ Heisenberg, W. (1958). Physics and philosophy. New York: Harper & Row.

■ Hempel, C. G. (1966). Philosophy of natural science. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: PrenticeHall.

■ Herman, A. (1997). The idea of decline in Western history. New York: Free Press.

■ Herrnstein, R. J., & E. G. Boring (Eds.) (1965). A source book in the history of psy chology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

■ Herzmann, E. (1964). Mozart's creative process. In P. H. Lang (Ed.), The creative world of Mozart (pp. 17-30). London: Oldbourne Press.

■ Hilgard, E. R. (1957). Introduction to psychology. London: Methuen.

■ Hobbes, T. (1651). Leviathan. London: Crooke.

■ Hofstadter, D. R. (1979). Goedel, Escher, Bach: An eternal golden braid. New York: Basic Books.

■ Holliday, S. G., & M. J. Chandler (1986). Wisdom: Explorations in adult competence. Basel, Switzerland: Karger.

■ Horn, J. L. (1986). In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Advances in the psychology of human intelligence (Vol. 3). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

■ Hull, C. (1943). Principles of behavior. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.

■ Hume, D. (1955). An inquiry concerning human understanding. New York: Liberal Arts Press. (Originally published in 1748.)

■ Hume, D. (1975). An enquiry concerning human understanding. In L. A. SelbyBigge (Ed.), Hume's enquiries (3rd. ed., revised P. H. Nidditch). Oxford: Clarendon. (Spelling and punctuation revised.) (Originally published in 1748.)

■ Hume, D. (1978). A treatise of human nature. L. A. Selby-Bigge (Ed.), Hume's enquiries (3rd. ed., revised P. H. Nidditch). Oxford: Clarendon. (With some modifications of spelling and punctuation.) (Originally published in 1690.)

■ Hunt, E. (1973). The memory we must have. In R. C. Schank & K. M. Colby (Eds.), Computer models of thought and language. (pp. 343-371) San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.

■ Husserl, E. (1960). Cartesian meditations. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.

■ Inhelder, B., & J. Piaget (1958). The growth of logical thinking from childhood to adolescence. New York: Basic Books. (Originally published in 1955 as De la logique de l'enfant a` la logique de l'adolescent. [Paris: Presses Universitaire de France])

■ James, W. (1890a). The principles of psychology (Vol. 1). New York: Dover Books.

■ James, W. (1890b). The principles of psychology. New York: Henry Holt.

■ Jevons, W. S. (1900). The principles of science (2nd ed.). London: Macmillan.

■ Johnson, G. (1986). Machinery of the mind: Inside the new science of artificial intelli gence. New York: Random House.

■ Johnson, M. L. (1988). Mind, language, machine. New York: St. Martin's Press.

■ Johnson-Laird, P. N. (1983). Mental models: Toward a cognitive science of language, inference, and consciousness. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

■ Johnson-Laird, P. N. (1988). The computer and the mind: An introduction to cognitive science. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

■ Jones, E. (1961). The life and work of Sigmund Freud. L. Trilling & S. Marcus (Eds.). London: Hogarth.

■ Jones, R. V. (1985). Complementarity as a way of life. In A. P. French & P. J. Kennedy (Eds.), Niels Bohr: A centenary volume. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

■ Kant, I. (1933). Critique of Pure Reason (2nd ed.). N. K. Smith (Trans.). London: Macmillan. (Originally published in 1781 as Kritik der reinen Vernunft.)

■ Kant, I. (1891). Solution of the general problems of the Prolegomena. In E. Belfort (Trans.), Kant's Prolegomena. London: Bell. (With minor modifications.) (Originally published in 1783.)

■ Katona, G. (1940). Organizing and memorizing: Studies in the psychology of learning and teaching. New York: Columbia University Press.

■ Kaufman, A. S. (1979). Intelligent testing with the WISC-R. New York: Wiley.

■ Koestler, A. (1964). The act of creation. New York: Arkana (Penguin).

■ Kohlberg, L. (1971). From is to ought. In T. Mischel (Ed.), Cognitive development and epistemology. (pp. 151-235) New York: Academic Press.

■ KoЁhler, W. (1925). The mentality of apes. New York: Liveright.

■ KoЁhler, W. (1927). The mentality of apes (2nd ed.). Ella Winter (Trans.). London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

■ KoЁhler, W. (1930). Gestalt psychology. London: G. Bell.

■ KoЁhler, W. (1947). Gestalt psychology. New York: Liveright.

■ KoЁhler, W. (1969). The task of Gestalt psychology. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

■ Kuhn, T. (1970). The structure of scientific revolutions (2nd ed.). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

■ Langer, E. J. (1989). Mindfulness. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

■ Langer, S. (1962). Philosophical sketches. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.

■ Langley, P., H. A. Simon, G. L. Bradshaw & J. M. Zytkow (1987). Scientific dis covery: Computational explorations of the creative process. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

■ Lashley, K. S. (1951). The problem of serial order in behavior. In L. A. Jeffress (Ed.), Cerebral mechanisms in behavior, the Hixon Symposium (pp. 112-146) New York: Wiley.

■ LeDoux, J. E., & W. Hirst (1986). Mind and brain: Dialogues in cognitive neuroscience. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

■ Lehnert, W. (1978). The process of question answering. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

■ Leiber, J. (1991). Invitation to cognitive science. Oxford: Blackwell.

■ Lenat, D. B., & G. Harris (1978). Designing a rule system that searches for scientific discoveries. In D. A. Waterman & F. Hayes-Roth (Eds.), Pattern directed inference systems (pp. 25-52) New York: Academic Press.

■ Levenson, T. (1995). Measure for measure: A musical history of science. New York: Touchstone. (Originally published in 1994.)

■ Leґvi-Strauss, C. (1963). Structural anthropology. C. Jacobson & B. Grundfest Schoepf (Trans.). New York: Basic Books. (Originally published in 1958.)

■ Levine, M. W., & J. M. Schefner (1981). Fundamentals of sensation and perception. London: Addison-Wesley.

■ Lewis, C. I. (1946). An analysis of knowledge and valuation. LaSalle, IL: Open Court.

■ Lighthill, J. (1972). A report on artificial intelligence. Unpublished manuscript, Science Research Council.

■ Lipman, M., A. M. Sharp & F. S. Oscanyan (1980). Philosophy in the classroom. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.

■ Lippmann, W. (1965). Public opinion. New York: Free Press. (Originally published in 1922.)

■ Locke, J. (1956). An essay concerning human understanding. Chicago: Henry Regnery Co. (Originally published in 1690.)

■ Locke, J. (1975). An essay concerning human understanding. P. H. Nidditch (Ed.). Oxford: Clarendon. (Originally published in 1690.) (With spelling and punctuation modernized and some minor modifications of phrasing.)

■ Lopate, P. (1994). The art of the personal essay. New York: Doubleday/Anchor Books.

■ Lorimer, F. (1929). The growth of reason. London: Kegan Paul. Machlup, F., & U. Mansfield (Eds.) (1983). The study of information. New York: Wiley.

■ Manguel, A. (1996). A history of reading. New York: Viking.

■ Margolis, H. (1987). Patterns, thinking, and cognition. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

■ Markey, J. F. (1928). The symbolic process. London: Kegan Paul.

■ Martin, R. M. (1969). On Ziff's "Natural and formal languages." In S. Hook (Ed.), Language and philosophy: A symposium (pp. 249-263). New York: New York University Press.

■ Mazlish, B. (1993). The fourth discontinuity: the co- evolution of humans and machines. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

■ McCarthy, J., & P. J. Hayes (1969). Some philosophical problems from the standpoint of artificial intelligence. In B. Meltzer & D. Michie (Eds.), Machine intelligence 4. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

■ McClelland, J. L., D. E. Rumelhart & G. E. Hinton (1986). The appeal of parallel distributed processing. In D. E. Rumelhart, J. L. McClelland & the PDP Research Group (Eds.), Parallel distributed processing: Explorations in the mi crostructure of cognition (Vol. 1, pp. 3-40). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/ Bradford Books.

■ McCorduck, P. (1979). Machines who think. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.

■ McLaughlin, T. (1970). Music and communication. London: Faber & Faber.

■ Mednick, S. A. (1962). The associative basis of the creative process. Psychological Review 69, 431-436.

■ Meehl, P. E., & C. J. Golden (1982). Taxometric methods. In Kendall, P. C., & Butcher, J. N. (Eds.), Handbook of research methods in clinical psychology (pp. 127-182). New York: Wiley.

■ Mehler, J., E.C.T. Walker & M. Garrett (Eds.) (1982). Perspectives on mental rep resentation: Experimental and theoretical studies of cognitive processes and ca pacities. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

■ Mill, J. S. (1900). A system of logic, ratiocinative and inductive: Being a connected view of the principles of evidence and the methods of scientific investigation. London: Longmans, Green.

■ Miller, G. A. (1979, June). A very personal history. Talk to the Cognitive Science Workshop, Cambridge, MA.

■ Miller, J. (1983). States of mind. New York: Pantheon Books.

■ Minsky, M. (1975). A framework for representing knowledge. In P. H. Winston (Ed.), The psychology of computer vision (pp. 211-277). New York: McGrawHill.

■ Minsky, M., & S. Papert (1973). Artificial intelligence. Condon Lectures, Oregon State System of Higher Education, Eugene, Oregon.

■ Minsky, M. L. (1986). The society of mind. New York: Simon & Schuster.

■ Mischel, T. (1976). Psychological explanations and their vicissitudes. In J. K. Cole & W. J. Arnold (Eds.), Nebraska Symposium on motivation (Vol. 23). Lincoln, NB: University of Nebraska Press.

■ Morford, M.P.O., & R. J. Lenardon (1995). Classical mythology (5th ed.). New York: Longman.

■ Murdoch, I. (1954). Under the net. New York: Penguin.

■ Nagel, E. (1959). Methodological issues in psychoanalytic theory. In S. Hook (Ed.), Psychoanalysis, scientific method, and philosophy: A symposium. New York: New York University Press.

■ Nagel, T. (1979). Mortal questions. London: Cambridge University Press.

■ Nagel, T. (1986). The view from nowhere. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

■ Neisser, U. (1967). Cognitive psychology. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.

■ Neisser, U. (1972). Changing conceptions of imagery. In P. W. Sheehan (Ed.), The function and nature of imagery (pp. 233-251). London: Academic Press.

■ Neisser, U. (1976). Cognition and reality. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.

■ Neisser, U. (1978). Memory: What are the important questions? In M. M. Gruneberg, P. E. Morris & R. N. Sykes (Eds.), Practical aspects of memory (pp. 3-24). London: Academic Press.

■ Neisser, U. (1979). The concept of intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg & D. K. Detterman (Eds.), Human intelligence: Perspectives on its theory and measurement (pp. 179-190). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

■ Nersessian, N. (1992). How do scientists think? Capturing the dynamics of conceptual change in science. In R. N. Giere (Ed.), Cognitive models of science (pp. 3-44). Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

■ Newell, A. (1973a). Artificial intelligence and the concept of mind. In R. C. Schank & K. M. Colby (Eds.), Computer models of thought and language (pp. 1-60). San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.

■ Newell, A. (1973b). You can't play 20 questions with nature and win. In W. G. Chase (Ed.), Visual information processing (pp. 283-310). New York: Academic Press.

■ Newell, A., & H. A. Simon (1963). GPS: A program that simulates human thought. In E. A. Feigenbaum & J. Feldman (Eds.), Computers and thought (pp. 279-293). New York & McGraw-Hill.

■ Newell, A., & H. A. Simon (1972). Human problem solving. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

■ Nietzsche, F. (1966). Beyond good and evil. W. Kaufmann (Trans.). New York: Vintage. (Originally published in 1885.)

■ Nilsson, N. J. (1971). Problem- solving methods in artificial intelligence. New York: McGraw-Hill.

■ Nussbaum, M. C. (1978). Aristotle's Princeton University Press. De Motu Anamalium. Princeton, NJ:

■ Oersted, H. C. (1920). Thermo-electricity. In Kirstine Meyer (Ed.), H. C. Oersted, Natuurvidenskabelige Skrifter (Vol. 2). Copenhagen: n.p. (Originally published in 1830 in The Edinburgh encyclopaedia.)

■ Ong, W. J. (1982). Orality and literacy: The technologizing of the word. London: Methuen.

■ Onians, R. B. (1954). The origins of European thought. Cambridge, MA: Cambridge University Press.

■ Osgood, C. E. (1960). Method and theory in experimental psychology. New York: Oxford University Press. (Originally published in 1953.)

■ Osgood, C. E. (1966). Language universals and psycholinguistics. In J. H. Greenberg (Ed.), Universals of language (2nd ed., pp. 299-322). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

■ Palmer, R. E. (1969). Hermeneutics. Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press.

■ Peirce, C. S. (1934). Some consequences of four incapacities-Man, a sign. In C. Hartsborne & P. Weiss (Eds.), Collected papers of Charles Saunders Peirce (Vol. 5, pp. 185-189). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

■ Penfield, W. (1959). In W. Penfield & L. Roberts, Speech and brain mechanisms. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

■ Penrose, R. (1994). Shadows of the mind: A search for the missing science of conscious ness. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

■ Perkins, D. N. (1981). The mind's best work. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

■ Peterfreund, E. (1986). The heuristic approach to psychoanalytic therapy. In

■ J. Reppen (Ed.), Analysts at work, (pp. 127-144). Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press.

■ Piaget, J. (1952). The origin of intelligence in children. New York: International Universities Press. (Originally published in 1936.)

■ Piaget, J. (1954). Le langage et les opeґrations intellectuelles. Proble` mes de psycho linguistique. Symposium de l'Association de Psychologie Scientifique de Langue Francёaise. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.

■ Piaget, J. (1977). Problems of equilibration. In H. E. Gruber & J. J. Voneche (Eds.), The essential Piaget (pp. 838-841). London: Routlege & Kegan Paul. (Originally published in 1975 as L'eґquilibration des structures cognitives [Paris: Presses Universitaires de France].)

■ Piaget, J., & B. Inhelder. (1973). Memory and intelligence. New York: Basic Books.

■ Pinker, S. (1994). The language instinct. New York: Morrow.

■ Pinker, S. (1996). Facts about human language relevant to its evolution. In J.-P. Changeux & J. Chavaillon (Eds.), Origins of the human brain. A symposium of the Fyssen foundation (pp. 262-283). Oxford: Clarendon Press. Planck, M. (1949). Scientific autobiography and other papers. F. Gaynor (Trans.). New York: Philosophical Library.

■ Planck, M. (1990). Wissenschaftliche Selbstbiographie. W. Berg (Ed.). Halle, Germany: Deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher Leopoldina.

■ Plato (1892). Meno. In The Dialogues of Plato (B. Jowett, Trans.; Vol. 2). New York: Clarendon. (Originally published circa 380 B.C.)

■ Poincareґ, H. (1913). Mathematical creation. In The foundations of science. G. B. Halsted (Trans.). New York: Science Press.

■ Poincareґ, H. (1921). The foundations of science: Science and hypothesis, the value of science, science and method. G. B. Halstead (Trans.). New York: Science Press.

■ Poincareґ, H. (1929). The foundations of science: Science and hypothesis, the value of science, science and method. New York: Science Press.

■ Poincareґ, H. (1952). Science and method. F. Maitland (Trans.) New York: Dover.

■ Polya, G. (1945). How to solve it. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

■ Polanyi, M. (1958). Personal knowledge. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

■ Popper, K. (1968). Conjectures and refutations: The growth of scientific knowledge. New York: Harper & Row/Basic Books.

■ Popper, K., & J. Eccles (1977). The self and its brain. New York: Springer-Verlag.

■ Popper, K. R. (1959). The logic of scientific discovery. London: Hutchinson.

■ Putnam, H. (1975). Mind, language and reality: Philosophical papers (Vol. 2). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

■ Putnam, H. (1987). The faces of realism. LaSalle, IL: Open Court.

■ Pylyshyn, Z. W. (1981). The imagery debate: Analog media versus tacit knowledge. In N. Block (Ed.), Imagery (pp. 151-206). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

■ Pylyshyn, Z. W. (1984). Computation and cognition: Towards a foundation for cog nitive science. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.

■ Quillian, M. R. (1968). Semantic memory. In M. Minsky (Ed.), Semantic information processing (pp. 216-260). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

■ Quine, W.V.O. (1960). Word and object. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

■ Rabbitt, P.M.A., & S. Dornic (Eds.). Attention and performance (Vol. 5). London: Academic Press.

■ Rawlins, G.J.E. (1997). Slaves of the Machine: The quickening of computer technology. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.

■ Reid, T. (1970). An inquiry into the human mind on the principles of common sense. In R. Brown (Ed.), Between Hume and Mill: An anthology of British philosophy- 1749- 1843 (pp. 151-178). New York: Random House/Modern Library.

■ Reitman, W. (1970). What does it take to remember? In D. A. Norman (Ed.), Models of human memory (pp. 470-510). London: Academic Press.

■ Ricoeur, P. (1974). Structure and hermeneutics. In D. I. Ihde (Ed.), The conﬂict of interpretations: Essays in hermeneutics (pp. 27-61). Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press.

■ Robinson, D. N. (1986). An intellectual history of psychology. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.

■ Rorty, R. (1979). Philosophy and the mirror of nature. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

■ Rosch, E. (1977). Human categorization. In N. Warren (Ed.), Studies in cross cultural psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 1-49) London: Academic Press.

■ Rosch, E. (1978). Principles of categorization. In E. Rosch & B. B. Lloyd (Eds.), Cognition and categorization (pp. 27-48). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

■ Rosch, E., & B. B. Lloyd (1978). Principles of categorization. In E. Rosch & B. B. Lloyd (Eds.), Cognition and categorization. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

■ Rose, S. (1970). The chemistry of life. Baltimore: Penguin Books.

■ Rose, S. (1976). The conscious brain (updated ed.). New York: Random House.

■ Rose, S. (1993). The making of memory: From molecules to mind. New York: Anchor Books. (Originally published in 1992)

■ Roszak, T. (1994). The cult of information: A neo- Luddite treatise on high- tech, artificial intelligence, and the true art of thinking (2nd ed.). Berkeley: University of California Press.

■ Royce, J. R., & W. W. Rozeboom (Eds.) (1972). The psychology of knowing. New York: Gordon & Breach.

■ Rumelhart, D. E. (1977). Introduction to human information processing. New York: Wiley.

■ Rumelhart, D. E. (1980). Schemata: The building blocks of cognition. In R. J. Spiro, B. Bruce & W. F. Brewer (Eds.), Theoretical issues in reading comprehension. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

■ Rumelhart, D. E., & J. L. McClelland (1986). On learning the past tenses of English verbs. In J. L. McClelland & D. E. Rumelhart (Eds.), Parallel distributed processing: Explorations in the microstructure of cognition (Vol. 2). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

■ Rumelhart, D. E., P. Smolensky, J. L. McClelland & G. E. Hinton (1986). Schemata and sequential thought processes in PDP models. In J. L. McClelland, D. E. Rumelhart & the PDP Research Group (Eds.), Parallel Distributed Processing (Vol. 2, pp. 7-57). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

■ Russell, B. (1927). An outline of philosophy. London: G. Allen & Unwin.

■ Russell, B. (1961). History of Western philosophy. London: George Allen & Unwin.

■ Russell, B. (1965). How I write. In Portraits from memory and other essays. London: Allen & Unwin.

■ Russell, B. (1992). In N. Griffin (Ed.), The selected letters of Bertrand Russell (Vol. 1), The private years, 1884- 1914. Boston: Houghton Mifﬂin. Ryecroft, C. (1966). Psychoanalysis observed. London: Constable.

■ Sagan, C. (1978). The dragons of Eden: Speculations on the evolution of human intel ligence. New York: Ballantine Books.

■ Salthouse, T. A. (1992). Expertise as the circumvention of human processing limitations. In K. A. Ericsson & J. Smith (Eds.), Toward a general theory of expertise: Prospects and limits (pp. 172-194). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

■ Sanford, A. J. (1987). The mind of man: Models of human understanding. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

■ Sapir, E. (1921). Language. New York: Harcourt, Brace, and World.

■ Sapir, E. (1964). Culture, language, and personality. Berkeley: University of California Press. (Originally published in 1941.)

■ Sapir, E. (1985). The status of linguistics as a science. In D. G. Mandelbaum (Ed.), Selected writings of Edward Sapir in language, culture and personality (pp. 160166). Berkeley: University of California Press. (Originally published in 1929).

■ Scardmalia, M., & C. Bereiter (1992). Literate expertise. In K. A. Ericsson & J. Smith (Eds.), Toward a general theory of expertise: Prospects and limits (pp. 172-194). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

■ Schafer, R. (1954). Psychoanalytic interpretation in Rorschach testing. New York: Grune & Stratten.

■ Schank, R. C. (1973). Identification of conceptualizations underlying natural language. In R. C. Schank & K. M. Colby (Eds.), Computer models of thought and language (pp. 187-248). San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.

■ Schank, R. C. (1976). The role of memory in language processing. In C. N. Cofer (Ed.), The structure of human memory. (pp. 162-189) San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.

■ Schank, R. C. (1986). Explanation patterns: Understanding mechanically and creatively. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

■ Schank, R. C., & R. P. Abelson (1977). Scripts, plans, goals, and understanding. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

■ SchroЁdinger, E. (1951). Science and humanism. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

■ Searle, J. R. (1981a). Minds, brains, and programs. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence (pp. 282-306). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

■ Searle, J. R. (1981b). Minds, brains and programs. In D. Hofstadter & D. Dennett (Eds.), The mind's I (pp. 353-373). New York: Basic Books.

■ Searle, J. R. (1983). Intentionality. New York: Cambridge University Press.

■ Serres, M. (1982). The origin of language: Biology, information theory, and thermodynamics. M. Anderson (Trans.). In J. V. Harari & D. F. Bell (Eds.), Hermes: Literature, science, philosophy (pp. 71-83). Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.

■ Simon, H. A. (1966). Scientific discovery and the psychology of problem solving. In R. G. Colodny (Ed.), Mind and cosmos: Essays in contemporary science and philosophy (pp. 22-40). Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press.

■ Simon, H. A. (1979). Models of thought. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

■ Simon, H. A. (1989). The scientist as a problem solver. In D. Klahr & K. Kotovsky (Eds.), Complex information processing: The impact of Herbert Simon. Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

■ Simon, H. A., & C. Kaplan (1989). Foundations of cognitive science. In M. Posner (Ed.), Foundations of cognitive science (pp. 1-47). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

■ Simonton, D. K. (1988). Creativity, leadership and chance. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), The nature of creativity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

■ Skinner, B. F. (1974). About behaviorism. New York: Knopf.

■ Smith, E. E. (1988). Concepts and thought. In J. Sternberg & E. E. Smith (Eds.), The psychology of human thought (pp. 19-49). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

■ Smith, E. E. (1990). Thinking: Introduction. In D. N. Osherson & E. E. Smith (Eds.), Thinking. An invitation to cognitive science. (Vol. 3, pp. 1-2). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

■ Socrates. (1958). Meno. In E. H. Warmington & P. O. Rouse (Eds.), Great dialogues of Plato W.H.D. Rouse (Trans.). New York: New American Library. (Original publication date unknown.)

■ Solso, R. L. (1974). Theories of retrieval. In R. L. Solso (Ed.), Theories in cognitive psychology. Potomac, MD: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

■ Spencer, H. (1896). The principles of psychology. New York: Appleton-CenturyCrofts.

■ Steiner, G. (1975). After Babel: Aspects of language and translation. New York: Oxford University Press.

■ Sternberg, R. J. (1977). Intelligence, information processing, and analogical reasoning. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

■ Sternberg, R. J. (1994). Intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg, Thinking and problem solving. San Diego: Academic Press.

■ Sternberg, R. J., & J. E. Davidson (1985). Cognitive development in gifted and talented. In F. D. Horowitz & M. O'Brien (Eds.), The gifted and talented (pp. 103-135). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

■ Storr, A. (1993). The dynamics of creation. New York: Ballantine Books. (Originally published in 1972.)

■ Stumpf, S. E. (1994). Philosophy: History and problems (5th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.

■ Sulloway, F. J. (1996). Born to rebel: Birth order, family dynamics, and creative lives. New York: Random House/Vintage Books.

■ Thorndike, E. L. (1906). Principles of teaching. New York: A. G. Seiler.

■ Thorndike, E. L. (1970). Animal intelligence: Experimental studies. Darien, CT: Hafner Publishing Co. (Originally published in 1911.)

■ Titchener, E. B. (1910). A textbook of psychology. New York: Macmillan.

■ Titchener, E. B. (1914). A primer of psychology. New York: Macmillan.

■ Toulmin, S. (1957). The philosophy of science. London: Hutchinson.

■ Tulving, E. (1972). Episodic and semantic memory. In E. Tulving & W. Donaldson (Eds.), Organisation of memory. London: Academic Press.

■ Turing, A. (1946). In B. E. Carpenter & R. W. Doran (Eds.), ACE reports of 1946 and other papers. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

■ Turkle, S. (1984). Computers and the second self: Computers and the human spirit. New York: Simon & Schuster.

■ Tyler, S. A. (1978). The said and the unsaid: Mind, meaning, and culture. New York: Academic Press.

■ van Heijenoort (Ed.) (1967). From Frege to Goedel. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.

■ Varela, F. J. (1984). The creative circle: Sketches on the natural history of circularity. In P. Watzlawick (Ed.), The invented reality (pp. 309-324). New York: W. W. Norton.

■ Voltaire (1961). On the Penseґs of M. Pascal. In Philosophical letters (pp. 119-146). E. Dilworth (Trans.). Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill.

■ Wagman, M. (1991a). Artificial intelligence and human cognition: A theoretical inter comparison of two realms of intellect. Westport, CT: Praeger.

■ Wagman, M. (1991b). Cognitive science and concepts of mind: Toward a general theory of human and artificial intelligence. Westport, CT: Praeger.

■ Wagman, M. (1993). Cognitive psychology and artificial intelligence: Theory and re search in cognitive science. Westport, CT: Praeger.

■ Wagman, M. (1995). The sciences of cognition: Theory and research in psychology and artificial intelligence. Westport, CT: Praeger.

■ Wagman, M. (1996). Human intellect and cognitive science: Toward a general unified theory of intelligence. Westport, CT: Praeger.

■ Wagman, M. (1997a). Cognitive science and the symbolic operations of human and artificial intelligence: Theory and research into the intellective processes. Westport, CT: Praeger.

■ Wagman, M. (1997b). The general unified theory of intelligence: Central conceptions and specific application to domains of cognitive science. Westport, CT: Praeger.

■ Wagman, M. (1998a). Cognitive science and the mind- body problem: From philosophy to psychology to artificial intelligence to imaging of the brain. Westport, CT: Praeger.

■ Wagman, M. (1998b). Language and thought in humans and computers: Theory and research in psychology, artificial intelligence, and neural science. Westport, CT: Praeger.

■ Wagman, M. (1998c). The ultimate objectives of artificial intelligence: Theoretical and research foundations, philosophical and psychological implications. Westport, CT: Praeger.

■ Wagman, M. (1999). The human mind according to artificial intelligence: Theory, re search, and implications. Westport, CT: Praeger.

■ Wagman, M. (2000). Scientific discovery processes in humans and computers: Theory and research in psychology and artificial intelligence. Westport, CT: Praeger.

■ Wall, R. (1972). Introduction to mathematical linguistics. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

■ Wallas, G. (1926). The Art of Thought. New York: Harcourt, Brace & Co.

■ Wason, P. (1977). Self contradictions. In P. Johnson-Laird & P. Wason (Eds.), Thinking: Readings in cognitive science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

■ Wason, P. C., & P. N. Johnson-Laird. (1972). Psychology of reasoning: Structure and content. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

■ Watson, J. (1930). Behaviorism. New York: W. W. Norton.

■ Watzlawick, P. (1984). Epilogue. In P. Watzlawick (Ed.), The invented reality. New York: W. W. Norton, 1984.

■ Weinberg, S. (1977). The first three minutes: A modern view of the origin of the uni verse. New York: Basic Books.

■ Weisberg, R. W. (1986). Creativity: Genius and other myths. New York: W. H. Freeman.

■ Weizenbaum, J. (1976). Computer power and human reason: From judgment to cal culation. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.

■ Wertheimer, M. (1945). Productive thinking. New York: Harper & Bros.

■ Whitehead, A. N. (1925). Science and the modern world. New York: Macmillan.

■ Whorf, B. L. (1956). In J. B. Carroll (Ed.), Language, thought and reality: Selected writings of Benjamin Lee Whorf. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

■ Whyte, L. L. (1962). The unconscious before Freud. New York: Anchor Books.

■ Wiener, N. (1954). The human use of human beings. Boston: Houghton Mifﬂin.

■ Wiener, N. (1964). God & Golem, Inc.: A comment on certain points where cybernetics impinges on religion. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

■ Winograd, T. (1972). Understanding natural language. New York: Academic Press.

■ Winston, P. H. (1987). Artificial intelligence: A perspective. In E. L. Grimson & R. S. Patil (Eds.), AI in the 1980s and beyond (pp. 1-12). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

■ Winston, P. H. (Ed.) (1975). The psychology of computer vision. New York: McGrawHill.

■ Wittgenstein, L. (1953). Philosophical investigations. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.

■ Wittgenstein, L. (1958). The blue and brown books. New York: Harper Colophon.

■ Woods, W. A. (1975). What's in a link: Foundations for semantic networks. In D. G. Bobrow & A. Collins (Eds.), Representations and understanding: Studies in cognitive science (pp. 35-84). New York: Academic Press.

■ Woodworth, R. S. (1938). Experimental psychology. New York: Holt; London: Methuen (1939).

■ Wundt, W. (1904). Principles of physiological psychology (Vol. 1). E. B. Titchener (Trans.). New York: Macmillan.

■ Wundt, W. (1907). Lectures on human and animal psychology. J. E. Creighton & E. B. Titchener (Trans.). New York: Macmillan.

■ Young, J. Z. (1978). Programs of the brain. New York: Oxford University Press.

■ Ziman, J. (1978). Reliable knowledge: An exploration of the grounds for belief in science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Bibliography
8 occidental

adj.

western.

la España occidental western Spain

f. & m.

westerner.

* * *

occidental

► adjetivo

1 western, occidental

► nombre masulino o femenino

1 (persona) westerner

* * *

adj.

western, occidental

* * *

1.

ADJ western

2.

SMF westerner

* * *
I
adjetivo < zona> western; <cultura/países> Western

África Occidental — West Africa
II
masculino y femenino westerner

* * *

= western, Western-born, Westerner, occidental, westerly.

Ex. Examples of western bias were less evident.

Ex. How can a Western-born white man, to take an extreme example, experience directly what it means to be a black Central African?.

Ex. Western feminists must abandon their tendency to diminish diverse feminist discourses so Westerners & Easterners can enter into a dialogue on gender issues that includes the many existing feminisms.

Ex. This special classification scheme was created by Henry van de Waal for the description of occidental art.

Ex. The most westerly town in Europe, Dingle is also famous for its friendly dolphin.

----

* Africa occidental = West Africa.

* Alemania Occidental = West Germany.

* civilización occidental = Western civilisation.

* cultura occidental = Western culture.

* frente occidental, el = Western Front, the.

* hemisferio occidental, el = Western Hemisphere, the.

* mundo occidental, el = western world, the, West, the, Occident, the.

* no occidental = non-Western.

* * *
I
adjetivo < zona> western; <cultura/países> Western

África Occidental — West Africa
II
masculino y femenino westerner

* * *

= western, Western-born, Westerner, occidental, westerly.

Ex: Examples of western bias were less evident.

Ex: How can a Western-born white man, to take an extreme example, experience directly what it means to be a black Central African?.

Ex: Western feminists must abandon their tendency to diminish diverse feminist discourses so Westerners & Easterners can enter into a dialogue on gender issues that includes the many existing feminisms.

Ex: This special classification scheme was created by Henry van de Waal for the description of occidental art.

Ex: The most westerly town in Europe, Dingle is also famous for its friendly dolphin.

* Africa occidental = West Africa.

* Alemania Occidental = West Germany.

* civilización occidental = Western civilisation.

* cultura occidental = Western culture.

* frente occidental, el = Western Front, the.

* hemisferio occidental, el = Western Hemisphere, the.

* mundo occidental, el = western world, the, West, the, Occident, the.

* no occidental = non-Western.

* * *

occidental¹

adjective

‹zona› western; ‹cultura/bloque/países› Western

África Occidental West Africa

occidental²

masculine and feminine

westerner

* * *

occidental adjetivo ‹ zona› western;
‹cultura/países› Western;
◊ África Ooccidental West Africa

■ sustantivo masculino y femenino
westerner
occidental adjetivo western, occidental

' occidental' also found in these entries:
English:
society
- west
- western
- Western Europe
- dress
- lie
- Westerner

* * *

occidental

♦ adj
[zona, área] western; [economía, cultura, sociedad] Western
♦ nmf

westerner

* * *

occidental

I adj western

II m/f Westerner

* * *

occidental adj

: western, occidental

* * *

occidental¹ adj western

occidental² n westerner

Spanish-English dictionary > occidental
9 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).

   ■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).

   ■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.

   ■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.

   ■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.

   ■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.

   ■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.

   ■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.

   ■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.

   ■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.

   ■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.

   ■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.

   ■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.

   ■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Adragão, José Victor. The Algarve: The Land, the Sea and Its People. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.

   ■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.

   ■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.

   ■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.

   ■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.

   ■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.

   ■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.

   ■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.

   ■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.

   ■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)

   ■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.

   ■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ David, Pierre. Etudes Historiques sur la Galice et le Portugal du VI au XII siécle. Paris, 1947.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.

   ■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.

   ■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.

   ■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.

   ■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.

   ■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.

   ■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■. Introduçao à História da Agricultura em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.

   ■. Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.

   ■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.

   ■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.

   ■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.

   ■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.

   ■ Imperial and Early Modern (1415-1822)

   ■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.

   ■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.

   ■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ Bovill, Edward W. The Battle of the Alcazar: An Account of the Defeat of Dom Sebastian at El-Ksar el-Kebir. London, 1952.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.

   ■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.

   ■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.

   ■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.

   ■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.

   ■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.

   ■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.

   ■. The Portugal Trade: A Study of Anglo-Portuguese Commerce, 1700- 1770. London: Methuen, 1971.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal, 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.

   ■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.

   ■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.

   ■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.

   ■. A Economia dos descobrimentos henri-quinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■. Estructura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.

   ■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.

   ■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.

   ■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.

   ■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.

   ■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.

   ■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.

   ■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.

   ■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.

   ■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.

   ■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Constitutional Monarchy and Liberalism (1822-1910)

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.

   ■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.

   ■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.

   ■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.

   ■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. Livre Câmbio e Desenvolvimento Económico: Portugal na segunda metade do século XIX. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. Revolução, Finanças, Dependência Externa ( de 1820 à convenção de Gramido). Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.

   ■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.

   ■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.

   ■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.

   ■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.

   ■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.

   ■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.

   ■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.

   ■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.

   ■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.

   ■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.

   ■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.

   ■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.

   ■. O Futuro de Portugal: Portugal Apos À Guerra. Oporto, 1920.

   ■ Chagas, João. Diário, 1914-1918, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1929-30.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.

   ■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.

   ■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.

   ■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.

   ■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.

   ■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.

   ■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.

   ■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.

   ■ Medeiros, Fernando. Nas Orígens Do A Sociedade E A Economia Portuguesas Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1978. Medina, João. "Oh! a República!...," Estudos sobre o Republicanismo e a Primeira República Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.

   ■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.

   ■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.

   ■. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Alguns aspectos estruturais. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa— 1917. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente— Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.

   ■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.

   ■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.

   ■. The Social Origins of Democratic Collapse: The First Portuguese Republic in the Global Economy. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1989.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.

   ■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.

   ■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.

   ■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■. História De Portugal Volume XII: História Diplomática, Social, Económica e Cultural. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.

   ■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.

   ■ Authoritarian Portugal (1926-74)

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■. Um Homem Bom: Aristides De Sousa Mendes, O " Wallenberg Portuguese' Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.

   ■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.

   ■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.

   ■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).

   ■. Monárquicos e Republicanos no Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.

   ■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.

   ■. História Breve das Constituições Portugueses. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial Contributos para uma reavaliação. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.

   ■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.

   ■. As camisas azuis: Ideologias, elites e movimentos fascistas em Portugal, 1914-1945. Lisbon: Estampa, 1994.

   ■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.

   ■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.

   ■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.

   ■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.

   ■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.

   ■. Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Ausentes. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.

   ■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.

   ■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.

   ■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.

   ■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.

   ■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.

   ■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.

   ■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.

   ■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.

   ■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.

   ■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.

   ■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.

   ■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.

   ■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.

   ■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Salazar E Os Fascistas: Salazarismo e Nacional-Sindicalismo: A história dum conflito 1932/1935. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. Ditadura: O " Estado Novo," 2 vols., in his História Contemporânea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.

   ■. História de Portugal, 1933-1974: II Supplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.

   ■. A Liga de Paris E A Ditadura Militar, 1927-1928. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.

   ■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.

   ■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.

   ■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.

   ■. A Preparação Ideológica da Intervenção Militar de 28 de Maio de 1926. Oporto, 1978.

   ■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.

   ■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Discriminação Política No Emprego No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Trabalho, Sindicatos E Greves No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Correspondência Entre Mário De Figueiredo E Oliveira Salazar. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Repressão Política E Social No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Correspondência de Pedro Teotónio Pereira para Oliveira Salazar vol. 1 ( 1931-1939), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1987-89.

   ■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Fascism and Resistance in Portugal: Communists, Liberals and the Military Dissidents in the Opposition to Salazar, 1941-1974. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1988.

   ■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.

   ■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.

   ■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan

   ■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.

   ■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. O Salazarismo E A Aliança Luso-Britânica. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De

   ■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.

   ■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.

   ■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.

   ■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.

   ■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.

   ■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.

   ■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.

   ■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.

   ■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.

   ■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.

   ■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.

   ■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.

   ■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.

   ■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.

   ■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.

   ■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ World War II and Portugal

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.

   ■ Anon., Fugindo a Hitler e a Salazar e ao Holocausto-Refugiados em Portugal entre 1933-1945. Lisbon: Soc. Tipografica, 1994.

   ■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.

   ■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.

   ■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.

   ■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.

   ■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.

   ■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.

   ■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.

   ■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.

   ■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.

   ■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.

   ■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.

   ■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.

   ■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.

   ■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Os Acores E O Controlo Do Atlantico ( 1898/ 1948). Lisbon: Ed. Asa, 1993.

   ■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.

   ■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.

   ■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.

   ■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.

   ■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.

   ■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.

   ■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.

   ■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.

   ■ The Military

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.

   ■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, Jose. O Comportamento Politico dos Militares, Forcas Armadas e Regimes Politicos em Portugal no seculo XX. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992.

   ■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.

   ■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.

   ■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.

   ■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.

   ■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Government and Politics since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.

   ■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.

   ■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.

   ■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.

   ■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.

   ■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.

   ■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.

   ■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.

   ■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Contemporary Portugal since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.

   ■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.

   ■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.

   ■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.

   ■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.

   ■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.

   ■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.

   ■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.

   ■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.

   ■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.

   ■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.

   ■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.

   ■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.

   ■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.

   ■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.

   ■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.

   ■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.

   ■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.

   ■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.

   ■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.

   ■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.

   ■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.

   ■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.

   ■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.

   ■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. Evolução e Instituições: A Extinção dos Grémios da Lavoura Alentejanos. Mem Martins, 1984.

   ■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.

   ■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.

   ■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).

   ■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).

   ■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.

   ■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.

   ■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.

   ■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.

   ■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.

   ■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.

   ■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.

   ■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.

   ■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.

   ■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.

   ■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).

   ■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.

   ■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.

   ■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.

   ■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].

   ■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.

   ■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.

   ■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,

   ■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.

   ■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).

   ■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. País Sem Rumo: Contributo para a História de uma Revolução. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Stock, Maria José. Os Partidos do Poder: Dez Anos Depois do " 25 De Abril." Evora, 1986.

   ■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.

   ■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.

   ■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.

   ■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.

   ■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA

   ■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.

   ■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.

   ■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.

   ■. Condições geográficos e históricas de autonomia política de Portugal. Coimbra, 1935.

   ■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.

   ■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.

   ■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■. A geografia e a divisão regional do país. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.

   ■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.

   ■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.

   ■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.

   ■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY

   ■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).

   ■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da

   ■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.

   ■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.

   ■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.

   ■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.

   ■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.

   ■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.

   ■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.

   ■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:

   ■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.

   ■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS

   ■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.

   ■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.

   ■. The Journal of William Beckford in Portugal and Spain 1787-1788.

   ■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.

   ■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.

   ■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.

   ■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.

   ■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.

   ■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.

   ■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.

   ■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.

   ■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.

   ■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.

   ■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.

   ■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.

   ■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.

   ■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.

   ■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.

   ■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.

   ■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.

   ■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.

   ■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.

   ■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.

   ■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.

   ■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.

   ■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.

   ■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.

   ■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.

   ■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.

   ■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.

   ■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.

   ■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.

   ■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.

   ■. Navegadores, viajantes e adventureiros portugueses: Séculos XV e XVI. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Portuguese Books on Nautical Science from Pedro Nunes to 1650. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.

   ■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.

   ■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. A expansão dos Portugueses no período henriquinho. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Descobrimentos precolombanos dos portugueses. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.

   ■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.

   ■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.

   ■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.

   ■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]

   ■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.

   ■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.

   ■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.

   ■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.

   ■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.

   ■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.

   ■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.

   ■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.

   ■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.

   ■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.

   ■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.

   ■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)

   ■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.

   ■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.

   ■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.

   ■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.

   ■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.

   ■. Velho Brasil, Novas Africas: Portugal e o Império ( 1808-1975). Oporto: Afrontamento, 2000.

   ■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.

   ■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.

   ■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.

   ■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.

   ■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.

   ■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.

   ■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.

   ■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.

   ■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.

   ■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.

   ■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.

   ■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.

   ■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.

   ■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.

   ■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.

   ■ Bhíla, H. H. K. Trade and Politics in a Shona Kingdom: The Manyika and Their Portuguese and African Neighbours, 1875-1902. Harlow, U.K.: Longman, 1990.

   ■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.

   ■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.

   ■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.

   ■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East— Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.

   ■ ———. Salvador de Sá and the Struggle for Brazil and Angola, 1602-1688. London, 1952.

   ■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.

   ■ ———. Race Relations in the Portuguese Colonial Empire, 1415-1825. Oxford:

   ■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.

   ■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.

   ■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.

   ■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.

   ■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.

   ■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.

   ■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.

   ■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.

   ■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.

   ■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.

   ■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.

   ■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.

   ■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.

   ■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.

   ■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.

   ■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.

   ■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.

   ■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.

   ■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.

   ■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.

   ■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.

   ■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.

   ■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.

   ■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.

   ■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.

   ■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.

   ■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.

   ■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.

   ■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.

   ■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.

   ■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.

   ■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.

   ■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.

   ■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.

   ■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.

   ■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.

   ■. Short History of Portuguese Colonization. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.

   ■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.

   ■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.

   ■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.

   ■. Diálogos Interditos: A Política Externa Portuguesa E A Guerra De Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.

   ■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.

   ■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.

   ■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.

   ■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Naissance de la Guinée: Portugais et Africains en Senegambie ( 1841-1936). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1989.

   ■. Timor En Guerre: Le Crocodile et les Portugais ( 1847-1913). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1996.

   ■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).

   ■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.

   ■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.

   ■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.

   ■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.

   ■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.

   ■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.

   ■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.

   ■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.

   ■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.

   ■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.

   ■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.

   ■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.

   ■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.

   ■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.

   ■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.

   ■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.

   ■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. The Reign of the Fortunate King ( Manuel I), 1495-1521. Hamden, Conn.: Archon, 1969.

   ■. Knight of the Renaissance: A Biography of Dom João de Castro. London: Hutchinson, n.d.

   ■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].

   ■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.

   ■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.

   ■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.

   ■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.

   ■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.

   ■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.

   ■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.

   ■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.

   ■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.

   ■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.

   ■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.

   ■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.

   ■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.

   ■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.

   ■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.

   ■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.

   ■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.

   ■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.

   ■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.

   ■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.

   ■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.

   ■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.

   ■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.

   ■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.

   ■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.

   ■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.

   ■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.

   ■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.

   ■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.

   ■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.

   ■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.

   ■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.

   ■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.

   ■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.

   ■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.

   ■ Portuguese Migration and Communities Abroad

   ■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).

   ■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.

   ■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.

   ■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.

   ■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.

   ■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.

   ■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.

   ■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.

   ■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.

   ■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.

   ■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.

   ■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.

   ■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.

   ■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.

   ■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.

   ■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.

   ■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.

   ■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.

   ■. Portugueses e Moçambicanos no Apartheid: Da Ficção à Realidade. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.

   ■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.

   ■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.

   ■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.

   ■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.

   ■. Testemunhos sobre a Emigração Portuguesa: Antologia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.

   ■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.

   ■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Vicente, António Luís. Os Portuguese Nos Estados Unidos Da América: Política De Comunidades E Comunidade Política. Lisbon: FLAD, 1998.

   ■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.

   ■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.

   ■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)

   ■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.

   ■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.

   ■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.

   ■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira— the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.

   ■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.

   ■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.

   ■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.

   ■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.

   ■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.

   ■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.

   ■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.

   ■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.

   ■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.

   ■ Anglo-Portuguese Alliance (1373-Present)

   ■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.

   ■. Para a história da aliança luso-britânica. Lisbon, 1955.

   ■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.

   ■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.

   ■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.

   ■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.

   ■. Portugal e a Internacionalização dos Problemas Africanos. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.

   ■ Crollen, Luc. Portugal, the U.S. and NATO. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1973.

   ■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.

   ■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.

   ■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.

   ■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.

   ■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.

   ■. A Cooperaçio Anglo-Portuguesa na Grande Guerra de 1914-18. Lisbon, 1942.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.

   ■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.

   ■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.

   ■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.

   ■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.

   ■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.

   ■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.

   ■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.

   ■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).

   ■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.

   ■. As Relações Políticas Luso-Britânicas 1910-1916. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.

   ■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.

   ■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.

   ■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.

   ■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.

   ■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY

   ■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.

   ■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.

   ■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.

   ■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.

   ■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.

   ■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.

   ■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.

   ■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.

   ■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.

   ■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.

   ■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.

   ■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.

   ■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.

   ■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.

   ■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.

   ■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.

   ■ Monteiro, Paulo. Terra que ja foi terra: Análise Sociológica de nove lugares agro-pastorais da Serra da Lousã. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.

   ■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.

   ■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.

   ■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.

   ■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.

   ■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In

   ■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.

   ■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.

   ■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.

   ■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.

   ■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.

   ■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.

   ■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.

   ■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.

   ■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.

   ■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.

   ■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.

   ■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.

   ■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.

   ■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.

   ■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.

   ■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC

   ■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.

   ■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.

   ■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.

   ■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.

   ■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.

   ■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.

   ■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. A Reconstrucão e a Arquitectura Pombalina. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.

   ■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.

   ■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.

   ■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.

   ■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.

   ■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.

   ■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.

   ■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.

   ■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.

   ■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■. A música portuguesa e os sus problemas: Ensaios. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.

   ■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.

   ■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.

   ■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.

   ■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.

   ■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.

   ■. Azulejaria em Portugal no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.

   ■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.

   ■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.

   ■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.

   ■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.

   ■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.

   ■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.

   ■ Sculpture and Ceramics

   ■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.

   ■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.

   ■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.

   ■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.

   ■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.

   ■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.

   ■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.

   ■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.

   ■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.

   ■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.

   ■ Cinema

   ■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.

   ■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.

   ■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.

   ■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.

   ■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.

   ■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.

   ■ Children's Literature

   ■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.

   ■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:

   ■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:

   ■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.

   ■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.

   ■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.

   ■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.

   ■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.

   ■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.

   ■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.

   ■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.

   ■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.

   ■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.

   ■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature

   ■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.

   ■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.

   ■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.

   ■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.

   ■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.

   ■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.

   ■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.

   ■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.

   ■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.

   ■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■ The Inquisition in History

   ■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.

   ■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.

   ■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■. História das Inquisições: Portugal, Espanha e Itália. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1994.

   ■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.

   ■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.

   ■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.

   ■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.

   ■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.

   ■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.

   ■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Literature in English Translation: Selection

   ■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.

   ■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.

   ■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.

   ■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.

   ■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.

   ■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.

   ■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.

   ■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.

   ■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.

   ■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.

   ■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.

   ■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.

   ■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.

   ■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.

   ■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.

   ■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.

   ■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.

   ■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.

   ■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.

   ■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.

   ■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.

   ■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.

   ■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.

   ■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.

   ■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].

   ■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George

   ■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.

   ■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.

   ■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.

   ■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.

   ■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.

   ■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.

   ■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.

   ■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.

   ■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.

   ■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.

   ■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.

   ■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.

   ■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.

   ■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.

   ■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.

   ■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.

   ■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.

   ■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.

   ■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.

   ■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.

   ■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.

   ■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.

   ■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.

   ■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.

   ■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.

   ■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.

   ■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.

   ■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.

   ■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.

   ■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.

   ■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.

   ■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.

   ■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.

   ■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.

   ■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine

   ■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.

   ■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.

   ■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.

   ■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.

   ■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.

   ■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.

   ■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.

   ■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.

   ■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.

   ■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■. Self-catering in Portugal: Making the Most of Local Food and Drink. London: Croom Helm, 1986.

   ■ Gardens and Gardening of Portugal and Madeira

   ■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz— The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.

   ■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.

   ■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.

   ■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.

   ■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.

   ■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.

   ■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.

   ■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.

   ■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.

   ■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.

   ■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.

   ■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.

   ■. Ciência e experiência nos Descobrimentos portugueses. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Para a História de Ciência em Portugal. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. As Navegaçoes E A Sua Projecção Na Ciência E Na Cultura. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.

   ■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.

   ■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.

   ■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.

   ■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.

   ■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.

   ■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.

   ■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).

   ■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).

   ■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.

   ■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.

   ■ Silvestre Ribeiro, José. História dos Establecimentos Scientíficos, Literários e Artísticos de Portugal nos Successivos Reinados da Monarchia, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1871-83.

   ■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.

   ■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Feminism and Women's Studies

   ■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.

   ■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.

   ■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.

   ■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.

   ■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Religion and Catholic Church

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.

   ■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.

   ■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.

   ■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.

   ■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing

   ■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.

   ■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.

   ■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.

   ■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.

   ■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.

   ■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.

   ■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.

   ■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.

   ■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.

   ■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.

   ■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.

   ■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.

   ■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.

   ■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.

   ■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.

   ■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Moreira da Fonseca, A. Port Wine: Notes on Its History, Production and Technology. Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.

   ■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.

   ■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.

   ■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.

   ■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.

   ■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.

   ■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.

   ■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT

   ■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.

   ■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.

   ■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.

   ■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.

   ■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.

   ■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.

   ■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).

   ■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.

   ■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.

   ■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.

   ■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.

   ■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.

   ■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].

   ■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.

   ■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.

   ■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.

   ■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.

   ■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.

   ■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.

   ■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.

   ■. As Finanças Públicas Portuguesas Entre As Duas Guerras Mundiais. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.

   ■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.

   ■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.

   ■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.

   ■. Os melhores postais antigos de Lisboa ( The best old postcards of Lisbon). Lisbon: Químera, 1995.

   ■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.

   ■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.

   ■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.

   ■ EQUESTRIANISM

   ■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.

   ■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.

   ■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.

   ■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.

   ■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,

   ■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.

   ■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.com

Historical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
10 mundo

m.

1 world.

es un actor conocido en todo el mundo he's a world-famous actor

ha vendido miles de discos en todo el mundo she has sold thousands of records worldwide o all over the world

seres de otro mundo creatures from another planet

el Nuevo mundo the New World

el otro mundo the next world, the hereafter

el Tercer mundo the Third World

desde que el mundo es mundo since the dawn of time

el mundo es un pañuelo it's a small world

medio mundo half the world, a lot of people

no es cosa o nada del otro mundo it's nothing special

por nada del mundo not for (all) the world

se le cayó el mundo encima his world fell apart

todo el mundo everyone, everybody

traer al mundo to give birth to

venir al mundo to come into the world, to be born

el mundo del espectáculo show business

2 worldly-wisdom.

* * *

mundo

► nombre masculino

1 world

■ ha dado la vuelta al mundo dos veces he's been around the world twice

■ se cree que hay otros mundos habitados people believe that there are other inhabited worlds

■ vive aislado en su propio mundo he's isolated himself in his own little world

■ el mundo de la aristocracia the world of the aristocracy

■ el mundo del cine the cinema, the world of cinema

2 figurado (abismo) vast difference

■ entre su forma de vivir y la mía hay un mundo our ways of life are worlds apart

3 (baúl) trunk

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

caérsele/venírsele a alguien el mundo encima to see one's world turned upside down

correr/ver mundo to see places

desde que el mundo es mundo since the beginning of time

el mundo es un pañuelo it's a small world

hacer un mundo de algo to make a big fuss over something

medio mundo figurado absolutely everybody

no ser nada del otro mundo to be nothing to write home about

ponerse el mundo por montera not to care what people think

por nada del mundo not for all the world

ser una mujer/un hombre de mundo to be a woman/man of the world

tener mundo to know the ways of the world

traer al mundo to bring into the world

venir al mundo to come into the world

el fin del mundo the end of the world

el Nuevo Mundo the New World

el otro mundo the hereafter

el Tercer Mundo the Third World

* * *

noun m.

world

- todo el mundo

* * *

SM

1) (=lo creado) world

la Copa del Mundo — the World Cup

no hay nada mejor en el mundo — there's nothing better in the whole (wide) world

artistas de todo el mundo exponen sus obras — artists from all over the world are exhibiting their work

la prensa de todo el mundo dio la noticia — the world press reported the news

es conocido en todo el mundo — he is known throughout the world o the world over

es lo que más desea en el mundo — it's what she wants most in (all) the world

• el mundo antiguo — ancient world

• el Nuevo Mundo — the New World

• el otro mundo — the next world, the hereafter

irse al otro mundo — to pass away

• el Tercer Mundo — the Third World

• el Viejo Mundo — the Old World
hombre 1., 1)
2) (=humanidad)

• medio mundo — almost everybody

conoce a medio mundo — he knows almost everybody

estaba medio mundo — there were loads of people there

• todo el mundo — everyone, everybody

3) (=ámbito) world

el mundo de la moda — the fashion world

el mundo hispánico — the Hispanic world

en el mundo de las ideas — in the world o realm of ideas

en el mundo científico — in scientific circles

el mundo del espectáculo — show business

incorporarse al mundo del trabajo — to get a job

no piensa volver al mundo de la política — she doesn't intend to return to politics

4) (=vida mundana) world

decidió volver la espalda al mundo — he decided to abandon worldly things

los placeres del mundo — worldly pleasures

las tentaciones del mundo — the temptations of the flesh

5)

- así va el mundo

- correr mundo

ha corrido mucho mundo — he's been around a bit

- echar a algn al mundo

- echarse al mundo

- desde que el mundo es mundo

- se le cayó el mundo encima

- por esos mundos de Dios

- no es el fin del mundo

- aunque se hunda el mundo

no por eso se hundirá el mundo — it won't be the end of the world

- por nada del o en el mundo

no lo cambiaría por nada del mundo — I wouldn't change it for anything in the world o for all the world

- no es nada del otro mundo

hacer algo del otro mundo — to do something quite extraordinary

ponerse el mundo por montera —

se cansó de trabajar en una oficina, se puso el mundo por montera y se hizo artista — he grew tired of working in an office, so he threw caution to the wind and became an artist

se puso el mundo por montera y se fue a vivir al campo — he decided to go and live in the country and damn the consequences

- el mundo es un pañuelo

- tener mucho mundo

- tener poco mundo

- traer a algn al mundo

- como Dios lo trajo al mundo

- venir al mundo

tal como vino al mundo — stark naked

- ver mundo

ha visto mucho mundo — he's been around a bit
comer 3.
6)

• un mundo (=mucho) —

había todo un mundo de posibilidades — there was a whole world of possibilities

hay un mundo de distancia entre las dos ideologías — the two ideologies are worlds apart

no debemos hacer un mundo de sus comentarios — there's no need to blow her comments out of proportion, we shouldn't read too much into her comments

* * *

masculino

1) (el universo, la Tierra)

el mundo — the world

artistas venidos de todo el mundo — artists from all over the world

el mejor del mundo — the best in the world

me parece lo más normal del mundo — it seems perfectly normal to me

así anda el mundo — that's why the world is in the state it's in

comerse el mundo: parece que se va a comer el mundo he looks as if he could take on the world; correr mundo to get around; del otro mundo: no es nada del otro mundo he's/it's nothing special o (colloq) he's/it's nothing to write home about; desde que el mundo es mundo since time began, since time immemorial (liter); el mundo es un pañuelo it's a small world; hundirse or venirse abajo el mundo: por eso no se va a hundir el mundo it's not the end of the world; pensé que el mundo se me venía abajo I thought my world was falling apart; partir de este mundo (euf) to depart this life o world (euph); por nada del or en el mundo: yo no me lo pierdo por nada del mundo I wouldn't miss it for the world; no lo vendería por nada en el mundo I wouldn't sell it for anything in the world o (colloq) for all the tea in China; ponerse el mundo por montera to scorn the world and its ways; qué pequeño or chico es el mundo! it's a small world!; tal y como vino al mundo stark naked, as naked as the day he/she was born; traer a alguien/venir al mundo to bring somebody/come into the world; ver mundo — to see the world

2) (planeta, universo) planet, world

él vive en otro mundo — he's on another planet o in another world

por esos mundos de Dios — here, there and everywhere

3)

a) (porción de la realidad, de lo concebible) world

el mundo árabe — the Arab world

el mundo sobrenatural — the realm of the supernatural

b) ( de actividad humana) world

el mundo de los negocios/la droga — the business/drugs world

el mundo del espectáculo — showbusiness

4) ( gente)

todo el mundo — everybody

el mundo entero está en peligro — the whole world is in danger

se lo contó a medio mundo — he told just about everybody

5)

un mundo — (mucho, muchos)

un mundo de gente — crowds o hordes of people

de tu opinión a la mía hay un mundo — our opinions are worlds apart

todo se le hace un mundo — he lets everything get blown up out of all proportion

6)

a) ( vida material)

el mundo — the world

los placeres del mundo — worldly pleasures

b) ( experiencia)

tienen or han visto mucho mundo — they've been around

una mujer que tiene mucho mundo — a woman of the world

* * *

= scene, world.

Ex. A recent inexpensive introduction to the microcomputer scene, the Sinclair QL, uses a 32 bit processor (the Motorola 680008) and offers 128K RAM expandable to 640K.

Ex. Together they constitute the world's largest data base.

----

* abarcar el mundo = span + the globe.

* abrirse camino en el mundo = make + Posesivo + way in the world.

* afectar al mundo = span + the globe.

* ajeno al mundo = unwordly.

* al otro lado del mundo = half way (a)round the world.

* buscar por todo el mundo = search + the world (over).

* campeonato del mundo = world cup.

* causar sensación en el mundo = make + a big noise in the world.

* cautivar al mundo = make + a big noise in the world.

* como si se acabara el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.

* como si se fuese a acabar el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.

* con ansias de conquistar el mundo = world-conquering.

* con la mejor voluntad del mundo = in good faith.

* conocer (el) mundo = travel around + the world.

* correr mundo = see + life, see + the world.

* cubrir el mundo = span + the globe.

* culo del mundo, el = back of beyond, the.

* cultura del mundo impreso = print culture.

* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dedicar todo el esfuerzo del mundo a = put + Posesivo + heart into.

* del mundo real = real-world.

* de otro mundo = unworldly.

* desde que el mundo es mundo = from the beginning of time, since the beginning of time, since time began.

* desear a Algo o Alguien toda la suerte del mundo = wish + Nombre + every success.

* deseoso de conquistar el mundo = world-conquering.

* de todas las partes del mundo = from all over the world, from all over the globe, from every part of the world.

* de todo el mundo = world over, the, around the world, across the globe, from (all) around the world, throughout the world, around the globe, from (all) around the globe, all over the globe, from across the world, across the world, around the planet, the world over.

* dueño del mundo, el = cock-of-the-walk.

* el dinero mueve al mundo = money makes the world go (a)round.

* el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.

* el mundo de las noticias = newsmaking.

* el mundo en la palma de la mano = the world in the palm of + Posesivo + hand.

* el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.

* el mundo es un pañuelo = it's a small world.

* en el culo del mundo = in the arse of nowhere.

* en el mundo = on the face of the earth, on the world stage.

* en el mundo antiguo = in antiquity.

* en el mundo entero = all over the world, worldwide [world-wide], all around the world, throughout the world, around the planet, the world over.

* en el mundo nos rodea = out there.

* en todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], world over, the, around the world, all around the world, all over the world, across the globe, throughout the world, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over, in the whole world.

* en un mundo ideal = in an ideal world.

* en un mundo perfecto = in a perfect world.

* envidia del mundo, la = world's envy, the.

* experiencia del mundo = worldliness.

* experiencia del mundo real = real-world training.

* famoso en el mundo entero = world-renowned, world-renown.

* famoso en todo el mundo = world-famous [world famous], world-renowned, world-renown.

* Fomento de la Biblioteconomía en el Tercer Mundo (ALP) = Advancement of Librarianship in the Third World (ALP).

* formación en el mundo real = real-world training.

* haber recorrido mucho mundo = be well-travelled.

* hasta el fin del mundo = until the end of the world.

* hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.

* incluir a todo el mundo = inclusivity.

* inclusión en el mundo de las redes = e-inclusion.

* inclusión en el mundo electrónico = e-inclusion.

* la mano que mece la cuna gobierna el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world, the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.

* la mayoría del mundo = the majority of the world, most people, the majority of the people.

* maravilla del mundo = wonder of the world.

* mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.

* mundo académico = academe, academia.

* mundo académico, el = academic, the, academic world, the, world of academia, the.

* mundo analógico, el = analog world, the.

* mundo árabe, el = Arab world, the.

* mundo científico, el = scholarly community, the, scientific world, the.

* mundo clásico, el = classical world, the.

* mundo comercial, el = commercial world, the.

* mundo cotidiano = lifeworld [life world].

* mundo de fantasía = fantasy world, world of fancy.

* mundo de habla inglesa, el = English-speaking world, the.

* mundo de la ciencia, el = world of science, the, scientific world, the.

* mundo de la documentación, el = information world, the.

* mundo de la empresa = business world.

* mundo de la empresa, el = corporate world, the.

* mundo de la fantasía, el = world of make-believe, the, land of make-believe, the.

* mundo de la información, el = information world, the, information business, the, infosphere, the.

* mundo de la letra impresa, el = print world, the.

* mundo de la mafia, el = criminal scene, the, criminal world, the.

* mundo de la moda, el = fashion world, the, world of fashion, the.

* mundo de la música, el = music world, the.

* mundo de la música popular, el = Tin Pan Alley.

* mundo del arte, el = art world, the.

* mundo de las bibliotecas, el = library world, the.

* mundo de las drogas = drug culture.

* mundo de las empresas = business environment.

* mundo de las letras, el = world of letters, the.

* mundo del comercio del libro = book-trade life.

* mundo del espectáculo, el = show business.

* mundo del hampa = criminal underworld.

* mundo del hampa, el = criminal scene, the, criminal world, the.

* mundo del libro, el = book world, the.

* mundo de los medios de comunicación, el = mediascape, the.

* mundo de los negocios = business world, business environment.

* mundo del papel impreso, el = paper world, the.

* mundo desarrollado, el = developed world, the.

* mundo digital, el = digital world, the.

* mundo, el = globe, the.

* mundo electrónico, el = electronic world, the.

* mundo empresarial = business world, business environment.

* mundo empresarial, el = corporate world, the.

* mundo exterior, el = outside world, the.

* mundo fantástico = fantasy world.

* mundo feliz = brave new world.

* mundo + girar en torno a = enterprise + revolve on.

* mundo ideal, el = ideal world, the.

* mundo imaginado = imaginary world, imagined world.

* mundo imaginario = imaginary world, imagined world.

* mundo impreso, el = print world, the.

* mundo industrializado, el = industrialised world, the.

* mundo islámico, el = Islamic world, the.

* mundo laboral = job market, working world.

* mundo material = material world.

* mundo moderno = modern world, modernised world.

* mundo occidental, el = western world, the, West, the, Occident, the.

* mundo real, el = real world, the.

* mundos aparte = worlds apart, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.

* mundos opuestos = like oil and water.

* mundo utópico perverso = dystopia.

* navegar por el mundo = roam + the seven seas.

* ningún + Nombre + del mundo = all + Nombre + in the world.

* Nuevo Mundo, el = New World, the.

* país del tercer mundo = third world country.

* por nada del mundo = for the life of me.

* por todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], around the world, across the globe, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over.

* recorrer el mundo = travel around + the world.

* salvar el mundo = save + the world.

* ser dos mundos completamente distintos = be poles apart.

* ser el culo del mundo = be the pits.

* ser la última persona del mundo que + Infinitivo = be one of the last people in the world to + Infinitivo.

* Siete Maravillas del Mundo, las = Seven Wonders of the World, the.

* surcar los siete mares = sail + the seven seas.

* tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.

* tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tercer mundo, el = third world, the.

* todas las razones del mundo = every reason.

* todo el mundo = all and sundry, every Tom, Dick and Harry, everybody, each and everyone.

* todo el mundo debe tener acceso a la información = access for all.

* triunfar en el mundo = succeed in + the world.

* una mujer de mundo = a woman of the world.

* un hombre de mundo = a man of the world.

* un mundo aparte = a world apart, a breed apart.

* usuario del mundo de los negocios = business user.

* venir al mundo = come into + the world.

* ventana al mundo = window on/to the world.

* ver el mundo desde una perspectiva diferente = see + the world in a different light.

* ver mundo = see + life, see + the world.

* viajar por el mundo = travel around + the world.

* vida del mundo literario = literary life.

* Viejo Mundo, el = Old World, the.

* visión del mundo = world view [worldview/world-view].

* vivir en otro mundo = live in + cloud cuckoo land.

* vivir en un mundo aparte = inhabit + a world of + Posesivo + own.

* vivir mundo = see + life, see + the world.

* * *

masculino

1) (el universo, la Tierra)

el mundo — the world

artistas venidos de todo el mundo — artists from all over the world

el mejor del mundo — the best in the world

me parece lo más normal del mundo — it seems perfectly normal to me

así anda el mundo — that's why the world is in the state it's in

comerse el mundo: parece que se va a comer el mundo he looks as if he could take on the world; correr mundo to get around; del otro mundo: no es nada del otro mundo he's/it's nothing special o (colloq) he's/it's nothing to write home about; desde que el mundo es mundo since time began, since time immemorial (liter); el mundo es un pañuelo it's a small world; hundirse or venirse abajo el mundo: por eso no se va a hundir el mundo it's not the end of the world; pensé que el mundo se me venía abajo I thought my world was falling apart; partir de este mundo (euf) to depart this life o world (euph); por nada del or en el mundo: yo no me lo pierdo por nada del mundo I wouldn't miss it for the world; no lo vendería por nada en el mundo I wouldn't sell it for anything in the world o (colloq) for all the tea in China; ponerse el mundo por montera to scorn the world and its ways; qué pequeño or chico es el mundo! it's a small world!; tal y como vino al mundo stark naked, as naked as the day he/she was born; traer a alguien/venir al mundo to bring somebody/come into the world; ver mundo — to see the world

2) (planeta, universo) planet, world

él vive en otro mundo — he's on another planet o in another world

por esos mundos de Dios — here, there and everywhere

3)

a) (porción de la realidad, de lo concebible) world

el mundo árabe — the Arab world

el mundo sobrenatural — the realm of the supernatural

b) ( de actividad humana) world

el mundo de los negocios/la droga — the business/drugs world

el mundo del espectáculo — showbusiness

4) ( gente)

todo el mundo — everybody

el mundo entero está en peligro — the whole world is in danger

se lo contó a medio mundo — he told just about everybody

5)

un mundo — (mucho, muchos)

un mundo de gente — crowds o hordes of people

de tu opinión a la mía hay un mundo — our opinions are worlds apart

todo se le hace un mundo — he lets everything get blown up out of all proportion

6)

a) ( vida material)

el mundo — the world

los placeres del mundo — worldly pleasures

b) ( experiencia)

tienen or han visto mucho mundo — they've been around

una mujer que tiene mucho mundo — a woman of the world

* * *

el mundo

(n.) = globe, the

Ex: South Asia must make efforts to reach other parts of the globe in order to make the information age truly viable.

= scene, world.

Ex: A recent inexpensive introduction to the microcomputer scene, the Sinclair QL, uses a 32 bit processor (the Motorola 680008) and offers 128K RAM expandable to 640K.

Ex: Together they constitute the world's largest data base.

* abarcar el mundo = span + the globe.

* abrirse camino en el mundo = make + Posesivo + way in the world.

* afectar al mundo = span + the globe.

* ajeno al mundo = unwordly.

* al otro lado del mundo = half way (a)round the world.

* buscar por todo el mundo = search + the world (over).

* campeonato del mundo = world cup.

* causar sensación en el mundo = make + a big noise in the world.

* cautivar al mundo = make + a big noise in the world.

* como si se acabara el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.

* como si se fuese a acabar el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.

* con ansias de conquistar el mundo = world-conquering.

* con la mejor voluntad del mundo = in good faith.

* conocer (el) mundo = travel around + the world.

* correr mundo = see + life, see + the world.

* cubrir el mundo = span + the globe.

* culo del mundo, el = back of beyond, the.

* cultura del mundo impreso = print culture.

* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dedicar todo el esfuerzo del mundo a = put + Posesivo + heart into.

* del mundo real = real-world.

* de otro mundo = unworldly.

* desde que el mundo es mundo = from the beginning of time, since the beginning of time, since time began.

* desear a Algo o Alguien toda la suerte del mundo = wish + Nombre + every success.

* deseoso de conquistar el mundo = world-conquering.

* de todas las partes del mundo = from all over the world, from all over the globe, from every part of the world.

* de todo el mundo = world over, the, around the world, across the globe, from (all) around the world, throughout the world, around the globe, from (all) around the globe, all over the globe, from across the world, across the world, around the planet, the world over.

* dueño del mundo, el = cock-of-the-walk.

* el dinero mueve al mundo = money makes the world go (a)round.

* el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.

* el mundo de las noticias = newsmaking.

* el mundo en la palma de la mano = the world in the palm of + Posesivo + hand.

* el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.

* el mundo es un pañuelo = it's a small world.

* en el culo del mundo = in the arse of nowhere.

* en el mundo = on the face of the earth, on the world stage.

* en el mundo antiguo = in antiquity.

* en el mundo entero = all over the world, worldwide [world-wide], all around the world, throughout the world, around the planet, the world over.

* en el mundo nos rodea = out there.

* en todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], world over, the, around the world, all around the world, all over the world, across the globe, throughout the world, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over, in the whole world.

* en un mundo ideal = in an ideal world.

* en un mundo perfecto = in a perfect world.

* envidia del mundo, la = world's envy, the.

* experiencia del mundo = worldliness.

* experiencia del mundo real = real-world training.

* famoso en el mundo entero = world-renowned, world-renown.

* famoso en todo el mundo = world-famous [world famous], world-renowned, world-renown.

* Fomento de la Biblioteconomía en el Tercer Mundo (ALP) = Advancement of Librarianship in the Third World (ALP).

* formación en el mundo real = real-world training.

* haber recorrido mucho mundo = be well-travelled.

* hasta el fin del mundo = until the end of the world.

* hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.

* incluir a todo el mundo = inclusivity.

* inclusión en el mundo de las redes = e-inclusion.

* inclusión en el mundo electrónico = e-inclusion.

* la mano que mece la cuna gobierna el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world, the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.

* la mayoría del mundo = the majority of the world, most people, the majority of the people.

* maravilla del mundo = wonder of the world.

* mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.

* mundo académico = academe, academia.

* mundo académico, el = academic, the, academic world, the, world of academia, the.

* mundo analógico, el = analog world, the.

* mundo árabe, el = Arab world, the.

* mundo científico, el = scholarly community, the, scientific world, the.

* mundo clásico, el = classical world, the.

* mundo comercial, el = commercial world, the.

* mundo cotidiano = lifeworld [life world].

* mundo de fantasía = fantasy world, world of fancy.

* mundo de habla inglesa, el = English-speaking world, the.

* mundo de la ciencia, el = world of science, the, scientific world, the.

* mundo de la documentación, el = information world, the.

* mundo de la empresa = business world.

* mundo de la empresa, el = corporate world, the.

* mundo de la fantasía, el = world of make-believe, the, land of make-believe, the.

* mundo de la información, el = information world, the, information business, the, infosphere, the.

* mundo de la letra impresa, el = print world, the.

* mundo de la mafia, el = criminal scene, the, criminal world, the.

* mundo de la moda, el = fashion world, the, world of fashion, the.

* mundo de la música, el = music world, the.

* mundo de la música popular, el = Tin Pan Alley.

* mundo del arte, el = art world, the.

* mundo de las bibliotecas, el = library world, the.

* mundo de las drogas = drug culture.

* mundo de las empresas = business environment.

* mundo de las letras, el = world of letters, the.

* mundo del comercio del libro = book-trade life.

* mundo del espectáculo, el = show business.

* mundo del hampa = criminal underworld.

* mundo del hampa, el = criminal scene, the, criminal world, the.

* mundo del libro, el = book world, the.

* mundo de los medios de comunicación, el = mediascape, the.

* mundo de los negocios = business world, business environment.

* mundo del papel impreso, el = paper world, the.

* mundo desarrollado, el = developed world, the.

* mundo digital, el = digital world, the.

* mundo, el = globe, the.

* mundo electrónico, el = electronic world, the.

* mundo empresarial = business world, business environment.

* mundo empresarial, el = corporate world, the.

* mundo exterior, el = outside world, the.

* mundo fantástico = fantasy world.

* mundo feliz = brave new world.

* mundo + girar en torno a = enterprise + revolve on.

* mundo ideal, el = ideal world, the.

* mundo imaginado = imaginary world, imagined world.

* mundo imaginario = imaginary world, imagined world.

* mundo impreso, el = print world, the.

* mundo industrializado, el = industrialised world, the.

* mundo islámico, el = Islamic world, the.

* mundo laboral = job market, working world.

* mundo material = material world.

* mundo moderno = modern world, modernised world.

* mundo occidental, el = western world, the, West, the, Occident, the.

* mundo real, el = real world, the.

* mundos aparte = worlds apart, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.

* mundos opuestos = like oil and water.

* mundo utópico perverso = dystopia.

* navegar por el mundo = roam + the seven seas.

* ningún + Nombre + del mundo = all + Nombre + in the world.

* Nuevo Mundo, el = New World, the.

* país del tercer mundo = third world country.

* por nada del mundo = for the life of me.

* por todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], around the world, across the globe, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over.

* recorrer el mundo = travel around + the world.

* salvar el mundo = save + the world.

* ser dos mundos completamente distintos = be poles apart.

* ser el culo del mundo = be the pits.

* ser la última persona del mundo que + Infinitivo = be one of the last people in the world to + Infinitivo.

* Siete Maravillas del Mundo, las = Seven Wonders of the World, the.

* surcar los siete mares = sail + the seven seas.

* tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.

* tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tercer mundo, el = third world, the.

* todas las razones del mundo = every reason.

* todo el mundo = all and sundry, every Tom, Dick and Harry, everybody, each and everyone.

* todo el mundo debe tener acceso a la información = access for all.

* triunfar en el mundo = succeed in + the world.

* una mujer de mundo = a woman of the world.

* un hombre de mundo = a man of the world.

* un mundo aparte = a world apart, a breed apart.

* usuario del mundo de los negocios = business user.

* venir al mundo = come into + the world.

* ventana al mundo = window on/to the world.

* ver el mundo desde una perspectiva diferente = see + the world in a different light.

* ver mundo = see + life, see + the world.

* viajar por el mundo = travel around + the world.

* vida del mundo literario = literary life.

* Viejo Mundo, el = Old World, the.

* visión del mundo = world view [worldview/world-view].

* vivir en otro mundo = live in + cloud cuckoo land.

* vivir en un mundo aparte = inhabit + a world of + Posesivo + own.

* vivir mundo = see + life, see + the world.

* * *

mundo

masculine

A

(el universo, la Tierra): el mundo the world

todas las naciones del mundo all the nations of the world

artistas venidos de todo el mundo artists from all over the world

uno de los mejores del mundo one of the best in the world

me parece lo más normal del mundo it seems perfectly normal to me

nadie se preocupa por los problemas ajenos y así anda el mundo nobody worries about other people's problems, and that's why the world is in the state it's in

si todos fueran como tú ¿cómo estaría el mundo? if everyone was like you, where would we be?

soñar con un mundo mejor to dream of a better world

nuevo, otro¹ (↑ otro (1)), tercero¹ (↑ tercero (1)), viejo¹ (↑ viejo (1))

comerse el mundo: parece que se va a comer el mundo he looks as if he could take on the world

correr mundo to get around

del otro mundo: el libro no está mal, pero tampoco es nada del otro mundo the book isn't bad, but it's nothing special o ( colloq) nothing to shout about

el novio no es nada del otro mundo her boyfriend's nothing special o ( colloq) nothing to write home about

hablaba del lugar como si fuera algo del otro mundo he made it out to be the most fabulous place

desde que el mundo es mundo since time began, since time immemorial ( liter)

el mundo es un pañuelo it's a small world

hundirse or venirse abajo el mundo: no te preocupes, por eso no se va a hundir el mundo don't worry, it's not the end of the world

pensé que el mundo se me venía abajo I thought my world was falling apart o the bottom was falling out of my world

ponerse el mundo por montera to scorn the world and its ways

por nada del or en el mundo: no lo vendería por nada del or en el mundo I wouldn't sell it for anything in the world o ( colloq) for all the tea in China

yo no me lo pierdo por nada del or en el mundo I wouldn't miss it for the world

por nada del mundo quiso venir there was no way he'd come

por nada del mundo voy a repetir lo que me dijo nothing would induce me to repeat what he told me

¡qué pequeño or chico es el mundo! it's a small world!

tal y como vino al mundo stark naked, as naked as the day he/she was born

traer a algn al mundo to bring sb into the world, give birth to sb

venir al mundo to come into the world, be born

ver mundo to see the world

a beber y a tragar, que el mundo se va a acabar eat, drink and be merry (for tomorrow we die)

B (planeta, universo) planet, world

seres de otros mundos beings from other worlds o planets

no se entera de nada, él vive en otro mundo he hasn't a clue what's going on, he's on another planet o in another world

¿no lo sabías? ¿pero tú en qué mundo vives? didn't you know? where have you been hiding o where have you been? ( colloq)

por esos mundos de Dios here, there and everywhere, all over the place

C

1 (porción de la realidad, de lo concebible) world

el mundo vegetal the plant world

el mundo animal the animal world o kingdom

el mundo sobrenatural the realm of the supernatural

el mundo científico/capitalista/árabe the scientific/capitalist/Arab world

2 (de actividad humana) world

el mundo de las letras/de las artes the world of letters/of the arts

el mundillo del espectáculo showbusiness

el mundo artístico the artistic world

el mundo de los negocios/la droga the business/drugs world

D

(gente): lo sabe todo el mundo everybody o everyone knows it

el mundo entero está pendiente de sus declaraciones the whole world awaits his statement

fue y se lo contó a medio mundo he went and told just about everybody

E

un mundo (mucho, muchos): tengo un mundo de cosas que hacer I've got masses o hundreds of things to do

había un mundo de gente en la plaza there were crowds o hordes of people in the square

de tu opinión a la mía hay un mundo our opinions are worlds apart

hay un mundo entre viajar en primera y viajar en clase turista there's a world of difference between traveling first class and tourist class

cualquier problema se le hace un mundo he blows the slightest thing out of all proportion

F

1

(vida material): el mundo the world

los placeres del mundo worldly pleasures

dejar el mundo to renounce the world, to take holy orders

cuando vuelvas al mundo when you go back to the outside world

2

(experiencia): tienen or han visto mucho mundo they've seen a lot of life, they've been around

una mujer que tiene mucho mundo a woman of the world

hombre¹ (↑ hombre (1))

* * *

mundo sustantivo masculino
1 ( en general) world;
◊ artistas venidos de todo el mundo artists from all over the world;

el mejor del mundo the best in the world;
me parece lo más normal del mundo it seems perfectly normal to me;
es conocido en todo el mundo he is known worldwide;
el mundo árabe the Arab world;
el mundo de la droga the drugs world;
el mundo del espectáculo showbusiness;
todo el mundo lo sabe everybody knows it;
el mundo es un pañuelo it's a small world;
por nada del or en el mundo: yo no me lo pierdo por nada del mundo I wouldn't miss it for the world;
no lo vendería por nada en el mundo I wouldn't sell it for anything in the world o (colloq) for all the tea in China;
traer a algn/venir al mundo to bring sb/come into the world;
ver mundo to see the world
2 (planeta, universo) planet, world;
◊ él vive en otro mundo he's on another planet o in another world

mundo sustantivo masculino
1 world
el mundo de la farándula, the show-business world
2 (seres humanos) todo el mundo, everybody
3 (experiencia) tener mucho mundo, to be a man/woman of the world
♦ Locuciones: caérsele/ venírsele el mundo encima, to be overwhelmed
nada del otro mundo, nothing special
por nada del mundo, not for all the world
ver mundo, to travel around
' mundo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
comparable
- consagración
- de
- desconectarse
- islámico
- más
- miss
- nada
- ni
- ombligo
- oro
- prioritaria
- prioritario
- proclamarse
- recorrer
- solidaria
- solidario
- tenerse
- tercer
- terráquea
- terráqueo
- toda
- todo
- tramoya
- universal
- valle
- venir
- voz
- vuelta
- actual
- aislado
- campeón
- clásico
- comercio
- conocer
- desquiciado
- emotivo
- entero
- espectáculo
- exterior
- fantasía
- globo
- interior
- natural
- naturalidad
- negocio
- parejo
- superpoblado
- tercero
- volver
English:
advanced
- agreement
- airport
- Armageddon
- around
- astronomical
- autonomous
- awe-inspiring
- best
- brink
- cat
- circle
- cloud cuckoo land
- cocoon
- common
- concerned
- cruise
- densely
- deny
- earth
- enunciate
- everybody
- everyone
- exist
- flash
- flirt
- globe trotting
- high
- home
- hot
- knowledge
- large
- male-dominated
- man
- manufacturer
- Miss World
- navigate
- never-never land
- over
- publishing
- quarrel
- revolve
- save
- sought-after
- sundry
- Third World
- ultimately
- wander
- wing
- world

* * *

mundo nm

1.
el mundo [la Tierra, el universo] the world;

el récord/campeón del mundo the world record/champion;

el mejor/mayor del mundo the best/biggest in the world;

es un actor conocido en todo el mundo he's a world-famous actor;

ha vendido miles de discos en todo el mundo she has sold thousands of records worldwide o all over the world;

seres de otro mundo creatures from another world;

el mundo árabe/desarrollado the Arab/developed world;

traer un niño al mundo to bring a child into the world;

venir al mundo to come into the world, to be born;

Comp

se le cayó el mundo encima his world fell apart;

Comp

no se va a caer o [m5] hundir el mundo por eso it's not the end of the world;

Comp

comerse el mundo: vino a la ciudad a comerse el mundo when he came to the city he was ready to take on the world;

Comp

¡hay que ver cómo está el mundo! what is the world coming to!;

Comp

desde que el mundo es mundo since the dawn of time;

Comp
Euf Anticuado
echarse al mundo [prostituirse] to go on the streets;

Comp

el mundo es un pañuelo it's a small world;

Comp

el mundo anda al revés the world has been turned on its head;

Comp

hacer un mundo de cualquier cosa o [m5] de algo sin importancia to make a mountain out of a molehill;

Comp

todo se le hace un mundo she makes heavy weather out of everything;

Comp

el otro mundo the next world, the hereafter;

Comp

irse al otro mundo to pass away;

Comp

mandar a alguien al otro mundo to kill sb;

Comp

no es nada del otro mundo it's nothing special;

Comp
Fam
se pone el mundo por montera she doesn't o couldn't give two hoots what people think;

Comp

por esos mundos de Dios: están de viaje por esos mundos de Dios they're travelling around (all over the place);

Comp

como nada en el mundo: querer a alguien como a nada en el mundo to love sb more than anything else in the world;

Comp

por nada del mundo: no me lo perdería por nada del mundo I wouldn't miss it for (all) the world o for anything;

Comp

tenemos todo el tiempo del mundo we have all the time in the world;

Comp

se le vino el mundo encima his world fell apart;

Comp

vivir en otro mundo to live in a world of one's own

2. [la civilización] world;

el mundo precolombino pre-Columbian civilizations

Comp
el Mundo Antiguo the Old World
3. [ámbito, actividad] world;

el mundo animal the animal kingdom o world;

el mundo rural the countryside, the country;

el mundo de los negocios/de las artes the business/art world;

el mundo del espectáculo show business;

Lupe vive en su (propio) mundo o [m5] en un mundo aparte Lupe lives in her own little world

4. [gente]
medio mundo half the world, a lot of people;

todo el mundo, Méx [m5] todo mundo everyone, everybody;

no vayas por ahí contándoselo a todo el mundo don't go around telling everyone;

pago mis impuestos como todo el mundo I pay my taxes the same as everyone else

5. [gran diferencia]
hay un mundo entre ellos they're worlds apart

6. [experiencia]
un hombre/una mujer de mundo a man/woman of the world;

correr mundo to see life;

tener (mucho) mundo to be worldly-wise, to know the ways of the world;

ver mundo to see life

7. [vida seglar]
renunciar al mundo to renounce the world

* * *

mundo

m world;

el Nuevo Mundo the New World;

el Tercer Mundo the Third World;

el otro mundo the next world;

nada del otro mundo nothing out of the ordinary;

todo el mundo everybody, everyone;

medio mundo just about everybody;

tiene mucho mundo he’s seen life;

correr o

ver mundo see the world;

traer a alguien al mundo bring s.o. into the world, give birth to s.o;

venir al mundo come into the world, be born;

desde que el mundo es mundo since time immemorial;

por nada del mundo not for anything in the world;

se le hundió el mundo, se le vino o

cayó el mundo encima his/her world fell apart

* * *

mundo nm

1) : world

2)

todo el mundo : everyone, everybody

* * *

mundo n world

le gustaría dar la vuelta al mundo she'd like to travel round the world

el mundo animal the animal world

el mundo del espectáculo show business

no ser nada del otro mundo to be nothing special

todo el mundo everybody / everyone

pienso decírselo a todo el mundo I'm going to tell everyone

Spanish-English dictionary > mundo
11 île

île° [il]

feminine noun

island

• île déserte desert island

► les îles Anglo-Normandes the Channel Islands

► l'île de Beauté Corsica

► les îles Britanniques the British Isles

► île flottante ( = dessert) île flottante

► l'île de Man the Isle of Man

► les îles Marshall the Marshall Islands

► l'île Maurice Mauritius

► l'île de Pâques Easter Island

► les îles Salomon the Solomon Islands

► les îles Sous-le-Vent/du Vent the Leeward/Windward Islands

► les îles Vierges the Virgin Islands

* * *
il
nom féminin island

Phrasal Verbs:

- l'île de Beauté

- île flottante

* * *
il
1. nf

island

2. îles nfpl

les Îles — the West Indies

* * *

île ⇒ Les îles nf island.

Composés

île artificielle ( pour forage) artificial island; l'île de Beauté Tourisme Corsica; île flottante Culin floating island; île de glace Sci ice island.

[il] nom féminin

1. GÉOGRAPHIE island, isle (littéraire)

une petite île an islet

les habitants de l'île the islanders

vivre sur ou dans une île to live on an island

aller sur une île to go to an island

l'île de la Cité island on the Seine in Paris where Notre-Dame stands

île déserte desert island

l'île de Beauté Corsica

les îles de la mer Égée the Aegean ou Greek Islands

2. (littéraire & vieilli) [colonie]

les Îles the Caribbean (Islands), the West Indies

3. CUISINE

île flottante floating island

ÎLE

les îles Aléoutiennes the Aleutian Islands

les îles Anglo-Normandes the Channel Islands

les îles Australes the Tubuai ou Austral Islands

les îles Bahrayn ou Bahreïn the Bahrain ou Bahrein Islands

les îles Baléares the Balearic Islands

les îles Britanniques the British Isles

les îles Canaries the Canary Islands

les îles du Cap Vert the Cape Verde Islands

les îles Carolines the Caroline Islands

l'île Christmas Christmas Island

les îles Comores the Comoros

l'île d'Elbe Elba

les îles Éoliennes the Aeolian Islands

les îles Falkland the Falkland Islands, the Falklands

les îles Féroé the Faeroes

les îles Fidji the Fiji Islands

les îles Galapagos the Galapagos Islands

les îles Hébrides the Hebrides

les îles Ioniennes the Ionian Islands

les îles Kouriles the Kuril ou Kurile Islands

les îles Maldives the Maldives

les îles Malouines the Falkland Islands, the Falklands

l'île de Man the Isle of Man

les îles Mariannes the Mariana Islands

les îles Marquises the Marquesas Islands

les îles Marshall the Marshall Islands

l'île Maurice Mauritius

les îles Moluques the Molucca Islands, the Moluccas

l'île du Nord North Island

l'île d'Ouessant (the Isle of) Ushant

l'île de Pâques Easter Island

l'île du Prince-Édouard Prince Edward Island

l'île de la Réunion Réunion Island

les îles Salomon the Solomon Islands

l'île de Sein the Ile de Sein

les îles Shetland the Shetland Islands, the Shetlands

les îles de la Sonde the Sunda Islands

les îles Sorlingues the Scilly Islands

les îles Sous-le-Vent (aux Antilles) the Netherlands (and Venezuelan) Antilles; (en Polynésie) the Leeward Islands, the Western Society Islands;

l'île du Sud South Island

l'île de la Trinité Trinidad

les îles Turks et Caicos the Turks and Caicos Islands

l'île Vancouver Vancouver Island

les îles du Vent (aux Antilles) the Windward Islands; (en Polynésie) the Eastern Society Islands;

les îles Vierges the Virgin Islands

l'île de Wight the Isle of Wight

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > île
12 nach

I Präp. (+ Dat)

1. räumlich: to; (bestimmt nach) for, bound for; Richtung: auch toward(s); nach außen outward(s); nach rechts to the right; nach unten down; im Haus: downstairs; nach oben up; im Haus: upstairs; nach England reisen go to England; nach England abreisen leave for England; der Zug nach London the train to London; das Schiff fährt nach Australien is bound for ( oder is going to) Australia; nach Hause home; das Zimmer geht nach hinten / vorn hinaus the room faces the back / front; der Balkon geht nach Süden the balcony faces south; Balkon nach Süden south-facing balcony; wir fahren nach Norden we’re travel(l)ing north ( oder northward[s]); bei bestimmten Verben: die Blume richtet sich nach der Sonne the flower turns toward(s) the sun; nach dem Arzt schicken send for the doctor; nach dem Messer greifen grab for the knife

2. zeitlich: after; fünf ( Minuten) nach eins five (minutes) past (Am. auch after) one; nach zehn Minuten ten minutes later; nach einer Stunde von jetzt an: in an hour(‘s time); nach Ankunft / Erhalt on arrival (receipt)

3. Reihenfolge: after; einer nach dem anderen one by one, one after the other; der Reihe nach in turn; der Reihe nach! take (it in) turns!, one after the other!; der Größe nach by ( oder according to) size; nach Hauptmann kommt Major major comes after captain; nach ihm kommt lange keiner fig. he’s in a class of his own, he’s streets ahead of the rest

4. (entsprechend) according to; siehe auch gemäß; nach dem, was er sagte auch going by what he said; nach Ansicht (+ Gen) in ( oder according to) the opinion of; nach meiner Ansicht oder meiner Ansicht nach in my opinion; nach Gewicht verkaufen sell by weight; nach Bedarf as required; seine Uhr nach dem Radio etc. stellen set one’s watch by the radio etc.; wenn es nach mir ginge if I had my way; dem Namen nach by name; seinem Namen / Akzent etc. nach judging oder going by his name / accent etc.; Rehbraten nach Art des Hauses roast venison а la maison; Sauerbraten nach rheinischer Art braised beef marinated in vinegar (Am. sauerbraten) in the Rhenish style; sie kommt ganz nach der Mutter she’s just like her mother; nach Musik tanzen etc.: to music; nach Noten from music; nach Vorlage zeichnen draw from a pattern; eine Geschichte nach dem Leben a story taken from real life; es ist nicht nach i-m Geschmack it’s not to her taste; seinem Wesen nach ist er eher ruhig if anything he is quiet by nature; riechen / schmecken nach smell (taste) of; nach seiner Weise in his usual way; nach Shakespeare according to Shakespeare; frei nach Heine freely adapted from Heine; nach bestem Wissen to the best of one’s knowledge; nach Stunden / Dollar etc. gerechnet in (terms of) hours / dollars etc.; 3 Pfund sind etwa 5 Euro nach unserem Geld 3 pounds is about 5 euros in our money; Ermessen, Meinung etc.

5. nach jemandem fragen ask for s.o.; die Suche nach dem Glück etc. the pursuit of ( oder search for) happiness etc.

6. Dial.: nach dem Süden fahren go south; nach Oma gehen go to grandma’s

II Adv. after; mir nach! follow me!; nach und nach gradually, bit by bit, Am. auch little by little; nach wie vor still, as ever

* * *

after (Adv.);

(Reihenfolge) after (Präp.);

(Richtung) unto (Präp.); at (Präp.); for (Präp.); to (Präp.); towards (Präp.); bound for (Präp.);

(Uhrzeit) past (Präp.);

(gemäß) acc. (Präp.); according to (Präp.)

* * *
[naːx]
1. prep +dat

1) (örtlich) to

das Schiff/der Zug fährt nách Kiel — the boat/train is bound for Kiel, the boat/train is going to Kiel

er ist schon nách London abgefahren — he has already left for London

nách Osten — eastward(s), to the east

nách Westen — westward(s), to the west

von Osten nách Westen — from (the) east to (the) west

nách links/rechts — (to the) left/right

von links nách rechts — from (the) left to (the) right

nách jeder Richtung, nách allen Richtungen (lit) — in all directions; (fig) on all sides

nách hinten/vorn — to the back/front; (in Wagen/Zug etc auch) to the rear/front

nách... zu — towards... (Brit), toward... (US)

nách Norden zu or hin — to(wards) the north

2)

(in Verbindung mit vb siehe auch dort) nách jdm/etw suchen — to look for sb/sth

sich nách etw sehnen — to long for sth

nách etw schmecken/riechen — to taste/smell of sth

3) (zeitlich) after

fünf (Minuten) nách drei — five (minutes) past or after (US) three

nách Christi Geburt, nách unserer Zeitrechnung — AD, anno Domini (form)

sie kam nách zehn Minuten — she came ten minutes later, she came after ten minutes

nách zehn Minuten war sie wieder da — she was back in ten minutes, she was back ten minutes later

nách zehn Minuten wurde ich schon unruhig — after ten minutes I was getting worried

was wird man nách zehn Jahren über ihn sagen? — what will people be saying about him in ten years or in ten years' time?

nách Empfang or Erhalt or Eingang — on receipt

drei Tage nách Empfang — three days after receipt

nách allem, was geschehen ist — after all that has happened

4) (Reihenfolge) after

eine(r, s) nách dem/der anderen — one after another or the other

die dritte Straße nách dem Rathaus — the third road after or past the town hall

ich komme nách Ihnen! — I'm or I come after you

(bitte) nách Ihnen! — after you!

der Leutnant kommt nách dem Major (inf) — a lieutenant comes after a major

nách "mit" steht der Dativ — " mit" is followed by or takes the dative

5) (= laut, entsprechend) according to; (= im Einklang mit) in accordance with

nách dem Gesetz, dem Gesetz nách — according to the law

nách römischem Gesetz — according to or under Roman law

nách Artikel 142c — under article 142c

manche Arbeiter werden nách Zeit, andere nách Leistung bezahlt — some workers are paid by the hour, others according to productivity

etw nách Gewicht kaufen — to buy sth by weight

nách Verfassern/Gedichtanfängen — in order of or according to authors/first lines

die Uhr nách dem Radio stellen — to put a clock right by the radio

seinem Wesen or seiner Natur nách ist er sehr sanft — he's very gentle by nature

seiner Veranlagung nách hätte er Musiker werden sollen — with his temperament he should have been a musician

ihrer Sprache nách (zu urteilen) — from her language, judging by her language

nách dem, was er gesagt hat — from what he's said, according to what he's said

nách allem, was ich gehört habe — from what I've heard

nách allem, was ich weiß — as far as I know

Knödel nách schwäbischer Art — Swabian dumplings

6) (= angelehnt an) after

nách dem Russischen — after the Russian

nách einem Gedicht von Schiller — after a poem by Schiller

7)

er wurde nách seinem Großvater genannt — he was named after (Brit) or for (US) his grandfather

2. adv

1)

(räumlich) mir nách! (old, liter) — follow me!

2)

(zeitlich) nách und nách — little by little, gradually

nách wie vor —

wir treffen uns nách wie vor im "Goldenen Handschuh" — we still meet in the "Golden Glove" as always

* * *

1) (in the order of: books arranged according to their subjects.) according to

2) (in proportion to: You will be paid according to the amount of work you have done.) according to

3) (later in time or place than: After the car came a bus.) after

4) (following (often indicating repetition): one thing after another; night after night.) after

5) (considering: After all I've done you'd think he'd thank me; It's sad to fail after all that work.) after

6) ((American: in telling the time) past: It's a quarter after ten.) after

7) (to the place mentioned: I'll come along in five minutes.) along

8) at

9) (towards; in the direction of: We set off for London.) for

10) (in order to have, get, be etc: He asked me for some money; Go for a walk.) for

11) (closest to: In height, George comes next to me.) next to

12) (after: It's past six o'clock.) past

13) (after: The child became ill subsequent to receiving an injection against measles.) subsequent to

* * *

nach

[na:x]

I. präp + dat

1. (in Richtung)

▪ \nach etw:

die Küche geht \nach dem Garten/der Straße the kitchen looks out over [or on] the garden/faces the street

ein Zimmer mit Fenstern \nach dem Garten/der Straße a room overlooking the garden/street

\nach Norden/Westen gehen to go north/west; s.a. außen, da, dort, hier, hinten, innen, links, oben, rechts, unten, vorn

2. (als Ziel)

▪ \nach etw to sth

der Weg führt direkt \nach Rom this is the way to Rome

der Zug \nach Bonn the train for Bonn, the Bonn train

\nach etw abreisen to leave for sth; s.a. Haus

3. (anschließend)

▪ \nach etw after sth

\nach nur wenigen Minuten after only a few minutes, only a few minutes later

\nach Ablauf der Verlängerung after [or on] expiry of the extension, at the end of the extension

20 [Minuten] \nach 10 20 [minutes] past 10

wird der Baum noch \nach 100 Jahren stehen? will the tree still be standing in a hundred years' time?

\nach allem, was... after all that...; s.a. Christus

4. (kontinuierlich)

▪ etw \nach etw sth after sth

Schritt \nach Schritt step by step, little by little

5. (als Reihenfolge)

▪ \nach jdm/etw after sb/sth

das Museum kommt \nach der Post the museum is after [or past] the post office

der Leutnant kommt \nach dem Oberst lieutenant ranks lower than colonel

du stehst \nach mir auf der Liste you're [or you come] after me on the list

eins \nach dem ander[e]n first things first

[bitte,] \nach dir/Ihnen! after you!

6. (gemäß)

▪ \nach etw according to sth

\nach Artikel 23/den geltenden Vorschriften under article 23/present regulations

\nach allem [o dem], was... from what...

\nach allem, was ich gehört habe from what I've heard

\nach dem, was wir jetzt wissen as far as we know

aller Wahrscheinlichkeit \nach in all probability

dem Gesetz \nach by law

etw \nach dem Gewicht/der Größe \nach sortieren to sort sth by [or according to] weight/size

\nach Lage der Dinge as matters stand

\nach menschlichem Ermessen as far as one can tell

[ganz] \nach Wunsch [just] as you wish

▪ jds... \nach [o \nach jds...] judging by sb's...

meiner Ansicht/Meinung \nach in my view/opinion

\nach meiner Erinnerung as I remember [or recall] it

\nach Meinung von Experten according to experts; s.a. Art

7. (anlehnend)

▪ \nach etw:

\nach einer Erzählung von Poe after [or based on] a story by Poe

eine Erzählung \nach dem Arbeitsleben a tale from [or based on] working life

ein Gemälde \nach einem alten Meister a painting in the manner of an old master

ein Werk \nach einem Thema von Bach a piece on a theme by Bach

dem Sinn \nach hat er gesagt, dass... the sense of his words were that...

Ihrem Akzent \nach sind Sie Schotte I hear from your accent [or your accent tells me] that you're from Scotland

das kostet ungefähr 2 Euro nach unsrem Geld it costs about 2 euros in our money

\nach etw geformt formed after sth

[frei] \nach Goethe [freely] adapted from Goethe

etw \nach Litern/Metern messen to measure sth in litres/metres

\nach der neuesten Mode in [accordance with] the latest fashion

jdn dem Namen \nach kennen to know sb by name

\nach Plan according to plan

\nach etw riechen/schmecken to smell/taste of sth

der Sage \nach [o \nach der Sage] according to the legend

\nach einer Vorlage from an original

jds Wesen \nach judging from sb's character, by nature; s.a. Gedächtnis, Maß

8. DIAL (zu)

▪ \nach jdm/etw to sb/sth

\nach der Bahn gehen to go to the station

\nach dem Osten/Süden fahren to go [to the] east/south

9. siehe auch Verb

\nach jdm fragen/rufen/schicken to ask/call/send for sb

\nach wem hat er gefragt? who was he asking for?

\nach etw greifen/streben/suchen to reach/strive/look for sth

wo\nach [o (fam) \nach was] suchst du? what are you looking for?

er hat erreicht, wo\nach [o (fam) \nach was] er gestrebt hat he has achieved what he has been striving for

II. adv

1. (hinterher)

ihm \nach! after him!; (an Hund a.) sic 'im! fam

mir \nach! follow me!

2. NORDD

da kann man nicht \nach gehen you can't go there

3.

▶ \nach und \nach gradually, little by little

▶ \nach wie vor still

ich halte \nach wie vor an meiner Überzeugung fest I remain convinced

* * *
1.
Präposition mit Dat

1) (räumlich) to

ist das der Zug nach Köln? — is that the train for Cologne or the Cologne train?

nach Hause gehen — go home

sich nach vorn/hinten beugen — bend forwards/backwards

komm ganz nach vorn — come right to the front

nach links/rechts — to the left/right

nach allen Richtungen — in all directions

nach Osten [zu] — eastwards; [towards the] east

nach außen/innen — outwards/inwards

ich bringe den Abfall nach draußen — I am taking the rubbish outside

2) (zeitlich) after

zehn [Minuten] nach zwei — ten [minutes] past two

3)

nach fünf Minuten — after five minutes; five minutes later

4) (mit bestimmten Verben, bezeichnet das Ziel der Handlung) for

5) (bezeichnet [räumliche und zeitliche] Reihenfolge) after

6) (gemäß) according to

nach meiner Ansicht od. Meinung, meiner Ansicht od. Meinung nach — in my view or opinion

aller Wahrscheinlichkeit nach — in all probability

[frei] nach Goethe — [freely] adapted from Goethe

nach der neuesten Mode gekleidet — dressed in [accordance with] the latest fashion

nach etwas schmecken/riechen — taste/smell of something

sie kommt eher nach dem Vater — (ugs.) she takes more after her father

jemanden nur dem Namen nach kennen — know somebody by name only

dem Gesetz nach — in accordance with the law; by law
2.
Adverb

1) (räumlich)

[alle] mir nach! — [everybody] follow me!

2) (zeitlich)

nach und nach — little by little; gradually

nach wie vor — still; as always

* * *

nach

A. präp (+dat)

1. räumlich: to; (bestimmt nach) for, bound for; Richtung: auch toward(s);

nach außen outward(s);

nach rechts to the right;

nach unten down; im Haus: downstairs;

nach oben up; im Haus: upstairs;

nach England reisen go to England;

nach England abreisen leave for England;

der Zug nach London the train to London;

das Schiff

fährt nach Australien is bound for ( oder is going to) Australia;

nach Haus(e) home;

das Zimmer geht nach hinten/vorn hinaus the room faces the back/front;

der Balkon geht nach Süden the balcony faces south;

Balkon nach Süden south-facing balcony;

wir fahren nach Norden we’re travel(l)ing north ( oder northward[s]); bei bestimmten Verben:

die Blume richtet sich nach der Sonne the flower turns toward(s) the sun;

nach dem Arzt schicken send for the doctor;

nach dem Messer greifen grab for the knife

2. zeitlich: after;

fünf (Minuten) nach eins five (minutes) past (US auch after) one;

nach zehn Minuten ten minutes later;

nach einer Stunde von jetzt an: in an hour(’s time);

nach Ankunft/Erhalt on arrival (receipt)

3. Reihenfolge: after;

einer nach dem anderen one by one, one after the other;

der Reihe nach in turn;

der Reihe nach! take (it in) turns!, one after the other!;

der Größe nach by ( oder according to) size;

nach Hauptmann kommt Major major comes after captain;

nach ihm kommt lange keiner fig he’s in a class of his own, he’s streets ahead of the rest

4. (entsprechend) according to; → auch gemäß;

nach dem, was er sagte auch going by what he said;

nach Ansicht (+gen) in ( oder according to) the opinion of;

nach meiner Ansicht oder

meiner Ansicht nach in my opinion;

nach Gewicht verkaufen sell by weight;

nach Bedarf as required;

seine Uhr nach dem Radio etc

stellen set one’s watch by the radio etc;

wenn es nach mir ginge if I had my way;

dem Namen nach by name;

seinem Namen/Akzent etc

nach judging oder going by his name/accent etc;

Rehbraten nach Art des Hauses roast venison à la maison;

Sauerbraten nach rheinischer Art braised beef marinated in vinegar (US sauerbraten) in the Rhenish style;

sie kommt ganz nach der Mutter she’s just like her mother;

nach Musik tanzen etc: to music;

nach Noten from music;

nach Vorlage zeichnen draw from a pattern;

eine Geschichte nach dem Leben a story taken from real life;

es ist nicht nach i-m Geschmack it’s not to her taste;

seinem Wesen nach ist er eher ruhig if anything he is quiet by nature;

riechen/schmecken nach smell (taste) of;

nach seiner Weise in his usual way;

nach Shakespeare according to Shakespeare;

frei nach Heine freely adapted from Heine;

nach bestem Wissen to the best of one’s knowledge;

nach Stunden/Dollar etc

gerechnet in (terms of) hours/dollars etc;

3 Pfund sind etwa 5 Euro nach unserem Geld 3 pounds is about 5 euros in our money; → Ermessen, Meinung etc

5.

nach jemandem fragen ask for sb;

die Suche nach dem Glück etc the pursuit of ( oder search for) happiness etc

6. dial:

nach dem Süden fahren go south;

nach Oma gehen go to grandma’s

B. adv after;

mir nach! follow me!;

nach und nach gradually, bit by bit, US auch little by little;

nach wie vor still, as ever

* * *
1.
Präposition mit Dat

1) (räumlich) to

ist das der Zug nach Köln? — is that the train for Cologne or the Cologne train?

nach Hause gehen — go home

sich nach vorn/hinten beugen — bend forwards/backwards

komm ganz nach vorn — come right to the front

nach links/rechts — to the left/right

nach allen Richtungen — in all directions

nach Osten [zu] — eastwards; [towards the] east

nach außen/innen — outwards/inwards

ich bringe den Abfall nach draußen — I am taking the rubbish outside

2) (zeitlich) after

zehn [Minuten] nach zwei — ten [minutes] past two

3)

nach fünf Minuten — after five minutes; five minutes later

4) (mit bestimmten Verben, bezeichnet das Ziel der Handlung) for

5) (bezeichnet [räumliche und zeitliche] Reihenfolge) after

6) (gemäß) according to

nach meiner Ansicht od. Meinung, meiner Ansicht od. Meinung nach — in my view or opinion

aller Wahrscheinlichkeit nach — in all probability

[frei] nach Goethe — [freely] adapted from Goethe

nach der neuesten Mode gekleidet — dressed in [accordance with] the latest fashion

nach etwas schmecken/riechen — taste/smell of something

sie kommt eher nach dem Vater — (ugs.) she takes more after her father

jemanden nur dem Namen nach kennen — know somebody by name only

dem Gesetz nach — in accordance with the law; by law
2.
Adverb

1) (räumlich)

[alle] mir nach! — [everybody] follow me!

2) (zeitlich)

nach und nach — little by little; gradually

nach wie vor — still; as always

* * *

konj.

for conj. präp.

according to prep.

after prep.

to prep.

towards prep.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > nach
13 सु _su

1
सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ)

1 To press out or extract juice.

-2 To distil.

-3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.

-4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice).

-5 To bathe.

-6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -- With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.

2

सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:--

1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि.

-2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c.

-3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22.

-4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v.

-5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c.

-6 Worthy of respect or reverence.

-7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.

-Comp. -अक्ष a.

1 having good eyes.

-2 having keen organs, acute.

-अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.

-अच्छ a. see s. v.

-अन्त a. having happy end, ending well.

-अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v.

-अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v.

-आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.

- आगत see s. v.

-आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172.

-आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22.

-इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41.

-उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (

-क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका).

(-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97.

-2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to some- thing else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f.

1 a hymn.

-2 praise, a word of praise.

-उक्तिः f.

1 a good or friendly speech.

-2 a good or clever saying.

-3 a correct sentence.

-उत्तर a.

1 very superior.

-2 well towards the north.

-उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (

-नम्) vigorous effort or exertion.

-उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic.

- उपसदन a. easy to be approached.

-उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments.

-कण्टका the aloe plant.

-कण्ठ a. sweet- voiced. (

-ण्ठी) the female cuckoo.

-कण्डुः itch.

-कन्दः 1 an onion.

-2 a yam.

-3 a sort of grass.

-कन्दकः onion.

-कर a. (

-रा or

-री f.)

1 easy to be done, practi- cable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'.

-2 easy to be managed. (

-रः) a good-natured horse. (

-रा) a tractable cow. (

-रम्) charity, benevolence.

-कर्मन् a.

1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good.

-2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman.

-कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,)

-कलिल a. well filled with.

-कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7.

-कल्पित a. well equip- ped or armed.

-कल्य a. perfectly sound.

-काण्डः the Kāravella plant.

-काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper.

-काण्डिन् a.

1 having beautiful stems.

-2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee.

-काष्ठम् fire-wood.

-कुन्दकः an onion.

-कुमार a.

1 very delicate or soft, smooth.

-2 beautifully young or youthful.

(-रः) 1 a beautiful youth.

-2 a kind of sugar-cane.

-3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक).

-4 a kind of mustard.

-5 the wild Cham- paka.

(-रा) 1 the double jasmine.

-2 the plantain.

-3 the great-flowered jasmine.

-कुमारकः 1 a beauti- ful youth.

-2 rice (शालि).

(-कम्) 1 the Tamāla- patra.

-2 a particutar part of the ear.

-कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine.

-कृत् a.

1 doing good, benevolent.

-2 pious, virtuous, righteous.

-3 wise, learned.

-4 for- tunate, lucky.

-5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.)

1 a skilful worker.

-2 N. of Tvaṣṭri.

-कृत a.

1 done well or properly.

-2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2.

-3 well made or constructed.

-4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended.

-5 virtuous, righteous, pious.

-6 lucky, fortunate.

(-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17.

-2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16.

-3 fortune, auspiciousness.

-4 recompense, reward.

-5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29.

-कृतिः f.

1 well-doing, a good act.

-2 kindness, virtue.

-3 practice of penance.

-4 auspiciousness.

-कृतिन् a.

1 acting well or kindly.

-2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16.

-3 wise, learned.

-4 benevolent.

-5 fortunate, lucky.

-कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45.

-केश(स)रः the citron tree.

-क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni.

-2 of Śiva.

-3 of Indra.

-4 of Mitra and Varuṇa.

-5 of the sun.

-6 of Soma.

-क्रयः a fair bargain.

-क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb.

-खल्लिका luxurious life.

-ग a.

1 going gracefully or well.

-2 graceful, elegant.

-3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148.

-4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (

-गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34.

(-गम्) 1 ordure, feces.

-2 happiness.

-गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well.

-गणकः a good calculator or astronomer.

-गत a.

1 well-gone or passed.

-2 well-bestowed. (

-तः) an epithet of Buddha.

-गतिः 1 Welfare, hap- piness.

-2 a secure refuge.

-गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume.

-2 sulphur.

-3 a trader.

(-न्धम्) 1 sandal.

-2 small cumin seed.

-3 a blue lotus.

-4 a kind of fragrant grass. (

-न्धा) sacred basil.

-गन्धकः 1 sulphur.

-2 the red Tulasee.

-3 the orange.

-4 a kind of gourd,

-गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B.

-गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva.

-गन्धि a.

1 sweet-smelling, fra- grant, redolent with perfumes.

-2 virtuous, pious.

(-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance.

-2 the Supreme Being.

-3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (

-न्धि n.)

1 the root of long pepper.

-2 a kind of fragrant grass.

-3 cori- ander seed. ˚त्रिफला

1 nutmeg.

-2 areca nut.

-3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat.

-गन्धिकः 1 incense.

-2 sulphur.

-3 a kind of rice. (

-कम्) the white lotus.

-गम a.

1 easy of access, accessible.

-2 easy.

-3 plain, intelligible.

-गरम् cinnabar.

-गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above.

-गात्री a beautiful woman.

-गृद्ध a. intensely longing for.

-गृह a. (

-ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39.

-गृहीत a.

1 held well or firmly, grasped.

-2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a.

1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhi- ṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1.

-ग्रासः a dainty mor- sel.

-ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck.

(-वः) 1 a hero.

-2 a swan.

-3 a kind of weapon.

-4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa.

-5 of Śiva.

-6 of Indra.

-7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8.

-ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued.

-घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (

-षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16.

-चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.)

1 discerning or wise man, learned man.

-2 The glomerous fig-tree.

-चरित, -चरित्र a.

1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116.

-2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (

-तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds.

-2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (

-ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.

-चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree.

-चित्रकः 1 a king fisher.

-2 a kind of speckled snake.

-चित्रा a kind of gourd.

-चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.

-चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long.

-चिरायुस् m. a god, deity.

-चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs.

-चेतस् a.

1 well-minded.

-2 wise.

-चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; well- disposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2.

-चेलकः a fine cloth.

-च्छद a. having beautiful leaves.

-छत्रः N. of Śiva. (

-त्रा) the river Sutlej.

-जन a.

1 good, virtuous, respectable.

-2 kind, benevolent.

(-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man.

-2 a gentleman.

-3 N. of Indra's charioteer.

-जनता 1 goodness, kind- ness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82.

-2 a number of good men.

-3 bravery.

-जन्मन् a.

1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34.

-2 legitimate, lawfully born.

-जलम् a lotus.

-जल्पः 1 a good speech.

-2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥

-जात a.

1 well-grown, tall.

-2 well made or produced.

-3 of high birth.

-4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8.

-5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31.

-डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्).

-तनु a.

1 having a beautiful body.

-2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin.

-3 emaciated. (

-नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24.

-तन्त्री a.

1 well-stringed.

-2 (hence) melodious.

-तपस् a.

1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3.

-2 having great heat. (-m.)

1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite.

-2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance.

-तप्त a.

1 greatly harassed, afflicted.

-2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239.

-तमाम् ind. most excellently, best.

-तराम् ind.

1 bet- ter, more excellently.

-2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24.

-3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3.

-4 consequently.

-तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco.

-तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा).

-तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regi- ons below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33.

-2 the foundation of a large building.

-तान a. melodious.

-तार a.

1 very bright.

-2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2.

-3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (

-रः) a kind of perfume. (

-रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence.

-तिक्तकः the coral tree.

-तीक्ष्ण a.

1 very sharp.

-2 very pungent.

-3 acutely painful.

(-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree.

-2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva.

-तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor.

-2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed.

-तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall.

(-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree.

-2 the culminating point of a planet.

-तुमुल a. very loud.

-तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (

-नः) a well-pointed arrow.

-तेजस् a.

1 very sharp.

-2 very bright, or splendid.

-3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun.

-दक्षिण a.

1 very sincere or upright.

-2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31.

-3 very skilful.

-4 very polite. (

-णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1.

-दण्डः a cane, ratan.

-दत् a. (

-ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37.

-दन्तः 1 a good tooth.

-2 an actor; a dancer. (

-न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.

-दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः).

-दर्शन a. (

-ना or

-नी f.)

1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome.

-2 easily seen. (

-नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-3 of mount Meru.

-4 a vul- ture. (

-नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (

-नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa.

-दर्शना 1 a handsome wo- man.

-2 a woman.

-3 an order, a command.

-4 a kind of drug.

-दास् a. very bountiful.

-दान्तः a Buddhist.

-दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.)

1 a cloud.

-2 a moun- tain.

-3 the sea.

-4 N. of Indra's elephant.

-5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.

-दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift.

-2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions.

-3 one who offers such a gift.

-दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day.

-2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense.

-दिह् a. well-polished, bright.

-दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (

-र्घा) a kind of cucumber.

-दुराधर्ष a.

1 very hard to get.

-2 quite intolerable.

-दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced.

-दुरासद a. unapproachable.

-दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested.

-दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind.

-दुर्मर्ष a. quite in- tolerable.

-दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare.

-दुश्चर a.

1 inaccessible.

-2 very painful.

-दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured.

-दुष्प्रभः a chameleon.

-दूर a. very distant or remote. (

-सुदूरम् means

1 to a great distance.

-2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12.

-सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance').

-दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact.

-दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman.

-देशिकः a good guide.

-धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.)

1 a good archer or bowman.

-2 Ananta, the great serpent.

-3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23.

-धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.)

1 the hall or palace of Indra.

-2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family.

-धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.

-2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34.

-धात a. well cleaned.

-धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow).

-धित a. Ved.

1 perfect, secure.

-2 kind, good.

-3 happy, prosperous.

-4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).

-धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (

-धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good under- standing, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः

1 a particu- lar kind of royal palace.

-2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (

-स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या

1 a woman.

-2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female com- panions.

-3 a sort of pigment.

-ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire.

-नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18.

-नन्दः a kind of royal palace.

-नन्दा 1 N. of a woman.

-2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B.

-3 yellow pigment; L. D. B.

-नयः 1 good conduct.

-2 good policy.

- नयन a. having beau- tiful eyes. (

-नः) a deer.

(-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes.

-2 a woman in general.

-नाभ a.

1 having a beautiful navel.

-2 having a good nave or cen- tre.

(-भः) 1 a mountain.

-2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (

-भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24.

-नालम् a red water-lily.

-निःष्ठित a. quite ready.

-निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (

-तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.

-निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka.

-निरूहणम् a good purgative.

-निर्णिक्त a. well polished.

-निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva.

-निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू).

-निहित a. well-established.

-नीत a.

1 well-con- ducted, well-behaved.

-2 polite, civil.

(-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour.

-2 good policy or prodence.

-नीतिः f.

1 good conduct, good manners, propriety.

-2 good policy.

-3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.

-नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, vir- tuous, good.

(-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa.

-2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11.

-3 Ved. a good leader.

-नील a. very black or blue. (

-लः) the pomegranate tree. (

-ला) common flax.

(-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem.

-नु n. water.

-नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes.

-पक्व a.

1 well-cooked.

-2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (

-क्वः) a sort of fra- grant mango.

-पठ a. legible.

-पत्नी a woman having a good husband.

-पत्र a.

1 having beautiful wings.

-2 well-feathered (an arrow).

-पथः 1 a good road.

-2 a good course.

-3 good conduct.

-पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road.

-पद्मा orris root.

-परीक्षित a. well-examined.

-पर्ण a. (

-र्णा or

-र्णी f.)

1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11.

-2 having good or beautiful leaves.

(-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun.

-2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine charac- ter.

-3 any supernatural bird.

-4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44.

-5 a cock.

-6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55.

-7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23.

-पर्णकः = सुपर्ण.

-पर्णा, -पर्णी f.

1 a number of lotuses.

-2 a pool abounding in lotuses.

-3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa.

-पर्यवदात a. very clean.

-पर्याप्त a.

1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76.

-2 well-fitted.

-पर्वन् a. well- jointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.)

1 a bam- boo.

-2 an arrow.

-3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76.

-4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight).

-5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass.

-पलायित a.

1 completely fled or run away.

-2 skilfully retreated.

-पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण).

-पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle.

-2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.

-पाद् (

-पाद् or

-पदी f.) having good or handsome feet.

-पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष).

-2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.

-पालि a. distinguished.

-पीतम् 1 a carrot.

-2 yellow sandal. (

-तः) the fifth Muhūrta.

-पुंसी a woman having a good husband.

-पुरम् a strong fortress.

-पुष्प a. (

-ष्पा or

-ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers.

(-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree.

-2 the Śirīṣa tree. (

-ष्पी) the plantain tree.

(-ष्पम्) 1 cloves.

-2 the menstrual excretion.

-पुष्पित a.

1 well blossomed, being in full flower.

-2 having the hair thrilling or bristling.

-पूर a.

1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25.

-2 well-filling. (

-रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर).

-पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree.

-पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34.

-प्रकाश a.

1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245.

-2 public, notorious.

-प्रतर्कः a sound judgment.

-प्रतिभा spirituous liquor.

-प्रतिष्ठ a.

1 standing well.

-2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous.

(-ष्ठा) 1 good position.

-2 good reputation, fame, celebrity.

-3 esta- blishment, erection.

-4 installation, consecration.

-प्रतिष्ठित a.

1 well-established.

-2 consecrated.

-3 ce- lebrated. (

-तः) the Udumbara tree.

-प्रतिष्णात a.

1 thoroughly purified.

-2 well-versed in.

-3 well-investi- gated, clearly ascertained or determined.

-प्रतीक a.

1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2.

-2 having a beau- tiful trunk.

(-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva.

-2 of Śiva.

-3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter.

-4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31.

-प्रपाणम् a good tank.

-प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (

-भा) one of the seven tongues of fire.

-प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6.

-2 the earliest dawn.

-प्रभावः omnipotence.

-प्रमाण a. large-sized.

-प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer.

-प्रयोगः 1 good management or ap- plication.

-2 close contact.

-3 dexterity.

-प्रलापः good speech, eloquence.

-प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera.

-प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (

-दः) N. of Śiva.

-प्रातम् a fine morning.

-प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (

-यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables.

(-या) 1 a charming woman.

-2 a beloved mistress.

-प्रौढा a marriageable girl.

-फल a.

1 very fruitful, very productive.

-2 very fertile.

(-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree.

-2 the jujube.

-3 the Karṇikāra tree.

-4 a kind of bean.

(-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd.

-2 the plan- tain tree.

-3 a variety of brown grape.

-4 colocynth.

-फेनः a cuttle-fish bone.

-बन्धः sesamum.

-बभ्रु a. dark-brown.

-बल a. very powerful.

(-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.

-2 N. of the father of Śakuni.

-बान्धवः N. of Śiva.

-बाल a. very childish.

-बाहु a.

1 handsome- armed.

-2 strong-armed. (

-हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29.

-बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69.

(-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.

-2 the poppy.

-बोध a.

1 easily apprehended or understood. (

-धः) good information or advice.

-ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.

-2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.

-भग a.

1 very fortu- nate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured.

-2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9.

-3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3.

-4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5.

-5 illustrious.

(-गः) 1 borax.

-2 the Aśoka tree.

-3 the Champaka tree.

-4 red amarnath. (

-गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a.

1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96.

-2 vain, flattering oneself.

-भगा 1 a woman beloved by her hus- band, a favourite wife.

-2 an honoured mother.

-3 a kind of wild jasmine.

-4 turmeric.

-5 the Priyaṅgu creeper.

-6 the holy basil.

-7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9.

-8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals.

-9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favou- rite wife.

-भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree.

-भटः a great war- rior, champion, soldier.

-भट्टः a learned man.

-भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (

-द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (

-द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.

-भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god.

-2 the Bilva tree.

-भाषित a.

1 spoken well or eloquent.

(-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2.

-2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ.

-3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्).

-भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging.

-2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.

-भीरकः the Palāśa tree.

-भीरुकम् silver.

-भूतिः 1 well-being, wel- fare.

-2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa.

-भूतिकः the Bilva tree.

-भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of con- ception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354.

-भृत a.

1 well-paid.

-2 heavily laden.

-भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (

-भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.)

-मङ्गल a.

1 very auspicious.

-2 abounding in sacrifices.

-मति a. very wise. (

-तिः f.)

1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship.

-2 a favour of the gods.

-3 a gift, blessing.

-4 a prayer, hymn.

-5 a wish or desire.

-6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons.

-मदनः the mango tree.

-मदात्मजा a celestial damsel.

-मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.

-मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.

-मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman.

-मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful.

(-नः) 1 wheat.

-2 the thorn-apple. (

-ना) the great-flowered jasmine.

-मनस् a.

1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1.

-2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence

-सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.)

1 a god, divinity.

-2 a learned man.

-3 a student of the Vedas.

-4 wheat.

-5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.)

1 the great-flowered jasmine.

-2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg.

-मनस्क a. cheerful, happy.

-मन्तु a.

1 advising well.

-2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser.

-मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha.

-मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate.

-मर्दित a. much harassed.

-मर्षण a. easy to be borne.

-मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna.

-मुख a. (

-खा or

-खी f.)

1 having a beautiful face, lovely.

-2 pleasing.

-3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42.

-4 favour- able, kind.

-5 well-pointed (as an arrow).

-6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance.

(-खः) 1 a learned man.

-2 an epithet of Garuḍa.

-3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1.

-4 of Śiva.

(-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail.

-2 a kind of building.

(-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman.

-2 a mirror.

-मूलकम् a carrot.

-मृत a. stone-dead.

-मेखलः the Muñja grass.

-मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea.

-मेरुः 1 the sac- red mountain Meru, q. v.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-यन्त्रित a.

1 well-governed.

-2 self-controlled.

-यमाः a parti- cular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2.

-यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage.

-यामुनः 1 a palace.

-2 N. of Viṣṇu.

-युक्तः N. of Śiva.

-योगः 1 a favourable junc- ture.

-2 good opportunity.

-योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.

-रक्त a.

1 well coloured.

-2 im- passioned.

-3 very lovely.

-4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33.

-रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk.

-2 a kind of mango tree.

-रङ्गः 1 good colour.

-2 the orange.

-3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense).

(-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders.

-2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker.

-रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant.

-रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree.

-रञ्जनः the betel nut tree.

-रत a.

1 much sported.

-2 playful.

-3 much enjoyed.

-4 compassionate, tender.

(-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment.

-2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली

1 a female messenger, a go-between.

-2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19.

-रतिः f. great enjoyment or satis- faction.

-रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury.

-2 sweet.

-3 elegant (as a composition). (

-सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (

-सा) N. of Durgā. (

-सा, -सम्) the sacred basil.

(-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh.

-2 fragrant grass.

-राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.)

1 a good king.

-2 a divinity.

-राजिका a small house-lizard.

-राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison.

-2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.

-रूप a.

1 well-formed, handsome, love- ly; सुरूपा कन्या.

-2 wise, learned. (

-पः) an epithet of Śiva.

-रूहकः a horse resembling an ass.

-रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14.

-रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (

-भम्) tin.

-लक्षण a.

1 having auspicious or beautiful marks.

-2 fortunate.

(-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining.

-2 a good or auspicious mark.

-लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43.

-लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment.

-लभ a.

1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6.

-2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4.

-3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible.

-लिखित a. well registered.

-लुलित a.

1 moving playfully.

-2 greatly hurt, injured.

-लोचन a. fine-eyed. (

-नः) a deer.

(-ना) 1 a beauti- ful woman.

-2 N. of the wife of Indrajit.

-लोहकम् brass.

-लोहित a. very red. (

-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.

-वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth.

-2 correct utterance. (

-क्त्रः) N. of Śiva.

-वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent.

-वयस् f. a hermaphrodite.

-वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali.

-वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3.

-2 linseed.

-वर्चसः N. of Śiva.

-वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant.

-वर्ण see s. v.

-वर्तित 1 well rounded.

-2 well arranged.

-वर्तुलः a water-melon.

-वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season.

-2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense).

-वह a.

1 bearing well, patient.

-2 patient, enduring.

-3 easy to be borne-

(-हा) 1 a lute.

-2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1.

-वासः 1 N. of Śiva.

-2 a pleasant dwelling.

-3 an agreeable perfume or odo- ur.

-वासकः a water-melon.

-वासरा cress.

-वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house.

-2 a married woman whose husband is alive.

-विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (

-न्तः) a hero. (

-न्तम्) heroism.

-विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure.

-विचक्षण a. very clever, wise.

-विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman.

-विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments.

-2 a king.

-विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute.

-विदत् m. a king

-विदत्रम् 1 a household, family.

-2 wealth.

-3 grace, favour.

-विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apart- ments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (

-ल्लम्) the wo- men's apartments, harem.

-विदल्ला a married woman.

-विध a. of a good kind.

-विधम् ind. easily.

-विधिः a good rule, ordinance.

-विनीत a.

1 well trained, modest.

-2 well executed. (

-ता) a tractable cow.

-विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated.

-विभक्त a. well pro- portioned, symmetrical.

-विरूढ a.

1 fully grown up or developed.

-2 well ridden.

-विविक्त a.

1 solitary (as a wood).

-2 well decided (as a question).

-विहित a.

1 well-placed, well-deposited.

-2 well-furnished, well- supplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1.

-3 well done or performed.

-4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16.

-वी(बी)ज a. having good seed.

(-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.

-2 the poppy. (

-जम्) good seed.

-वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium.

-2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38.

-वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel.

-वीर्य a.

1 having great vigour.

-2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous.

(-र्यम्) 1 great heroism

-2 abundance of heroes.

-3 the fruit of the jujube. (

-र्या) wild cotton.

-वृक्तिः f.

1 a pure offering.

-2 a hymn of praise.

-वृत्त a.

1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77.

-2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (

-त्तम्) a good or virtuous conduct; भर्तुश्चिन्तानुवर्तित्वं सुवृत्तं चानुजीविनाम् Pt.1.69. (

-त्ता) a sort of grape.

-वेल a.

1 tranquil, still.

-2 humble, quiet. (

-लः) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.

-व्रत a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly virtuous or religious. (

-तः) a religious student.

(-ता) 1 a virtuous wife.

-2 a tractable cow, one easily milked.

-शंस a. well spoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.

-शक a. capable of being easily done.

-शर्मन् (m., f.) a person desiring intercourse (Uṇ.4. 165].

-शल्यः the Khadira tree.

-शाकम् undried ginger.

-शारदः N. of Śiva.

-शासित a. kept under control, well-controlled.

-शिक्षित a. well-taught, trained, well- disciplined.

-शिखः fire.

(-खा) 1 a peacock's crest.

-2 a cock's comb.

-शीतम् yellow sandal-wood.

-शीम a. cold, frigid. (

-मः) coldness

-शील a. good-tempered, amiable.

(-ला) 1 N. of the wife of Yama.

-2 N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kriṣṇa.

-शेव a. full of happiness; pleasant to be resorted; एष पन्था उरुगायः मुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13.11.

-शोण a. dark-red.

-श्रीका the gum olibanum tree.

-श्रुत a.

1 well heard.

-2 versed in the Vedas.

-3 gladly heard (also an ex- clamation at a श्राद्ध); पित्रे स्वदितमित्येव वाच्यं गोष्ठे तु सुश्रुतम् Ms.3.254. (

-तः) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regardad as the oldest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.

-श्लिष्ट a.

1 well-arranged or united.

-2 well-fitted; Māl.1.

-श्लेषः close union or embrace.

-श्लोक्य a. very famous; तेजीयसामपि ह्येतन्न सुश्लोक्यं जगद्गुरो Bhāg.3.12.31.

-संवीत a.

1 well-girt; स ददर्श ततः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवं हेमपिङ्गलम् । सुसंवीतम्... Rām.4.16.15.

-2 well dressed.

-संवृतिः good concealment. a. well-concealed; परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi.16.23.

-संस्कृत a.

1 well cooked or prepared.

-2 kept in good order; सुसंस्कृतोपस्करया व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.

-संगृहीत a.

1 well controlled or governed; सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रो हि पार्थिवः सुखमेधते Ms.7.113.

-2 well received.

-3 well kept.

-4 well abridged.

-संध a. true to a promise.

-संनत a. well-directed (as an arrow).

-सत्या N. of the wife of Janaka.

-सदृश् a. agreeable to look at.

-समाहित a.

1 well arranged, beautifully adorned; very beautiful; ऋतुकालं प्रतीक्षन्ते नार्थिनः सुसमाहिते । संगमं त्वहमिच्छामि त्वया सह सुमध्यमे ॥ Rām.1.48.18.

-2 completely loaded; तद्यथानः सुसमा- हितमुत्सर्जद्यायात् Bṛi. Up.4.3.35.

-3 Very intent, attentive.

-समीहित a. much desired.

- सरण N. of Śiva.

-सह a.

1 easy to be borne.

-2 bearing or enduring well. (

-हः) an epithet of Śiva.

-सहाय a. having a good companion; प्रणेतुं शक्यते दण्डः सुसहायेन धीमता Ms.7.31.

-साधित a. well trained or educated.

-सार a. having good sap or essence.

(-रः) 1 good sap, essence, or substance.

-2 competence.

-3 the red-flowering Kha- dira tree.

-सारवत् n. crystal.

-सिकता 1 good sand.

-2 gravel.

-3 sugar.

-सुरप्रिया jasmine.

-सेव्य a. to be well or easily followed (as a road).

-सौभगम् con- jugal felicity.

-स्थ a.

1 well-suited, being in a good sense.

-2 in health, healthy, faring well.

-3 in good or prosperous circumstances, prosperous.

-4 happy, fortunate. (

-स्थम्) a happy state, well-being; प्रह्लाद सुस्थरूपोसि पश्यन् व्यसनमात्मनः Mb.12.222.12; सुस्थे को वा न पण्डितः H.3.114.

-स्थित a. in the same sense as सुस्थ. (

-तम्) a house with a gallery on all sides.

-स्थितिः (also सुस्थता) f.

1 good condition, well-being, welfare, happiness.

-2 health, convalescence.

-स्थिर a.

1 stable.

-2 resolute, cool.

-स्नातः 1 one who bathes at the end of a sacrifice; L. D. B.

-2 well purified by bathing.

-स्मित a. pleasantly smiling. (

-ता) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.

-स्वपनः an epithet of Śiva.

-स्वर a.

1 melodious, harmonious.

-2 loud. ˚यन्त्रकम् a kind of musical instrument; युता सुस्वरयन्त्रकैः Śukra.1.247.

-हित a.

1 very fit or suitable, appro- priate.

-2 beneficial, salutary.

-3 friendly, affection- ate.

-4 satisfied; सहस्रनेत्रः सुहितत्वमाप न Rām. ch.2.64. (

-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.

-हृद् a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate; सुहृदः सुहृदो$न्यांश्च दुर्हृदश्चापि दुर्हृदः । सम्यक्प्रवृत्तान् पुरुषान्नसम्यगनुपश्यतः ॥ Mb.3.28.36. (-m.)

1 a friend; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.

-2 an ally. ˚भेदः

1 the separation of friends.

-2 N. of the 2nd book of the हितोपदेश; मित्रलाभः सुहृद्भेदो विग्रहः संधिरेव च । पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते ॥ H. Pr.9. ˚वाक्यम् the counsel of a friend.

-हृदः a friend.

-हृदय a.

1 good-hearted.

-2 dear, affectionate, loving.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > सु _su
14 महा _mahā

1
महा A cow.

2

महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)

-Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.

-अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.

-(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.

-2 a kind of rat.

-3 N. of Śiva.

-अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.

-अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.

-अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.

-अध्वरः a great sacrifice.

-अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.

-2 cooking utensils. (

-सी) a kitchen-maid. (

-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.

-अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.

-अनुभाव a.

1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.

-2 virtuous, righteous, just.

(-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.

-2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.

-अन्तकः 1 death.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.

-2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.

-अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.

-अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (

-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.

-अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.

-अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).

-अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.

-अम्बुजम् a billion.

-अम्ल a. very sour. (

-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.

-अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (

-र्घः) a kind of quail.

-अर्घ्य a.

1 valuable, precious.

-2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.

-अर्चिस् a. flaming high.

-अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-अर्थ a.

1 rich.

-2 great, noble, dignified.

-3 important, weighty.

-4 significant.

-अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.

-अर्ह a.

1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.

-2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (

-र्हम्) white sandal-wood.

-अवरोहः the fig-tree.

-अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.

- अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.

-अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.

-अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......

-असिः a large sword.

-असुरी N. of Durgā.

-अह्नः the afternoon.

-आकार a. extensive, large, great.

-आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (

-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.

-आत्मन् a.

1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.

-2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.

-3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)

1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.

-2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).

-आनकः a kind of large drum.

-आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.

-2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.

(-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.

-2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.

-आपगा a great river.

-आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.

-आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (

-म्भः) any great enterprize.

-आलयः 1 a temple in general.

-2 a sanctuary, an asylum.

-3 a great dwelling.

-4 a place of pilgrimage.

-5 the world of Brahman.

-6 the Supreme Spirit.

-7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.

-8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.

-9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (

-या) N. of a particular deity.

- आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.

(-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.

-2 the ocean.

-आस्पद a.

1 occupying a great position.

-2 mighty, powerful.

-आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.

-इच्छ a.

1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.

-2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.

-इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.

-2 a chief or leader in general.

-3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.

-इभ्य a. very rich.

-इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.

-इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.

-ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.

-ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.

-ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-3 of Viṣṇu.

-4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).

-5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.

(-री) 1 N. of Durgā.

-2 a kind of bell-metal.

-उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.

-उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (

-लः) the Sārasa bird.

-उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.

-2 the god of love.

-उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.

(-हः) 1 perseverance.

-2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.

-उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.

-2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.

- उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.

(-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.

-2 final beatitude.

-3 a lord, master.

-4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.

-5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.

-6 sour milk mixed with honey.

-7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).

- उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.

-(रम्) 1 a big belly.

-2 dropsy.

-उदार a.

1 very generous or magnanimous.

-2 mighty, powerful.

-उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.

-उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.

-उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).

-उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (

-तः) the palmyra tree.

-उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.

-उपकारः a great obligation.

-उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.

-उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.

-उरस्क a. broad-chested. (

-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.

-उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.

-उल्का 1 a great meteor.

-2 a great fire-brand.

-ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.

-ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.

-ऋषभः a great bull.

-ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').

-2 N. of Sacute;iva.

-3 of Buddha.

-ओघ a. having a strong current.

-घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.

-ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (

-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.

-ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.

-ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (

-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).

-ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).

-ओषधिः f.

1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.

-2 the Dūrvā grass.

-3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....

-औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.

-2 ginger.

-3 garlic.

-4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).

-कच्छः 1 the sea.

-2 N. of Varuṇa.

-3 a mountain.

-कन्दः garlic.

-कपर्दः a kind of shell.

-कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.

-2 red garlic.

-कम्बु a. stark naked. (

-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.

-कर a.

1 large-handed.

-2 having a large revenue.

-कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.

-कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.

-कला the night of the new moon.

-कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.

-कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.

-2 an epithet of Śukra.

-कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).

-कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (

-ता) the earth.

-काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.

(-यः) 1 an elephant.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-3 of Viṣṇu.

-4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).

-कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.

-कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.

-कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.

-2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.

-3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-4 N. of a kind of gourd.

-5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.

-काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.

-काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).

-कीर्तनम् a house.

-कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.

-कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (

-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.

-कुहः a species of parasitical worm.

-कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.

-केतुः N. of Śiva.

-केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 a large sheath.

-क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.

-क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.

-क्षत्रपः a great satrap.

-क्षीरः sugar-cane.

-क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.

-खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).

-गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.

-गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.

-गदः fever.

-गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (

-न्धः) a kind of cane. (

-न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (

-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.

-गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.

-गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.

-गल a. longnecked.

-गवः Bos gavaeus.

-गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (

-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.

-गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).

-गुल्मा the Soma plant.

-गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.

-ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.

-2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.

-ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.

-ग्रीवः 1 a camel.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-ग्रीविन् m. a camel.

-घूर्णा spirituous liquor.

-घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).

-घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (

-षम्) a market, fair. (

-षः) a loud noise, clamour.

-चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.

-चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.

-चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.

-चपला a kind of metre.

-चमूः f. a large army.

-छायः the fig-tree.

-जङ्घः a camel.

-जटः an epithet of Śiva.

-जटा 1 a great braid of hair.

-2 the matted hair of Śiva.

-जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (

-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.

-जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.

-2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.

-3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.

-4 the chief of a caste or trade.

-5 a merchant, tradesman.

-जवः an antelope.

-जातीय a.

1 rather large.

-2 of an excellent kind.

-जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)

-जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.

-ज्ञानिन् m.

1 a very learned man.

-2 a great sage.

-3 N. of Śiva.

-ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.

-ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-ज्वरः great affliction.

-ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.

(-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.

-2 a sacrificial fire.

-डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).

-तपस् m.

1 a great ascetic.

-2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.

-तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.

-तिक्तः the Nimba tree.

-तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.

-तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (

-क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.

-तेजस् a.

1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.

-2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)

1 a hero, warrior.

-2 fire.

-3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.

-त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.

-दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.

-दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-दण्डः 1 a long arm.

-2 a severe punishment.

-दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.

-दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.

-दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.

-दारु n. the devadāru tree.

-दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.

-दूषकः a kind of grain.

-देवः N. of Śiva.

(-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.

-2 the chief queen.

-द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.

-द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.

-धन a.

1 rich.

-2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.

(-नम्) 1 gold.

-2 incense.

-3 a costly or rich dress.

-4 agriculture, husbandry.

-5 anything costly or precious.

-6 great booty.

-7 a great battle (Ved.).

-धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-धातुः 1 gold.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-3 lymph.

-4 N. of Meru.

-धी a. having a great understanding.

-धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.

-ध्वजः a camel.

-ध्वनिक a. dead.

-नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.

-नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.

-नदः a great river.

-नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.

-2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.

-नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.

-2 N. of a river.

-3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....

-नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.

-नलः a kind of reed.

-नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.

-नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥

-नाडी sinew, tendon.

-नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.

-2 a great drum.

-3 a thunder-cloud.

-4 a shell.

-5 an elephant.

-6 a lion.

-7 the ear.

-8 a camel.

-9 an epithet of Śiva. (

-दम्) a musical instrument.

-नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.

-2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.

-नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.

-2 a great head or chief.

-नासः an epithet of Śiva.

-निद्र a. fast asleep. (

-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.

-निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.

-नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).

-निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्

-2 an epithet of Durgā.

-नीचः a washerman.

-नील a. dark-blue. (

-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.

-नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.

-नेमिः a crow.

-न्यायः the chief rule.

-पक्ष a.

1 having many adherents.

-2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.

(-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.

-2 a kind of duck. (

-क्षी) an owl.

-पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.

-पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥

-पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥

-पटः the skin.

-पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.

-2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.

-3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.

-4 an epithet of Śiva.

-5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.

-6 the way to heaven.

-7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.

-पथिक a.

1 undertaking great journeys.

-2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)

-पद्मः 1 a particular high number.

-2 N. of Nārada.

-3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.

-4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.

-5 an epithet of Nanda.

-6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.

(-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.

-2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.

-पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.

-पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.

-पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.

-पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.

-पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.

-2 any great sin or transgression.

-पात्रः a prime minister.

-पादः an epithet of Śiva.

-पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.

-पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.

-पुंसः a great man.

-पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.

-2 the Supreme Spirit.

-3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.

-पुष्पः a kind of worm.

-पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.

-पृष्ठः a camel.

-पोटगलः a kind of large reed.

-प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.

-प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.

-प्रपञ्चः the great universe.

-प्रभ a. of great lustre. (

-भः) the light of a lamp.

-प्रभुः 1 a great lord.

-2 a king, sovereign.

-3 a chief.

-4 an epithet of Indra.

-5 of Śiva

-6 of Viṣṇu.

-7 a great saint or holy man.

-प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.

-प्रश्नः a knotty question.

-प्रसादः 1 a great favour.

-2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः

-प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.

-2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.

-प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.

-2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.

-3 a raven.

-प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.

-प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.

-प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.

-फल a.

1 bearing much fruit.

-2 bringing much reward.

(-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.

-2 a kind of spear.

(-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.

-2 a testicle.

-फेना the cuttle-fish bone.

-बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.

-बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.

-बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām

(-लः) 1 wind, storm.

-2 a Buddha.

-3 a solid bamboo.

-4 a palm.

-5 a crocodile.

-बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (

-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.

-बाध a. causing great pain or damage.

-बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (

-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.

-2 the heart.

-3 a water-jar, pitcher.

-4 a hole, cave.

-बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.

-बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.

-बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.

-बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).

-बुशः barley.

-बृहती a kind of metre.

-बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.

-2 a Buddha.

-ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.

-ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.

-2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.

-भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.

-भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.

-भाग a.

1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.

-2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.

-3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.

-भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.

-2 great excel- lence or merit.

-भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (

-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.

-भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.

-भाण्डम् a chief treasury.

-भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते

-भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.

-2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.

-भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.

-भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).

-भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.

-भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.

-भुज a. long-armed, powerful.

-भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.

(-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.

-2 a great creature.

-भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.

-2 a great coil or hood; great winding.

-3 a serpent. (

-गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.

-मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-मति a.

1 high-minded.

-2 clever. (

-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.

-मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.

-मद a. greatly intoxicated. (

-दः) an elephant in rut.

-मनस्, -मनस्क a.

1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.

-2 liberal.

-3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.

-मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.

-2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.

-मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.

-मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.

-मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.

-महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.

-महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).

-महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.

-2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.

-मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).

-माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.

-मात्र a.

1 great in measure, very great or large.

-2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.

(-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.

-2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.

-3 a superintendent of elephants.

(-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.

-2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.

-मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.

-मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.

-मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 of Viṣṇu.

-माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.

-2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.

-मायूरम् a particular drug. (

-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.

-मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.

-2 an epithet of Durgā.

-मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.

-मालः N. of Śiva.

-माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.

-मुखः a crocodile.

-मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).

-मुनिः 1 a great sage.

-2 N. of Vyāsa.

-3 an epithet of Buddha.

-4 of Agastya.

-5 the coriander plant. (

-नि n.)

1 coriander seed.

-2 any medicinal herb or drug.

-मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.

-मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-मूलम् a large radish. (

-लः) a kind of onion.

-मूल्य a. very costly. (

-ल्यः) a ruby.

-मृगः 1 any large animal.

-2 an elephant,

-3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.

-मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.

-मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.

-मृधम् a great battle.

-मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.

-मेधा an epithet of Durgā.

-मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (

-हा) an epithet of Durgā.

-यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).

-2 N. of Viṣṇu.

-यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.

-यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.

-यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.

-यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).

-याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.

-युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.

-योगिन् m.

1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 of Viṣṇu.

-3 a cock.

-योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.

-रक्तम् coral.

-रङ्गः a large stage.

-रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.

-2 the thorn-apple.

-रजनम् 1 safflower.

-2 gold.

-3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.

-रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.

-रथः 1 a great chariot.

-2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).

-3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.

-रवः a frog.

-रस a. very savoury.

(-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.

-2 quicksilver.

-3 a precious mineral.

-4 the fruit of the date tree.

-5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (

-सम्) sour ricewater.

-राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.

-2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.

-3 a deified Jaina teacher.

-4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.

-राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.

-राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).

-राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.

-राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.

-2 N. of Durgā.

-रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.

-रात्रिः, -त्री f.

1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.

-2 midnight.

-3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.

-राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.

-2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (

-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.

-रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.

-रुज्, -ज a. very painful.

-रुद्रः a form of Śiva.

-रुरुः a species of antelope.

-रूप a. mighty in form.

(-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 resin.

-रूपकम् a kind of drama.

-रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).

-रौद्र a. very dreadful. (

-द्री) an epithet of Durgā.

-रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.

-लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.

-2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.

-लयः 1 a great world destruction.

-2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).

-लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (

-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.

-लोलः a crow.

-लोहम् a magnet.

-वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).

-वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.

-वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.

-वरा Dūrvā grass.

-वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.

-वर्तनम् high wages;

-वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.

-2 a large creeping plant.

-वसः the porpoise.

-वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.

-वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.

-2 any continuous composition or literary work.

-3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.

-4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.

-वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.

-वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.

-वायुः 1 air (as an element).

-2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.

-वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.

-विडम् a kind of factitious salt.

-विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.

-विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥

-विपुला a kind of metre.

-विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.

-विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.

-विषः a serpent having two mouths.

-विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).

-विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.

-वीचिः N. of a hell.

-वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.

-2 a lion.

-3 the thunderbolt of Indra.

-4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-5 of Garuḍa.

-6 of Hanumat.

-7 a cuckoo.

-8 a white horse.

-9 a sacrificial fire.

-1 a sacrificial vessel.

-11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.

-वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.

(-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.

-2 the Supreme Being. (

-र्या) the wild cotton shrub.

-2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.

-वृषः a great bull.

-वेग a.

1 very swift or fleet.

(-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.

-2 an ape.

-3 the bird Garuḍa.

-वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).

-वेल a. billowy.

-व्याधिः f.

1 a great disease.

-2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).

-व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.

-व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.

(-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).

-2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.

-व्रतिन् m.

1 a devotee, an ascetic.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 of Kārtikeya.

-शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.

-शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.

-2 the temporal bone, forehead.

-3 a human bone.

-4 a particular high number.

-5 one of Kubera's treasures.

-शठः a kind of thorn-apple.

-शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.

-शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.

-शालः a great householder.

-शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.

-शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.

-शासन a.

1 exercising great power.

-2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.

(-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.

-2 great order of government.

-शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.

-शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,

-शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.

-शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.

-शुभ्रम् silver.

-शूद्रः (-द्री f.)

1 a Sūdra in a high position.

-2 a cowherd.

-3 an upper servant. (

-द्री) a female cow-keeper. (

-द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.

-शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.

-शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.

-2 the शरभ animal.

-श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.

-श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).

-श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.

-2 a Jain monk.

-श्लक्ष्णा sand.

-श्वासः a kind of asthma.

-श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.

-2 of Durgā.

-3 white sugar.

-संहिता great combi- nation.

-संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.

-सती a very chaste woman.

-सत्ता absolute existence.

-सत्यः an epithet of Yama.

-सत्त्व a.

1 noble.

-2 very strong or powerful.

-3 just, righteous.

(-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.

-2 N. of Sākyamuni.

-3 an epithet of Kubera.

-संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.

-सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.

-सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.

-समुद्रः the great ocean.

-सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).

-सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.

-साधनभागः a great executive officer.

-सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.

-सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.

-सामन्तः a great vassal.

-सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.

-सारः a kind of Khadira tree.

-सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.

-साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.

-साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.

-सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.

-सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.

-सुखम् 1 great pleasure.

-2 copulation. (

-खः) a Buddha.

-सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.

-सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.

-सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.

-सुभिक्षम् good times.

-सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.

-सूक्ष्मा sand.

-सूतः a mili- tary drum.

-सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.

-2 the commander of a large army. (

-ना) a great army.

-स्कन्धः a camel.

-स्थली the earth.

-स्थानम् a great position.

-स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.

-स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.

-स्रोतस् n. the bowels.

-स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-स्वनः a kind of drum.

-हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-हविस् n. clarified butter.

-हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.

-हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.

-हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.

-ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā
15 en

prep.

1 in (place) (en el interior de).

viven en la capital they live in the capital

tiene el dinero en el banco he keeps his money in the bank

en la mesa/el plato on the table/plate

en casa/el trabajo at home/work

2 into.

el avión cayó en el mar the plane fell into the sea

entraron en la habitación they came/went into the room

3 in (time) (month, year).

nació en 1953/marzo she was born in 1953/March

en Nochebuena on Christmas Eve

en Navidades at Christmas

en aquella época at that time, in those days

en un par de días in a couple of days

4 by (medio de transporte).

ir en tren/coche/avión/barco to go by train/car/plane/boat

5 in (modo).

en voz baja in a low voice

lo dijo en inglés she said it in English

pagar en libras to pay in pounds

la inflación aumentó en un 10 por ciento inflation increased by 10 percent

todo se lo gasta en ropa he spends everything on clothes

6 in (price).

las ganancias se calculan en millones profits are calculated in millions

te lo dejo en 5.000 I'll let you have it for 5,000

7 from (causa).

lo detecté en su forma de hablar I could tell from the way he was speaking

8 in, made of (materia).

en seda in silk

9 in terms of.

lo supera en inteligencia she is more intelligent than he is

10 on, over, upon.

11 at, over at, in, over in.

En ese momento ...at that moment.

12 to.

* * *

en

► preposición

1 (lugar - gen) in, at

■ en Valencia in Valencia

■ en casa at home

■ en el trabajo at work

■ en la estación at the station

■ en la tele on TV

2 (- en el interior) in, inside

■ en el cajón in the drawer

3 (lugar - sobre) on

■ en la mesa on the table

4 (año, mes, estación) in; (día) on; (época, momento) at

■ en 1994 in 1994

■ en septiembre in September

■ en otoño in autumn

■ en aquel día on that day

■ en el día de Navidad on Christmas Day

■ en aquel momento at that moment

5 (dirección) into

■ el helicóptero cayó en el mar the helicopter fell into the sea

■ entró en su casa he went into his house

6 (transporte) by

■ ir en coche to go by car

■ ir en avión to fly

7 (tema, materia) at, in

■ experto en economía expert in economics

■ bueno en ajedrez good at chess

■ Doctor en Medicina Doctor of Medicine

8 (modo, manera) in

■ en broma in fun

■ en voz baja in a low voice

■ en inglés in English

■ lo conocí en el andar I recognized him by his walk

9 (porcentaje) by

■ los valores aumentaron en un 6% securities increased by 6%

10 en + gerund upon

■ en llegando el maestro, los niños se levantan upon the teacher's arrival, the children stand up

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

de casa en casa from house to house

en cuanto as soon as

en camino on the way

* * *

prep.

1) in

2) on

3) at

4) by

5) inside

6) into

* * *

PREP

1) [indicando lugar]

a) (=dentro de) in

está en el cajón/en el armario — it's in the drawer/in the wardrobe

curvas peligrosas en 2 kilómetros — dangerous bends 2 kilometres ahead

b) (=encima de) on

las llaves están en la mesa — the keys are on the table

lo encontré tirado en el suelo — I found it lying on the floor

la oficina está en el quinto piso — the office is on the fifth floor

c) [con países, ciudades, calles]

está en Argentina — it's in Argentina

viven en Granada — they live in Granada

está en algún lugar de Murcia — it's somewhere in Murcia

la librería está en la calle Pelayo — the bookshop is on Pelayo street

vivía en el número 17 — she lived at number 17

trabaja en una tienda — she works in a shop

d) [con edificios]

en casa — at home

en el colegio — at school

en la oficina — at the office

te esperé en la estación — I waited for you at the station

te veo en el cine — see you at the cinema

2) [indicando movimiento] into

entré en el banco — I went into the bank

me metí en la cama a las diez — I got into bed at ten o'clock

meterse algo en el bolsillo — to put sth in(to) one's pocket

entra en el coche — get in(to) the car

no entra en el agujero — it won't go in(to) the hole

ir de puerta en puerta — to go from door to door

3) [indicando modo] in

en inglés — in English

en pantalón corto — in shorts

fotografías en color — colour photographs

hablar en voz alta — to speak loudly

una escultura en madera — a wooden sculpture

una serie en diez capítulos — a ten-part series

4) [indicando proporción] by

reducir algo en una tercera parte — to reduce sth by a third

ha aumentado en un 20 por ciento — it has increased by 20 per cent

5) [indicando tiempo]

en 1605 — in 1605

en el siglo X — in the 10th century

en invierno — in (the) winter

en enero — in January

lo hice en dos días — I did it in two days

no he salido en todo el día — I haven't gone out all day

en aquella ocasión — on that occasion

mi cumpleaños cae en viernes — my birthday falls on a Friday

en aquella época — at that time

en ese momento — at that moment

en Navidades — at Christmas

ayer en la mañana — LAm yesterday morning

en la mañana del accidente — LAm on the morning of the accident

6) [indicando tema, ocupación]

un experto en la materia — an expert on the subject

es bueno en dibujo — he's good at drawing

trabaja en la construcción — he works in the building industry

Hugo en Segismundo — (Cine, Teat) Hugo as Segismundo, Hugo in the role of Segismundo

7) [con medios de transporte] by

en avión — by plane

en coche — by car

en autobús — by bus

8) [con cantidades] at, for

lo vendió en cinco dólares — he sold it at o for five dollars

estimaron las ganancias en unos trescientos mil euros — they estimated the profits to be around three hundred thousand euros

9) [con infinitivo]

fue el último en hacerlo — he was the last to do it

lo reconocí en el andar — I recognized him by his walk

10) † [con gerundio]

en viéndolo se lo dije — the moment I saw him I told him
EN Como preposición de lugar, en se traduce normalmente por on, in o at. La elección de una de estas tres preposiciones depende a menudo de cómo percibe el hablante la relación espacial. He aquí unas líneas generales: ► Se traduce por on cuando en equivale a encima de o nos referimos a algo que se percibe como una superficie o una línea, por ejemplo una mesa, una carretera {etc}: "¿Has visto mi vestido?" - "Está en la tabla de planchar" "Have you seen my dress?" - "It's on the ironing-board" Estaban tumbados en la playa They were lying on the beach Está construyendo una casa en la colina He's building a house on the hill ... un pueblo en la costa oeste...... a village on the west coast... La gasolinera está en la carretera que va a Motril The petrol station is on the road to Motril Dibujó un león en la hoja de papel He drew a lion on the piece of paper Tiene un grano en la nariz He has a spot on his nose Lo vi en la tele I saw him on TV ► Se usa in cuando equivale a dentro de o cuando nos referimos a un espacio que se percibe como limitado (calle, montañas, etc): Tus gafas están en mi bolso Your glasses are in my bag Tienes una pestaña en el ojo You've got an eyelash in your eye Lo leí en un libro I read it in a book Se han comprado un chalet en la sierra They've bought a chalet in the mountains Viven en la calle de Serrano They live in the Calle de Serrano ► Lo traducimos por at para referirnos a un edificio cuando hablamos de la actividad que normalmente se realiza en él o cuando en indica un lugar concreto. También se traduce por at cuando en la dirección incluimos el número o el nombre de la casa: ¿Por qué no comemos en el restaurante de tu hermano? Why don't we have lunch at your brother's restaurant? Voy a pasar el día en el museo I'm going to spend the day at the museum Te espero en la parada del autobús I'll meet you at the bus-stop Vivimos en la calle Dale nº 12 We live at 12 Dale Street Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
* * *

preposición

1) ( en expresiones de lugar)

a) (refiriéndose a ciudad, edificio)

viven en París/en una granja/en el número diez/en un hotel — they live in Paris/on a farm/at number ten/in a hotel

en el último piso — on the top floor

viven en la calle Goya — they live on o (BrE) in Goya Street

nos quedamos en casa — we stayed home (AmE), we stayed at home (BrE)

de puerta en puerta — from door to door

b) ( dentro de) in

en una caja — in a box

métete en la cama — get into bed

c) ( sobre) on

en la mesa — on the table

en una silla — on a chair

se le nota en la cara — you can see it in his face

2) (expresando circunstancias, ambiente, medio) in

en armonía con la naturaleza — in harmony with nature

en peligro — in danger

3)

a) (indicando tema, especialidad, cualidad)

un experto en la materia — an expert on the subject

es muy bueno en historia — he's very good at history

doctor en derecho — Doctor of Law

la supera en inteligencia — he surpasses her in intelligence

b) (indicando proporción, precio)

en un diez por ciento — by ten per cent

lo vendió en $30 — he sold it for $30

en dólares — in dollars

las pérdidas se calcularon en $50.000 — the losses were calculated at $50,000

4)

a) (indicando estado, manera) in

en buenas/malas condiciones — in good/bad condition

en llamas — in flames, on fire

estaba en camisón — she was in her nightdress

con los músculos en tensión — with (his) muscles tensed

en tono sarcástico — sarcastically

b) ( en forma de)

termina en punta — it's pointed

colóquense en círculo — get into o in a circle

c) ( en el papel de) as

Luis Girón en el Alcalde — Luis Girón as the Mayor

d) ( con medios de transporte) by

ir en taxi/barco — to go by taxi/by boat

fueron en bicicleta — they cycled, they went on their bikes

dimos una vuelta en coche — we went for a ride in the car

5)

a) ( expresando el material)

en seda natural — in natural silk

una escultura en bronce — a bronze (sculpture)

b) ( indicando el modo de presentación o expresión) in

¿lo tienen en azul? — do you have it in blue?

en ruso — in Russian

6) ( con expresiones de tiempo)

en verano — in (the) summer

en varias ocasiones — on several occasions

justo en ese momento — just at that moment

en la mañana/tarde/noche — (esp AmL) in the morning/afternoon/at night

7)

a) ( con construcciones verbales) in

no hay nada de malo en lo que hacen — there's nothing wrong in what they're doing

tardó media hora en resolverlo — it took her half an hour to work it out

fuí el último en salir — I was the last to leave

b) ( con complementos de persona) in

en él ha encontrado un amigo — she's found a friend in him

no sé qué ve en ella — I don't know what he sees in her

* * *

= in, onto, into, at, throughout.

Ex. The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.

Ex. When one is in place, the depression of a lever causes it to be photographed onto the next blank space.

Ex. The application of a classification scheme to a set of documents should result in the ordering or arranging of that set of documents into groups or classes according to their subject content.

Ex. He also resolved to talk with Cleo Passantino, a young librarian who had been at the library for three years and with whom he had had little contact.

Ex. Throughout this chapter the term 'document' is used to refer to any item which might be found in a library or information center or data base.

----

* en absoluto = at all, in the slightest, whatsoever, not at all, in any shape or form.

* en abstracto = abstractly.

* en abundancia = in plenty, liberally, in abundance, exuberantly, in profusion, aplenty [a-plenty], prodigiously, plentifully.

* en activo = practising [practicing, -USA].

* en adelante = forward [forwards].

* en agradecimiento por = appreciative of.

* en alerta roja = on red alert.

* en alguna ocasión = on any one occasion.

* en alguna parte = someplace.

* en alguna parte de + Nombre = some way down + Nombre.

* en algún lugar = somewhere, at some point.

* en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.

* en algún momento = somewhere along the line, sometime, at sometime, at some point, at some point in time, at one time or another.

* en algunos casos = in some cases.

* en algunos grupos = in some quarters.

* en algunos grupos de la población = in some quarters.

* en algunos sectores = in some quarters.

* en algunos sectores de la población = in some quarters.

* en algunos sentidos = in some respects.

* en algunos sitios = in places.

* en alquiler = rented.

* en alta mar = on the open sea, offshore, on the high seas.

* en alza = on the upswing.

* en ambas direcciones = two-way.

* en ambos casos = in either case, in either instance.

* en ángulo = angled.

* en ángulo recto = at right angles.

* en antaño = in olden times, in olden days.

* en antelación = anticipatory.

* en anticipación = anticipatory.

* en años anteriores = in prior years, in years past, in past years.

* en apariencia = apparently, looking, seemingly, on the face of it, on the surface, ostensibly.

* en apenas nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.

* en apoyo a = in support of.

* en apuros = hard-pressed, beleaguered, in deep trouble, in difficulties, if it comes to the crunch, when push comes to shove, when it comes to the crunch, when the worst comes to the worst, if the worst comes to the worst, in deep water, in hot water, in dire straits.

* en aquel entonces = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time, in the course of events, during the course of events, back then, in those days.

* en aquella época = at the time, at that time, in those days.

* en aquellas ocasiones cuando = on occasions when.

* en aquellos casos = in those cases.

* en aquellos casos en los que = in those cases where.

* en aquellos tiempos = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, in those days.

* en aquel momento = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time.

* en aras a = in the name of.

* en aras de = in the interest(s) of.

* en armonía = harmoniously, in harmony.

* en armonía con = in harmony with, in harness with, in keeping with, in tune with, in sync with.

* en ascuas = on tenterhooks.

* en auge = in ascendancy, buoyant, booming, on the rise, at high tide.

* en aumento = burgeoning, growing, increasing, mounting, rising, on the rise, heightening.

* en aumento gradual = gradually quickening.

* en Babia = absent-minded.

* en balde = in vain, vainly, to no avail, of no avail.

* en bandada = in full force.

* en bandadas = in droves.

* en base a = in terms of, on the grounds that/of, on the basis of.

* en beneficio de = for the benefit of, to the benefit of.

* en beneficio propio = to + Posesivo + advantage.

* en bisel = angled.

* en blanco = blankly, blank.

* en blanco y negro = b&w (black and white).

* en bloque = en bloc.

* en boga = in vogue, in fashion, voguish.

* en bolas = stark naked, in the nod, in the buff.

* en breve = shortly, the long and (the) short of, soon [sooner -comp., soonest -sup.].

* en broma = teasingly.

* en buena compañía = in good company.

* en buena condición = in good condition, in good shape, in good nick.

* en buena forma = in good nick.

* en buena parte = for the most part.

* en buenas condiciones para navegar = seaworthy.

* en buenas manos = in a safe place, in safekeeping.

* en buen estado = in good condition, in good working condition, in good shape, in good nick.

* en buen estado de funcionamiento = in good working condition.

* en busca de quimeras = in pursuit of + windmills.

* en búsqueda de = a quest for.

* en cada fase = at each stage.

* en caída = flowing.

* en caja = boxed.

* en caliente = in the heat of the moment, on the spur of the moment.

* en cama = abed.

* en cambio = by contrast, in contrast, instead, shifting, by comparison.

* en camino = on the way.

* en cantidad = bulk.

* en + Cantidad + años = in + Cantidad + years' time.

* en capilla = on tenterhooks, in suspense.

* en carnavales = carnivalistically.

* en carne y hueso = in the flesh.

* en casa = in the home.

* en casa de herrero cuchillo de palo = the cobbler's children run barefoot.

* en casi nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.

* en casi todos los + Nombre = in just about every + Nombre.

* en caso de darse circunstancias ajenas a + Posesivo + control = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.

* en caso de emergencia = in an emergency, in an emergency situation.

* en caso de fuerza mayor = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.

* en CD-ROM = CD-ROM-based.

* en chirona = behind bars.

* en ciernes = developing, budding, in the making.

* en cierta medida = to some extent, to a certain extent, to some degree.

* en ciertas circunstancias = in certain circumstances.

* en ciertas ocasiones = at certain times.

* en cierto grado = something of.

* en cierto modo = to some extent, after a fashion, to a certain extent, in a manner of speaking, so to speak, to some degree.

* en cierto modo + Verbo = sort of + Verbo.

* en ciertos casos = in certain cases.

* en cierto sentido = in several respects, to some extent, in a sense, in some respects, to some degree.

* en circuito cerrado = looped.

* en círcuitos de segunda categoría = in the provinces.

* en circuitos de segundo orden = in the provinces.

* en circumstancias difíciles = under difficult circumstances.

* en circunstancias misteriosas = in mysterious circumstances.

* en circunstancias normales = in the course of events, during the course of events, under normal circumstances.

* en circusntancias normales = in the normal run of things.

* en coche = drive.

* en colaboración = collaborative, cooperative [co-operative], jointly, participatory, in concert, in consort, collaboratively, synergistic, synergistically, in tandem, in a tandem fashion, in partnership.

* en colaboración con = in concert with, in consultation with, in collaboration with, in alliance with, in conjunction with, in partnership with.

* en colaboración con, junto con, de manera conjunta con = in partnership with.

* en color = coloured [colored, -USA], full-colour.

* en columnas = columnar.

* en colusión con = in collusion with, in complicity with, in connivance with.

* en coma = comatose.

* en combinación con = in parallel to/with, in combination with.

* en comisión de servicios = seconded.

* en comparación = by comparison.

* en comparación con = against, as compared to, set against, in comparison with, in comparison to.

* en compensación = compensatory.

* en complicidad con = in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in complicity with, in collusion with, in connivance with.

* en común con = in common with.

* en conciencia = in good conscience.

* en conclusión = in conclusion.

* en concordancia con = in accordance with, in accord with.

* en concreto = in particular, to be specific.

* en condiciones = decent.

* en condiciones de = in the position to.

* en condiciones de igualdad = on an equal footing, on equal terms, on an equal basis.

* en condiciones difíciles = under difficult conditions.

* en conexión con = in respect of.

* en confidencia = in confidence.

* en conflicto (con) = in conflict (with).

* en conformidad con = in conformity with, in keeping with.

* en conjunción con = in conjunction with, in tandem with.

* en conjunto = altogether, on balance, bulk, all in all, overall, overall.

* en conmemoración de = in celebration of, commemorative.

* en connivencia = colluding.

* en connivencia con = in collusion with, in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in connivance with.

* en consecuencia = accordingly, consequently, hence, in consequence, as a consequence (of), it follows that, on this basis, on that basis, in doing so.

* en consecuencia lógica = by implication.

* en consideración = under consideration.

* en consideración a = for the sake of, out of consideration for, out of respect for.

* en consonacia con = in line with.

* en consonancia con = in concert with, in keeping with, in step with, in tune with, in consonance with.

* en constante cambio = ever-changing [ever changing], ever-fluid, on the move, fast changing [fast-changing], ever-shifting.

* en constante expansión = ever-expanding, ever-growing.

* en constante movimiento = on the move, on the go.

* en construcción = under development, under construction.

* en contacto = in communication.

* en contacto con la realidad = in touch with + reality.

* en contadas ocasiones = rarely, seldom, on rare occasions.

* en contenedor = containerised [containerized, -USA].

* en continua expansión = expanding.

* en continuo aumento = ever-increasing.

* en continuo cambio = constantly shifting, ever-changing [ever changing], ever-shifting.

* en contra = counterpoint, against.

* en contra de la guerra = antiwar [anti-war].

* en contra de la opinión general = contrary to popular belief.

* en contra de la raza blanca = anti-white [antiwhite].

* en contra de la raza negra = antiblack [anti-black].

* en contra de las circunstancias = against circumstances.

* en contra de las instituciones = anti-establishment.

* en contra del gobierno = anti-government.

* en contraposición a = as opposed to, in contrast (to/with), in contradistinction to.

* en contraste con = in contrast (to/with).

* en contravención de = in contravention of.

* en contubernio (con) = in cahoots (with).

* en cooperación = cooperative [co-operative].

* en cooperación con = in cooperation with.

* en cooperativa = cooperatively [co-operatively].

* en costras = caked.

* en crisis = depressed, crisis-ridden, on the rocks.

* en cuadernillo = in booklet form.

* en cualquier caso = for that matter, in any event, in any case, in either case.

* en cualquier domingo = on any given Sunday.

* en cualquier lugar = everywhere, anywhere.

* en cualquier momento = anytime, at any one time, at any point, at any point in time, at any time, at any moment, at any given point, at any moment in time, at any given moment, momentarily, on any given Sunday.

* en cualquier momento en el futuro = at some stage.

* en cualquier orden = either way round.

* en cualquier otra circunstancia = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.

* en cualquier otra parte = anywhere else, everywhere else.

* en cualquier otra situación = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.

* en cualquier otro lugar = anywhere else, everywhere else.

* en cualquier otro momento = some other time.

* en cualquier otro sitio = anywhere else.

* en cualquier parte = anywhere, everywhere.

* en cualquier sitio = everywhere, anywhere.

* en cualquier situación = in any given situation.

* en + Cuantificador + aspectos = in + Cuantificador + respects.

* en + Cuantificador + sentidos = in + Cuantificador + respects.

* en cuanto a = as to, in extent of, in regard to, in terms of, in the way of, with regard(s) to, as for, as regards, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to, moving on to.

* en cuanto a él = as for him.

* en cuanto a ella = as for her.

* en cuanto a ellos = as for them.

* en cuanto a los hechos = factually.

* en cuanto a mí = as for me.

* en cuanto a nosotros = as for us.

* en cuanto a ti = as for you.

* en cuanto a usted = as for you.

* en cuanto a vosotros = as for you.

* en cuanto + nacer = at birth.

* en cuanto que = in that.

* en cuarto lugar = fourthly.

* en cuatro niveles = quadraplaner.

* en cuclicllas = in a squatting position.

* en cuclillas = squat, in a squat position, in a crouching position.

* en cueros = in the buff, in the nod, stark naked.

* en cuestión = at hand, concerned, in hand, individual, at issue, of concern.

* en cuestión de minutos = within minutes, in a matter of minutes.

* en cuestión de segundos = within seconds, in a matter of seconds.

* en cuestión de + Tiempo = in a matter of + Tiempo, within a matter of + Tiempo.

* en cuestiones de = in matters of.

* en cumplimiento con = in line with, in compliance with.

* en cursiva = in italic type.

* en curso = in process, underway [under way], in progress, ongoing [on-going], afoot, current, under preparation.

* en curso de = in course of.

* en cuyo caso = in which case.

* en danza = on the run.

* en decadencia = bankrupt.

* en defensa propia = in self-defence.

* en definitiva = in all, all in all, in the last analysis, in the final analysis, all things considered.

* en definitiva, bien mirado, bien considerado = all things considered.

* en demanda = in-demand.

* en demasía = excess, to excess, excessively.

* en desacuerdo = disapproving, at odds.

* en desacuerdo con = at odds with.

* en desarmonía con = out of tune with, out of keeping with.

* en desarrollo = evolving, under development.

* en descomposición = decaying, putrefying.

* en desesperación = despairing, in despair.

* en desuso = obsolete, disused.

* en detalle = at length.

* en deterioro = deteriorating, crumbling, decaying, dilapidated, disintegrating.

* en determinadas ocasiones = sometimes, on particular occasions.

* en detrimento de = to the detriment of, to + Posesivo + detriment, to the neglect of.

* en diagonal = herringbone.

* en días alternos = every other day.

* en diferente grado = differing, in varying measures.

* en diferente medida = differing, in varying measures.

* en diferentes momentos = at various times, at different times.

* en diferentes ocasiones = at different times, at various times.

* en dificultades = stranded.

* en dinero = monetised [monetized, -pl.].

* en dirección de la proa = abaft.

* en dirección este = eastward(s), eastbound.

* en dirección norte = northbound.

* en dirección oeste = westbound, westward(s).

* en dirección sur = southward(s), southbound.

* en disco = ondisc.

* en disminución = dwindling, on the wane.

* en + Distancia + a la redonda = within + Distancia.

* en distinta medida = differing, in varying measures.

* en distintas ocasiones = at different times, at various times, on several occasions.

* en distinto grado = in varying measures, differing, to varying degrees.

* en distintos formatos = multiform.

* en distintos momentos = at different times, at various times.

* en diversas lenguas = multilingually.

* en diversas ocasiones = on several occasions.

* en diverso grado = to varying extents, to varying degrees.

* en diversos formatos = multiform.

* en donde = where, wherein.

* en dos años = over a two-year period.

* en dos lenguas = bilingually.

* en dos niveles = split-level.

* en dos palabras = in a nutshell, in a nutshell.

* en dos volúmenes = two-volume.

* en duda = in doubt.

* en edad de trabajar = working-age.

* en efecto = to all intents and purposes, for all intents and purposes.

* en ejercicio = incumbent, practising [practicing, -USA].

* en el abandono = in the wilderness.

* en el acto = ipso facto, outright, on the spot, while-you-wait [while-u-wait], at the drop of a hat.

* en el aire = in mid-air, airborne.

* en el ámbito de = in the realm of.

* en el año catapún = in the dim and distant past.

* en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.

* en el año entrante = in the coming year.

* en el año próximo = in the coming year.

* en el año venidero = in the coming year.

* en el área de + Lugar = Lugar + area.

* en el asiento de atrás = in the back seat.

* en el asiento trasero = in the back seat.

* en el aula de clase = classroom-based.

* en el banquillo = on the bench.

* en el blanco de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.

* en el camino = along the way, en route, in the process.

* en el campo de = in the realm of, in the field of.

* en el campus universitario = campus-based.

* en el candelero = in the spotlight.

* en el cargo = in the saddle, in office.

* en el caso de = for, in association with, in the case of, in the event of, in case of, in the context of.

* en (el) caso de que = in the event that, should, in case.

* en el caso poco probable de que = in the unlikely case (that).

* en el centro de = at the heart of.

* en el cine = at the movies.

* en el clima actual de = in the present climate of.

* en el contexto de = in the realm of.

* en el culo = in the bottom.

* en el culo del mundo = in the arse of nowhere.

* en el curso de la historia = in the course of history.

* en el curso normal de = in the mainstream of.

* en el curso normal de las cosas = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.

* en el curso normal de las cosas, en el curso normal de los acontecimientos, = in the normal run of things.

* en el curso normal de los acontecimientos = in the normal run of events, in the normal run of things.

* en el desierto = in the wilderness.

* en el detalle = in detail.

* en el día a día = in the day to day, in the trenches.

* en el dique seco = in dry dock, in the wilderness.

* en el eje = at the core (of).

* en el entorno de = in the realm of.

* en el escenario = on stage.

* en el escenario mundial = on the world stage.

* en el espacio = spatially.

* en el estricto sentido de la palabra = strictly speaking.

* en el estudio = at study, at study.

* en el extranjero = abroad, overseas, offshore.

* en el extremo opuesto = at the far end.

* en el fin de semana = over the weekend, over the weekend, at the weekend.

* en el foco de atención = in the spotlight.

* en el fondo = at heart, deep down, in the back of + Posesivo + mind, in the back of + Posesivo + head, at the back of + Posesivo + head, bottom line, the, in the bottom.

* en el fondo de = at the root of.

* en el futuro = Número + Tiempo + ahead, down the road, in future, in time(s) to come, at + future date, in (the) years to come, at some future time, in the years to come, in the years ahead, in years to come, at some future point, in the future, for future reference, for the years to come.

* en el futuro a largo plazo = in the long-term future.

* en el futuro cercano = in the foreseeable future.

* en el futuro inmediato = in the offing, in the foreseeable future.

* en el futuro lejano = further in the future.

* en el haber de Uno = under + Posesivo + belt.

* en el horario de trabajo = on company time.

* en el horizonte = on the horizon.

* en el hospital = at the bedside.

* en el improbable caso de que = in the unlikely case (that).

* en el instante en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.

* en el ínterin = in the interim, in the intervening years, in the intervening period, ad interim.

* en el juego = at play.

* en el lado negativo = on the debit side, on the negative side, on the downside.

* en el lado positivo = on the credit side, on the positive side, on the plus side, on the bright side.

* en ello = therein, thereupon [thereon].

* en el lugar del accidente = at the scene, at the scene of the accident.

* en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.

* en el mandato = in office.

* en el mando = at the wheel.

* en el mar = at sea.

* en el marco de = within the ambit of, within the bounds of.

* en el más allá = dead and gone.

* en el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.

* en el mejor de los casos = at best, at most, ideally, in the best of circumstances, the best case scenario, at the most, at the best of times, at the very best.

* en el mejor momento de Uno = at + Posesivo + (very) best.

* en el mismo centro (de) = plumb in the middle (of).

* en el mismo número de años = in as many years.

* en el mismo orden que = in sync with.

* en el momento = on the spot.

* en el momento actual = in this day and age, at the present time.

* en el momento adecuado = at the right time.

* en el momento de = at the time (that/of).

* en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.

* en el momento de la impresión = at the time of going to print.

* en el momento en que se necesita = at the point-of-need, at the point of use, point of use.

* en el momento en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.

* en el momento justo = on cue.

* en el momento más débil de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.

* en el momento oportuno = at the right time, not a moment too soon, not a minute too soon.

* en el momento peor de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.

* en el mundo = on the face of the earth, on the world stage.

* en el mundo antiguo = in antiquity.

* en el mundo entero = all over the world, worldwide [world-wide], all around the world, throughout the world, around the planet, the world over.

* en el mundo que nos rodea = out there.

* en el nivel básico = at grass roots level.

* en el nivel intermedio de = in the middle range of.

* en el nivel medio de = in the middle range of.

* en el norte del estado = upstate.

* en el núcleo = at the core (of).

* en el ocaso = over the hill.

* en el ojo del huracán = in the eye of the storm, in the eye of the hurricane.

* en el orden del día = on the agenda.

* en el origen (de) = in the early days (of).

* en el otro extremo = at the other extreme.

* en el otro extremo de la escala = at the other end of the scale, at the other end of the spectrum, at the other extreme.

* en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = in the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the country of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the kingdom of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.

* en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = be a case of the blind leading the blind.

* en el pasado = in the past, in past eras, at some point in the past, in years gone by, in days gone by, in former times.

* en el pasado remoto = in the dim and distant past.

* en el peor de los casos = at worst, in the worst of circumstances, at + Posesivo + very worst, the worst case scenario, at + Posesivo + worst, in the worst case.

* en el período penoso de = in the throes of.

* en el período previo a = in the run up to, during the run up to.

* en el piso de abajo = downstairs.

* en el piso de arriba = upstairs.

* en el poder = in office.

* en el primer caso = in the former case.

* en el proceso = in the process.

* en el propio campus universitario = campus-based.

* en el propio cortijo = on-farm.

* en el próximo año = in the year ahead, in the coming year.

* en el puesto de dirección = in the hot seat.

* en el punto álgido de = at the height of.

* en el punto de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.

* en el que = wherein.

* en el que se puede buscar = searchable.

* en el quinto coño = in the arse of nowhere.

* en el quinto pino = in the arse of nowhere.

* en el quirófano = under the knife.

* en el resto = everywhere else.

* en el resto de = elsewhere.

* en el seguimiento de = in the pursuit of.

* en el segundo caso = in the latter case.

* en el seno de = within, among.

* en el sentido de las agujas del reloj = clockwise.

* en el sentido de que = in the sense that, along the lines that, in that.

* en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.

* en el sentido más general = in the broadest sense.

* en el sentido que = in which.

* en el timón = in the saddle.

* en el trabajo = on-the-job, at work.

* en el transcurso de = throughout the course of, throughout the course of, in the course of, during the course of, over the course of, throughout.

* en el transcurso de algunos años = over a period of years.

* en el transcurso de la historia = in the course of history.

* en el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.

* en el transcurso normal de + Posesivo + vida(s) = in the normal course of + Posesivo + life/lives.

* en el trasfondo de = at the root of.

* en el último caso = in the latter case.

* en el último minuto = last minute [last-minute], at the last minute.

* en el último momento = at the eleventh hour, at the very last minute, at the very last moment, at the very last, at the last minute.

* en el umbral de = on the threshold of.

* en el vuelo = in-flight.

* en entrante = recessed.

* en entredicho = under challenge.

* en episodios = episodic.

* en época de carnaval = carnivalistically.

* en época de feria = carnivalistically.

* en época de paz = in peacetime, during peacetime.

* en épocas anteriores = in former times, in past eras.

* en épocas de = in times of.

* en épocas de guerra = in time(s) of war.

* en épocas de paz = in time(s) of peace.

* en épocas de prosperidad económica = in affluent times.

* en épocas difíciles = in times of need.

* en épocas pasadas = in past ages.

* en escamas = flaky.

* en ese caso = in that case.

* en ese mismo instante = at that very moment.

* en ese mismo momento = at that very moment.

* en ese momento = at that point, at this point, at that time, just then, at that point in time.

* en esencia = in essence, essentially.

* en ese sentido = on that score, to that effect.

* en esos casos = in those cases.

* en espacios cerrados = indoors.

* en especial = especially (specially), notably, specially (especially).

* en especie = in kind.

* en espera = on hold.

* en espiga = herringbone.

* en esta coyuntura = at this juncture.

* en estado = pregnant, in the family way.

* en estado de abandono = decaying, dilapidated, dilapidated.

* en estado de alerta = on alert.

* en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.

* en estado de buena esperanza = pregnant, in the family way.

* en estado de cambio = in a state of flux.

* en estado de descomposición = decaying.

* en estado de deterioro = decaying, dilapidated.

* en estado de reserva = on standby.

* en estado de reserva, en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.

* en estado de sitio = in a state of siege, under siege.

* en estado embrionario = embryo, embryonic, in embryonic stage, in embryo, in the embryo stage.

* en esta época del año = around this time of year.

* en esta ocasión = on this occasion.

* en estas circunstancias = under these circumstances.

* en esta situación = at this juncture.

* en este caso = in this case.

* en este contexto = against this background.

* en este documento = herein, herewith, hereto.

* en este extremo = to this extent.

* en este grado = to this extent.

* en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.

* en este momento = at this point, at this stage, at this juncture, at this time, at this moment in time, right now.

* en este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.

* en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, in this vein, in this spirit, in this regard, in this effort, in that spirit, on this score, to that effect.

* en estos casos = in these cases.

* en estos días = today, these days.

* en estos tiempos = in these times, in this day and age.

* en estrecha colaboración = in close collaboration.

* en estrecha colaboración con = hand-in-glove with.

* en estuche = boxed.

* en excelente estado = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.

* en excelentes condiciones = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.

* en exceso = overflow, overflowing, excessively, excess, to excess.

* en exclusiva = exclusively.

* en existencia = in existence.

* en expansión = expanded.

* en exposición = on exhibit, on show, on display.

* en + Expresión Temporal = as of + Expresión Temporal, come + Expresión Temporal.

* en extensión = in length.

* en extenso = at length, in full.

* en extremo = no end, to no end.

* en fase terminal = terminally ill.

* en favor de = in favour of.

* en flor = in full blossom, in blossom.

* en forma = fit [fitter -comp., fittest -sup.], toned.

* en forma de = in the form of, in the shape of.

* en forma de A = A-shaped.

* en forma de arco = arched, bowed.

* en forma de capa = cape-like.

* en forma de cruz = cross-shaped.

* en forma de cuadrado = square-shaped.

* en forma de cuña = wedge-shaped.

* en forma de cúpula = dome-shaped, domed.

* en forma de D = d-shaped.

* en forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].

* en forma de L = L-shaped.

* en forma de libro = in book form.

* en forma de medialuna = crescent-shaped.

* en forma de parásito = parasitically.

* en forma de pera = pear-shaped.

* en forma de pirámide = pyramidal-shaped.

* en forma de trompeta = trumpet-shaped.

* en forma de U = U-shaped.

* en forma de V = V-shaped.

* en forma física = physically fit.

* en forma física y mental = physically and mentally fit.

* en forma ovalada = oval-shaped.

* en forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.

* en formato de libro moderno = in codex form.

* en formato digital = digitally.

* en formato electrónico = in electronic form.

* en formato MARC = in MARC form.

* en formato papel = paper-based, in hard copy.

* en frente = ahead, in front.

* en frente de = in front of.

* en funcionamiento = in operation.

* en función de = according to, as a function of, depending on/upon.

* en general = at large, by and large, for the most part, generally, in general, in the main, on balance, on the whole, overall, all in all, broadly, as a whole, generally speaking.

* en germinación = budding.

* en gestación = in the making.

* en grado mínimo = minimally.

* en gran cantidad = prodigiously.

* en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in record numbers, in bulk.

* en grandes números = in record numbers.

* en gran formato = oversize, oversized.

* en gran medida = broadly, by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, keenly, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a great extent, to a large degree, to a great degree.

* en gran número = numerously.

* en gran parte

* * *

preposición

1) ( en expresiones de lugar)

a) (refiriéndose a ciudad, edificio)

viven en París/en una granja/en el número diez/en un hotel — they live in Paris/on a farm/at number ten/in a hotel

en el último piso — on the top floor

viven en la calle Goya — they live on o (BrE) in Goya Street

nos quedamos en casa — we stayed home (AmE), we stayed at home (BrE)

de puerta en puerta — from door to door

b) ( dentro de) in

en una caja — in a box

métete en la cama — get into bed

c) ( sobre) on

en la mesa — on the table

en una silla — on a chair

se le nota en la cara — you can see it in his face

2) (expresando circunstancias, ambiente, medio) in

en armonía con la naturaleza — in harmony with nature

en peligro — in danger

3)

a) (indicando tema, especialidad, cualidad)

un experto en la materia — an expert on the subject

es muy bueno en historia — he's very good at history

doctor en derecho — Doctor of Law

la supera en inteligencia — he surpasses her in intelligence

b) (indicando proporción, precio)

en un diez por ciento — by ten per cent

lo vendió en $30 — he sold it for $30

en dólares — in dollars

las pérdidas se calcularon en $50.000 — the losses were calculated at $50,000

4)

a) (indicando estado, manera) in

en buenas/malas condiciones — in good/bad condition

en llamas — in flames, on fire

estaba en camisón — she was in her nightdress

con los músculos en tensión — with (his) muscles tensed

en tono sarcástico — sarcastically

b) ( en forma de)

termina en punta — it's pointed

colóquense en círculo — get into o in a circle

c) ( en el papel de) as

Luis Girón en el Alcalde — Luis Girón as the Mayor

d) ( con medios de transporte) by

ir en taxi/barco — to go by taxi/by boat

fueron en bicicleta — they cycled, they went on their bikes

dimos una vuelta en coche — we went for a ride in the car

5)

a) ( expresando el material)

en seda natural — in natural silk

una escultura en bronce — a bronze (sculpture)

b) ( indicando el modo de presentación o expresión) in

¿lo tienen en azul? — do you have it in blue?

en ruso — in Russian

6) ( con expresiones de tiempo)

en verano — in (the) summer

en varias ocasiones — on several occasions

justo en ese momento — just at that moment

en la mañana/tarde/noche — (esp AmL) in the morning/afternoon/at night

7)

a) ( con construcciones verbales) in

no hay nada de malo en lo que hacen — there's nothing wrong in what they're doing

tardó media hora en resolverlo — it took her half an hour to work it out

fuí el último en salir — I was the last to leave

b) ( con complementos de persona) in

en él ha encontrado un amigo — she's found a friend in him

no sé qué ve en ella — I don't know what he sees in her

* * *

= in, onto, into, at, throughout.

Ex: The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.

Ex: When one is in place, the depression of a lever causes it to be photographed onto the next blank space.

Ex: The application of a classification scheme to a set of documents should result in the ordering or arranging of that set of documents into groups or classes according to their subject content.

Ex: He also resolved to talk with Cleo Passantino, a young librarian who had been at the library for three years and with whom he had had little contact.

Ex: Throughout this chapter the term 'document' is used to refer to any item which might be found in a library or information center or data base.

* en absoluto = at all, in the slightest, whatsoever, not at all, in any shape or form.

* en abstracto = abstractly.

* en abundancia = in plenty, liberally, in abundance, exuberantly, in profusion, aplenty [a-plenty], prodigiously, plentifully.

* en activo = practising [practicing, -USA].

* en adelante = forward [forwards].

* en agradecimiento por = appreciative of.

* en alerta roja = on red alert.

* en alguna ocasión = on any one occasion.

* en alguna parte = someplace.

* en alguna parte de + Nombre = some way down + Nombre.

* en algún lugar = somewhere, at some point.

* en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.

* en algún momento = somewhere along the line, sometime, at sometime, at some point, at some point in time, at one time or another.

* en algunos casos = in some cases.

* en algunos grupos = in some quarters.

* en algunos grupos de la población = in some quarters.

* en algunos sectores = in some quarters.

* en algunos sectores de la población = in some quarters.

* en algunos sentidos = in some respects.

* en algunos sitios = in places.

* en alquiler = rented.

* en alta mar = on the open sea, offshore, on the high seas.

* en alza = on the upswing.

* en ambas direcciones = two-way.

* en ambos casos = in either case, in either instance.

* en ángulo = angled.

* en ángulo recto = at right angles.

* en antaño = in olden times, in olden days.

* en antelación = anticipatory.

* en anticipación = anticipatory.

* en años anteriores = in prior years, in years past, in past years.

* en apariencia = apparently, looking, seemingly, on the face of it, on the surface, ostensibly.

* en apenas nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.

* en apoyo a = in support of.

* en apuros = hard-pressed, beleaguered, in deep trouble, in difficulties, if it comes to the crunch, when push comes to shove, when it comes to the crunch, when the worst comes to the worst, if the worst comes to the worst, in deep water, in hot water, in dire straits.

* en aquel entonces = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time, in the course of events, during the course of events, back then, in those days.

* en aquella época = at the time, at that time, in those days.

* en aquellas ocasiones cuando = on occasions when.

* en aquellos casos = in those cases.

* en aquellos casos en los que = in those cases where.

* en aquellos tiempos = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, in those days.

* en aquel momento = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time.

* en aras a = in the name of.

* en aras de = in the interest(s) of.

* en armonía = harmoniously, in harmony.

* en armonía con = in harmony with, in harness with, in keeping with, in tune with, in sync with.

* en ascuas = on tenterhooks.

* en auge = in ascendancy, buoyant, booming, on the rise, at high tide.

* en aumento = burgeoning, growing, increasing, mounting, rising, on the rise, heightening.

* en aumento gradual = gradually quickening.

* en Babia = absent-minded.

* en balde = in vain, vainly, to no avail, of no avail.

* en bandada = in full force.

* en bandadas = in droves.

* en base a = in terms of, on the grounds that/of, on the basis of.

* en beneficio de = for the benefit of, to the benefit of.

* en beneficio propio = to + Posesivo + advantage.

* en bisel = angled.

* en blanco = blankly, blank.

* en blanco y negro = b&w (black and white).

* en bloque = en bloc.

* en boga = in vogue, in fashion, voguish.

* en bolas = stark naked, in the nod, in the buff.

* en breve = shortly, the long and (the) short of, soon [sooner -comp., soonest -sup.].

* en broma = teasingly.

* en buena compañía = in good company.

* en buena condición = in good condition, in good shape, in good nick.

* en buena forma = in good nick.

* en buena parte = for the most part.

* en buenas condiciones para navegar = seaworthy.

* en buenas manos = in a safe place, in safekeeping.

* en buen estado = in good condition, in good working condition, in good shape, in good nick.

* en buen estado de funcionamiento = in good working condition.

* en busca de quimeras = in pursuit of + windmills.

* en búsqueda de = a quest for.

* en cada fase = at each stage.

* en caída = flowing.

* en caja = boxed.

* en caliente = in the heat of the moment, on the spur of the moment.

* en cama = abed.

* en cambio = by contrast, in contrast, instead, shifting, by comparison.

* en camino = on the way.

* en cantidad = bulk.

* en + Cantidad + años = in + Cantidad + years' time.

* en capilla = on tenterhooks, in suspense.

* en carnavales = carnivalistically.

* en carne y hueso = in the flesh.

* en casa = in the home.

* en casa de herrero cuchillo de palo = the cobbler's children run barefoot.

* en casi nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.

* en casi todos los + Nombre = in just about every + Nombre.

* en caso de darse circunstancias ajenas a + Posesivo + control = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.

* en caso de emergencia = in an emergency, in an emergency situation.

* en caso de fuerza mayor = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.

* en CD-ROM = CD-ROM-based.

* en chirona = behind bars.

* en ciernes = developing, budding, in the making.

* en cierta medida = to some extent, to a certain extent, to some degree.

* en ciertas circunstancias = in certain circumstances.

* en ciertas ocasiones = at certain times.

* en cierto grado = something of.

* en cierto modo = to some extent, after a fashion, to a certain extent, in a manner of speaking, so to speak, to some degree.

* en cierto modo + Verbo = sort of + Verbo.

* en ciertos casos = in certain cases.

* en cierto sentido = in several respects, to some extent, in a sense, in some respects, to some degree.

* en circuito cerrado = looped.

* en círcuitos de segunda categoría = in the provinces.

* en circuitos de segundo orden = in the provinces.

* en circumstancias difíciles = under difficult circumstances.

* en circunstancias misteriosas = in mysterious circumstances.

* en circunstancias normales = in the course of events, during the course of events, under normal circumstances.

* en circusntancias normales = in the normal run of things.

* en coche = drive.

* en colaboración = collaborative, cooperative [co-operative], jointly, participatory, in concert, in consort, collaboratively, synergistic, synergistically, in tandem, in a tandem fashion, in partnership.

* en colaboración con = in concert with, in consultation with, in collaboration with, in alliance with, in conjunction with, in partnership with.

* en colaboración con, junto con, de manera conjunta con = in partnership with.

* en color = coloured [colored, -USA], full-colour.

* en columnas = columnar.

* en colusión con = in collusion with, in complicity with, in connivance with.

* en coma = comatose.

* en combinación con = in parallel to/with, in combination with.

* en comisión de servicios = seconded.

* en comparación = by comparison.

* en comparación con = against, as compared to, set against, in comparison with, in comparison to.

* en compensación = compensatory.

* en complicidad con = in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in complicity with, in collusion with, in connivance with.

* en común con = in common with.

* en conciencia = in good conscience.

* en conclusión = in conclusion.

* en concordancia con = in accordance with, in accord with.

* en concreto = in particular, to be specific.

* en condiciones = decent.

* en condiciones de = in the position to.

* en condiciones de igualdad = on an equal footing, on equal terms, on an equal basis.

* en condiciones difíciles = under difficult conditions.

* en conexión con = in respect of.

* en confidencia = in confidence.

* en conflicto (con) = in conflict (with).

* en conformidad con = in conformity with, in keeping with.

* en conjunción con = in conjunction with, in tandem with.

* en conjunto = altogether, on balance, bulk, all in all, overall, overall.

* en conmemoración de = in celebration of, commemorative.

* en connivencia = colluding.

* en connivencia con = in collusion with, in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in connivance with.

* en consecuencia = accordingly, consequently, hence, in consequence, as a consequence (of), it follows that, on this basis, on that basis, in doing so.

* en consecuencia lógica = by implication.

* en consideración = under consideration.

* en consideración a = for the sake of, out of consideration for, out of respect for.

* en consonacia con = in line with.

* en consonancia con = in concert with, in keeping with, in step with, in tune with, in consonance with.

* en constante cambio = ever-changing [ever changing], ever-fluid, on the move, fast changing [fast-changing], ever-shifting.

* en constante expansión = ever-expanding, ever-growing.

* en constante movimiento = on the move, on the go.

* en construcción = under development, under construction.

* en contacto = in communication.

* en contacto con la realidad = in touch with + reality.

* en contadas ocasiones = rarely, seldom, on rare occasions.

* en contenedor = containerised [containerized, -USA].

* en continua expansión = expanding.

* en continuo aumento = ever-increasing.

* en continuo cambio = constantly shifting, ever-changing [ever changing], ever-shifting.

* en contra = counterpoint, against.

* en contra de la guerra = antiwar [anti-war].

* en contra de la opinión general = contrary to popular belief.

* en contra de la raza blanca = anti-white [antiwhite].

* en contra de la raza negra = antiblack [anti-black].

* en contra de las circunstancias = against circumstances.

* en contra de las instituciones = anti-establishment.

* en contra del gobierno = anti-government.

* en contraposición a = as opposed to, in contrast (to/with), in contradistinction to.

* en contraste con = in contrast (to/with).

* en contravención de = in contravention of.

* en contubernio (con) = in cahoots (with).

* en cooperación = cooperative [co-operative].

* en cooperación con = in cooperation with.

* en cooperativa = cooperatively [co-operatively].

* en costras = caked.

* en crisis = depressed, crisis-ridden, on the rocks.

* en cuadernillo = in booklet form.

* en cualquier caso = for that matter, in any event, in any case, in either case.

* en cualquier domingo = on any given Sunday.

* en cualquier lugar = everywhere, anywhere.

* en cualquier momento = anytime, at any one time, at any point, at any point in time, at any time, at any moment, at any given point, at any moment in time, at any given moment, momentarily, on any given Sunday.

* en cualquier momento en el futuro = at some stage.

* en cualquier orden = either way round.

* en cualquier otra circunstancia = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.

* en cualquier otra parte = anywhere else, everywhere else.

* en cualquier otra situación = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.

* en cualquier otro lugar = anywhere else, everywhere else.

* en cualquier otro momento = some other time.

* en cualquier otro sitio = anywhere else.

* en cualquier parte = anywhere, everywhere.

* en cualquier sitio = everywhere, anywhere.

* en cualquier situación = in any given situation.

* en + Cuantificador + aspectos = in + Cuantificador + respects.

* en + Cuantificador + sentidos = in + Cuantificador + respects.

* en cuanto a = as to, in extent of, in regard to, in terms of, in the way of, with regard(s) to, as for, as regards, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to, moving on to.

* en cuanto a él = as for him.

* en cuanto a ella = as for her.

* en cuanto a ellos = as for them.

* en cuanto a los hechos = factually.

* en cuanto a mí = as for me.

* en cuanto a nosotros = as for us.

* en cuanto a ti = as for you.

* en cuanto a usted = as for you.

* en cuanto a vosotros = as for you.

* en cuanto + nacer = at birth.

* en cuanto que = in that.

* en cuarto lugar = fourthly.

* en cuatro niveles = quadraplaner.

* en cuclicllas = in a squatting position.

* en cuclillas = squat, in a squat position, in a crouching position.

* en cueros = in the buff, in the nod, stark naked.

* en cuestión = at hand, concerned, in hand, individual, at issue, of concern.

* en cuestión de minutos = within minutes, in a matter of minutes.

* en cuestión de segundos = within seconds, in a matter of seconds.

* en cuestión de + Tiempo = in a matter of + Tiempo, within a matter of + Tiempo.

* en cuestiones de = in matters of.

* en cumplimiento con = in line with, in compliance with.

* en cursiva = in italic type.

* en curso = in process, underway [under way], in progress, ongoing [on-going], afoot, current, under preparation.

* en curso de = in course of.

* en cuyo caso = in which case.

* en danza = on the run.

* en decadencia = bankrupt.

* en defensa propia = in self-defence.

* en definitiva = in all, all in all, in the last analysis, in the final analysis, all things considered.

* en definitiva, bien mirado, bien considerado = all things considered.

* en demanda = in-demand.

* en demasía = excess, to excess, excessively.

* en desacuerdo = disapproving, at odds.

* en desacuerdo con = at odds with.

* en desarmonía con = out of tune with, out of keeping with.

* en desarrollo = evolving, under development.

* en descomposición = decaying, putrefying.

* en desesperación = despairing, in despair.

* en desuso = obsolete, disused.

* en detalle = at length.

* en deterioro = deteriorating, crumbling, decaying, dilapidated, disintegrating.

* en determinadas ocasiones = sometimes, on particular occasions.

* en detrimento de = to the detriment of, to + Posesivo + detriment, to the neglect of.

* en diagonal = herringbone.

* en días alternos = every other day.

* en diferente grado = differing, in varying measures.

* en diferente medida = differing, in varying measures.

* en diferentes momentos = at various times, at different times.

* en diferentes ocasiones = at different times, at various times.

* en dificultades = stranded.

* en dinero = monetised [monetized, -pl.].

* en dirección de la proa = abaft.

* en dirección este = eastward(s), eastbound.

* en dirección norte = northbound.

* en dirección oeste = westbound, westward(s).

* en dirección sur = southward(s), southbound.

* en disco = ondisc.

* en disminución = dwindling, on the wane.

* en + Distancia + a la redonda = within + Distancia.

* en distinta medida = differing, in varying measures.

* en distintas ocasiones = at different times, at various times, on several occasions.

* en distinto grado = in varying measures, differing, to varying degrees.

* en distintos formatos = multiform.

* en distintos momentos = at different times, at various times.

* en diversas lenguas = multilingually.

* en diversas ocasiones = on several occasions.

* en diverso grado = to varying extents, to varying degrees.

* en diversos formatos = multiform.

* en donde = where, wherein.

* en dos años = over a two-year period.

* en dos lenguas = bilingually.

* en dos niveles = split-level.

* en dos palabras = in a nutshell, in a nutshell.

* en dos volúmenes = two-volume.

* en duda = in doubt.

* en edad de trabajar = working-age.

* en efecto = to all intents and purposes, for all intents and purposes.

* en ejercicio = incumbent, practising [practicing, -USA].

* en el abandono = in the wilderness.

* en el acto = ipso facto, outright, on the spot, while-you-wait [while-u-wait], at the drop of a hat.

* en el aire = in mid-air, airborne.

* en el ámbito de = in the realm of.

* en el año catapún = in the dim and distant past.

* en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.

* en el año entrante = in the coming year.

* en el año próximo = in the coming year.

* en el año venidero = in the coming year.

* en el área de + Lugar = Lugar + area.

* en el asiento de atrás = in the back seat.

* en el asiento trasero = in the back seat.

* en el aula de clase = classroom-based.

* en el banquillo = on the bench.

* en el blanco de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.

* en el camino = along the way, en route, in the process.

* en el campo de = in the realm of, in the field of.

* en el campus universitario = campus-based.

* en el candelero = in the spotlight.

* en el cargo = in the saddle, in office.

* en el caso de = for, in association with, in the case of, in the event of, in case of, in the context of.

* en (el) caso de que = in the event that, should, in case.

* en el caso poco probable de que = in the unlikely case (that).

* en el centro de = at the heart of.

* en el cine = at the movies.

* en el clima actual de = in the present climate of.

* en el contexto de = in the realm of.

* en el culo = in the bottom.

* en el culo del mundo = in the arse of nowhere.

* en el curso de la historia = in the course of history.

* en el curso normal de = in the mainstream of.

* en el curso normal de las cosas = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.

* en el curso normal de las cosas, en el curso normal de los acontecimientos, = in the normal run of things.

* en el curso normal de los acontecimientos = in the normal run of events, in the normal run of things.

* en el desierto = in the wilderness.

* en el detalle = in detail.

* en el día a día = in the day to day, in the trenches.

* en el dique seco = in dry dock, in the wilderness.

* en el eje = at the core (of).

* en el entorno de = in the realm of.

* en el escenario = on stage.

* en el escenario mundial = on the world stage.

* en el espacio = spatially.

* en el estricto sentido de la palabra = strictly speaking.

* en el estudio = at study, at study.

* en el extranjero = abroad, overseas, offshore.

* en el extremo opuesto = at the far end.

* en el fin de semana = over the weekend, over the weekend, at the weekend.

* en el foco de atención = in the spotlight.

* en el fondo = at heart, deep down, in the back of + Posesivo + mind, in the back of + Posesivo + head, at the back of + Posesivo + head, bottom line, the, in the bottom.

* en el fondo de = at the root of.

* en el futuro = Número + Tiempo + ahead, down the road, in future, in time(s) to come, at + future date, in (the) years to come, at some future time, in the years to come, in the years ahead, in years to come, at some future point, in the future, for future reference, for the years to come.

* en el futuro a largo plazo = in the long-term future.

* en el futuro cercano = in the foreseeable future.

* en el futuro inmediato = in the offing, in the foreseeable future.

* en el futuro lejano = further in the future.

* en el haber de Uno = under + Posesivo + belt.

* en el horario de trabajo = on company time.

* en el horizonte = on the horizon.

* en el hospital = at the bedside.

* en el improbable caso de que = in the unlikely case (that).

* en el instante en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.

* en el ínterin = in the interim, in the intervening years, in the intervening period, ad interim.

* en el juego = at play.

* en el lado negativo = on the debit side, on the negative side, on the downside.

* en el lado positivo = on the credit side, on the positive side, on the plus side, on the bright side.

* en ello = therein, thereupon [thereon].

* en el lugar del accidente = at the scene, at the scene of the accident.

* en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.

* en el mandato = in office.

* en el mando = at the wheel.

* en el mar = at sea.

* en el marco de = within the ambit of, within the bounds of.

* en el más allá = dead and gone.

* en el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.

* en el mejor de los casos = at best, at most, ideally, in the best of circumstances, the best case scenario, at the most, at the best of times, at the very best.

* en el mejor momento de Uno = at + Posesivo + (very) best.

* en el mismo centro (de) = plumb in the middle (of).

* en el mismo número de años = in as many years.

* en el mismo orden que = in sync with.

* en el momento = on the spot.

* en el momento actual = in this day and age, at the present time.

* en el momento adecuado = at the right time.

* en el momento de = at the time (that/of).

* en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.

* en el momento de la impresión = at the time of going to print.

* en el momento en que se necesita = at the point-of-need, at the point of use, point of use.

* en el momento en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.

* en el momento justo = on cue.

* en el momento más débil de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.

* en el momento oportuno = at the right time, not a moment too soon, not a minute too soon.

* en el momento peor de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.

* en el mundo = on the face of the earth, on the world stage.

* en el mundo antiguo = in antiquity.

* en el mundo entero = all over the world, worldwide [world-wide], all around the world, throughout the world, around the planet, the world over.

* en el mundo que nos rodea = out there.

* en el nivel básico = at grass roots level.

* en el nivel intermedio de = in the middle range of.

* en el nivel medio de = in the middle range of.

* en el norte del estado = upstate.

* en el núcleo = at the core (of).

* en el ocaso = over the hill.

* en el ojo del huracán = in the eye of the storm, in the eye of the hurricane.

* en el orden del día = on the agenda.

* en el origen (de) = in the early days (of).

* en el otro extremo = at the other extreme.

* en el otro extremo de la escala = at the other end of the scale, at the other end of the spectrum, at the other extreme.

* en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = in the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the country of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the kingdom of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.

* en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = be a case of the blind leading the blind.

* en el pasado = in the past, in past eras, at some point in the past, in years gone by, in days gone by, in former times.

* en el pasado remoto = in the dim and distant past.

* en el peor de los casos = at worst, in the worst of circumstances, at + Posesivo + very worst, the worst case scenario, at + Posesivo + worst, in the worst case.

* en el período penoso de = in the throes of.

* en el período previo a = in the run up to, during the run up to.

* en el piso de abajo = downstairs.

* en el piso de arriba = upstairs.

* en el poder = in office.

* en el primer caso = in the former case.

* en el proceso = in the process.

* en el propio campus universitario = campus-based.

* en el propio cortijo = on-farm.

* en el próximo año = in the year ahead, in the coming year.

* en el puesto de dirección = in the hot seat.

* en el punto álgido de = at the height of.

* en el punto de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.

* en el que = wherein.

* en el que se puede buscar = searchable.

* en el quinto coño = in the arse of nowhere.

* en el quinto pino = in the arse of nowhere.

* en el quirófano = under the knife.

* en el resto = everywhere else.

* en el resto de = elsewhere.

* en el seguimiento de = in the pursuit of.

* en el segundo caso = in the latter case.

* en el seno de = within, among.

* en el sentido de las agujas del reloj = clockwise.

* en el sentido de que = in the sense that, along the lines that, in that.

* en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.

* en el sentido más general = in the broadest sense.

* en el sentido que = in which.

* en el timón = in the saddle.

* en el trabajo = on-the-job, at work.

* en el transcurso de = throughout the course of, throughout the course of, in the course of, during the course of, over the course of, throughout.

* en el transcurso de algunos años = over a period of years.

* en el transcurso de la historia = in the course of history.

* en el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.

* en el transcurso normal de + Posesivo + vida(s) = in the normal course of + Posesivo + life/lives.

* en el trasfondo de = at the root of.

* en el último caso = in the latter case.

* en el último minuto = last minute [last-minute], at the last minute.

* en el último momento = at the eleventh hour, at the very last minute, at the very last moment, at the very last, at the last minute.

* en el umbral de = on the threshold of.

* en el vuelo = in-flight.

* en entrante = recessed.

* en entredicho = under challenge.

* en episodios = episodic.

* en época de carnaval = carnivalistically.

* en época de feria = carnivalistically.

* en época de paz = in peacetime, during peacetime.

* en épocas anteriores = in former times, in past eras.

* en épocas de = in times of.

* en épocas de guerra = in time(s) of war.

* en épocas de paz = in time(s) of peace.

* en épocas de prosperidad económica = in affluent times.

* en épocas difíciles = in times of need.

* en épocas pasadas = in past ages.

* en escamas = flaky.

* en ese caso = in that case.

* en ese mismo instante = at that very moment.

* en ese mismo momento = at that very moment.

* en ese momento = at that point, at this point, at that time, just then, at that point in time.

* en esencia = in essence, essentially.

* en ese sentido = on that score, to that effect.

* en esos casos = in those cases.

* en espacios cerrados = indoors.

* en especial = especially (specially), notably, specially (especially).

* en especie = in kind.

* en espera = on hold.

* en espiga = herringbone.

* en esta coyuntura = at this juncture.

* en estado = pregnant, in the family way.

* en estado de abandono = decaying, dilapidated, dilapidated.

* en estado de alerta = on alert.

* en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.

* en estado de buena esperanza = pregnant, in the family way.

* en estado de cambio = in a state of flux.

* en estado de descomposición = decaying.

* en estado de deterioro = decaying, dilapidated.

* en estado de reserva = on standby.

* en estado de reserva, en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.

* en estado de sitio = in a state of siege, under siege.

* en estado embrionario = embryo, embryonic, in embryonic stage, in embryo, in the embryo stage.

* en esta época del año = around this time of year.

* en esta ocasión = on this occasion.

* en estas circunstancias = under these circumstances.

* en esta situación = at this juncture.

* en este caso = in this case.

* en este contexto = against this background.

* en este documento = herein, herewith, hereto.

* en este extremo = to this extent.

* en este grado = to this extent.

* en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.

* en este momento = at this point, at this stage, at this juncture, at this time, at this moment in time, right now.

* en este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.

* en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, in this vein, in this spirit, in this regard, in this effort, in that spirit, on this score, to that effect.

* en estos casos = in these cases.

* en estos días = today, these days.

* en estos tiempos = in these times, in this day and age.

* en estrecha colaboración = in close collaboration.

* en estrecha colaboración con = hand-in-glove with.

* en estuche = boxed.

* en excelente estado = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.

* en excelentes condiciones = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.

* en exceso = overflow, overflowing, excessively, excess, to excess.

* en exclusiva = exclusively.

* en existencia = in existence.

* en expansión = expanded.

* en exposición = on exhibit, on show, on display.

* en + Expresión Temporal = as of + Expresión Temporal, come + Expresión Temporal.

* en extensión = in length.

* en extenso = at length, in full.

* en extremo = no end, to no end.

* en fase terminal = terminally ill.

* en favor de = in favour of.

* en flor = in full blossom, in blossom.

* en forma = fit [fitter -comp., fittest -sup.], toned.

* en forma de = in the form of, in the shape of.

* en forma de A = A-shaped.

* en forma de arco = arched, bowed.

* en forma de capa = cape-like.

* en forma de cruz = cross-shaped.

* en forma de cuadrado = square-shaped.

* en forma de cuña = wedge-shaped.

* en forma de cúpula = dome-shaped, domed.

* en forma de D = d-shaped.

* en forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].

* en forma de L = L-shaped.

* en forma de libro = in book form.

* en forma de medialuna = crescent-shaped.

* en forma de parásito = parasitically.

* en forma de pera = pear-shaped.

* en forma de pirámide = pyramidal-shaped.

* en forma de trompeta = trumpet-shaped.

* en forma de U = U-shaped.

* en forma de V = V-shaped.

* en forma física = physically fit.

* en forma física y mental = physically and mentally fit.

* en forma ovalada = oval-shaped.

* en forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.

* en formato de libro moderno = in codex form.

* en formato digital = digitally.

* en formato electrónico = in electronic form.

* en formato MARC = in MARC form.

* en formato papel = paper-based, in hard copy.

* en frente = ahead, in front.

* en frente de = in front of.

* en funcionamiento = in operation.

* en función de = according to, as a function of, depending on/upon.

* en general = at large, by and large, for the most part, generally, in general, in the main, on balance, on the whole, overall, all in all, broadly, as a whole, generally speaking.

* en germinación = budding.

* en gestación = in the making.

* en grado mínimo = minimally.

* en gran cantidad = prodigiously.

* en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in record numbers, in bulk.

* en grandes números = in record numbers.

* en gran formato = oversize, oversized.

* en gran medida = broadly, by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, keenly, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a great extent, to a large degree, to a great degree.

* en gran número = numerously.

* en gran parte

* * *

en

prep

A (en expresiones de lugar)

1

(refiriéndose a una ciudad, un edificio): viven en París/en una granja/en el número diez/en un hotel they live in Paris/on a farm/at number ten/in a hotel

en el quinto piso on the sixth ( AmE) o ( BrE) fifth floor

viven en la calle Goya they live on o ( BrE) in Goya Street

nos quedamos en casa we stayed home ( AmE), we stayed at home ( BrE)

2 (dentro de) in

métete en la cama get into bed

lo puso en una caja he put it in a box

metió la mano en el conducto she stuck her hand into ( o down etc) the pipe

3 (sobre) on

lo puso en la mesa/pared he put it on the table/wall

se sentó en una silla/en un sillón she sat down on a chair/in an armchair

tendrás que dormir en el suelo you'll have to sleep on the floor

se le nota en la cara you can see it in his face

B

1 (expresando circunstancias, ambiente, medio) in

vivir en armonía con la naturaleza to live in harmony with nature

2

de … en …: van de casa en casa/de puerta en puerta pidiendo dinero they go from house to house/from door to door asking for money

nos tienes de sorpresa en sorpresa you're full of surprises

C

1 ‹un tema/una especialidad/una cualidad›

es licenciado en filosofía he has a degree in philosophy

es un experto en la materia he's an expert on the subject

es muy bueno en historia he's very good at history

supera a su hermana en inteligencia she surpasses her sister in intelligence

2 ‹una proporción/un precio›

ha aumentado en un diez por ciento it has gone up by ten per cent

me lo vendió en $30 he sold it to me for $30

las pérdidas se calcularon en $50.000 the losses were calculated at $50,000

D

1 ‹un estado/una manera› in

en buenas/malas condiciones in good/bad condition

un edificio en llamas a building in flames o on fire

nos recibió en camisón he received us in his nightshirt

con los músculos en tensión with (his) muscles tensed

en posición vertical in an upright position

2

(con forma de): termina en punta it's pointed, it ends in o comes to a point

colóquense en círculo get into o in a circle

3 (en el papel de) as

Luis Girón en el Alcalde Luis Girón as the Mayor

4 (con medios de transporte) by

pensamos ir en taxi/en coche/en barco we plan to go by taxi/by car/by boat

¿fueron en tren? — no, en avión did you go by train? — no, by plane o no, we flew

fueron en bicicleta they cycled, they went on their bikes

fuimos a dar una vuelta en coche we went for a drive o we went for a ride in the car

E

1

(expresando el material): un modelo realizado en seda natural an outfit in natural silk

capa para la lluvia en plástico plastic raincape

2 (indicando el modo de presentación o expresión) in

¿lo tienen en azul/(un) 38? do you have it in blue/a 38?

una obra en tres actos a play in three acts

¿cuánto pesas en kilos? how much do you weigh in kilos?

en ruso/en el código Morse in Russian/in Morse Code

F

(en expresiones de tiempo): en verano in (the) summer

en mayo/1947 in May/1947

en varias ocasiones on several occasions

llegó justo en ese momento she arrived just at that moment, just then she arrived

en la mañana/tarde ( esp AmL); in the morning/afternoon

en la noche ( esp AmL); at night

no vi a nadie en todo el día I didn't see anybody all day

G

1 (con construcciones verbales) in

no hay nada de malo en lo que hacen there's nothing wrong in what they're doing

en + INF:

tardó media hora en resolverlo it took her half an hour to work it out

siempre es el último en salir he's always the last to leave

2

(con complementos de persona): en él ha encontrado un amigo she's found a friend in him

problemas que se dan en las personas de edad problems which affect old people

* * *

Multiple Entries:
en
en.
en preposición
1 ( en expresiones de lugar)
a) (refiriéndose a ciudad, edificio):

◊ viven en París/en el número diez/en un hotel they live in Paris/at number ten/in a hotel;

en el último piso on the top floor;
está en la calle Goya it's on o (BrE) in Goya Street;
en casa at home
b) ( dentro de) in;

◊ en una caja in a box

c) ( sobre) on;

◊ en una silla on a chair;

se le nota en la cara you can see it in his face
2 (expresando circunstancias, ambiente) in;
◊ en peligro in danger

3
a) (indicando tema, especialidad):

◊ un experto en la materia an expert on the subject;

doctor en derecho Doctor of Law
b) (indicando proporción, precio):

◊ en un diez por ciento by ten per cent;

en dólares in dollars
4
a) (indicando estado, manera) in;

◊ en malas condiciones in bad condition;

en llamas in flames, on fire
b) ( en forma de):

◊ termina en punta it's pointed;

colóquense en círculo get into o in a circle
c) ( con medios de transporte) by;

◊ ir en taxi to go by taxi;

fueron en bicicleta they cycled, they went on their bikes;
dimos una vuelta en coche we went for a ride in the car
5
a) ( indicando el material):

◊ en seda natural in natural silk;

una escultura en bronce a bronze (sculpture)
b) ( indicando el modo de presentación o expresión) in;

◊ en azul/ruso in blue/Russian

6 ( con expresiones de tiempo):
◊ en verano in (the) summer;

en varias ocasiones on several occasions;
en la mañana/noche (esp AmL) in the morning/at night
7
a) ( seguido de construcción verbal):

◊ no hay nada de malo en lo que hacen there's nothing wrong in what they're doing;

fuí el último en salir I was the last to leave
b) ( con complementos de persona) in;

◊ no sé qué ve en ella I don't know what he sees in her

en preposición
1 (lugar) in, on, at: nos encontramos en el autobús, we met on the bus
en Barcelona/Río, in Barcelona/Rio
en el cajón, in the drawer
en casa/el trabajo, at home/work
(sobre) en la mesa, on the table
2 (tiempo) in, on, at: cae en lunes, it falls on a Monday
en 1975, in 1975
en ese preciso instante, at that very moment
en un minuto, in a minute
en primavera, in spring
LAm en la mañana, in the morning
3 (modo) en bata, in a dressing gown
en francés, in French
en serio, seriously
4 (medio) by, in: puede venir en avión/ coche/metro/tren, she can come by air/car/tube/train
¿por qué no vienes en avión?, why don't you fly?
5 (movimiento) into: entró en la habitación, he went into the room
entró en escena, he went on stage
6 (tema, materia) at, in
es muy bueno en matemáticas, he's very good at maths
experto en finanzas, expert in finances
7 (partición, fases) in: hicimos el viaje en dos etapas, we did the journey in two stages
8 (de... en...) entraremos de tres en tres, we shall go in three by three
9 (con infinitivo) fue rápido en desenfundar, he was quick to pull out
se le nota la timidez en el hablar, you can notice his shyness by the way he speaks
'en' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abajo
- abarrotada
- abarrotado
- abasto
- abatimiento
- abdicar
- abierta
- abierto
- abogar
- abogada
- abogado
- abominar
- abonada
- abonado
- abordar
- abrir
- abreviar
- absoluta
- absoluto
- absorta
- absorto
- abstracta
- abstracto
- abstraída
- abstraído
- abuela
- abundar
- abundancia
- abundante
- abusar
- acabar
- academia
- acariciar
- acceder
- acentuar
- achantarse
- achatamiento
- achuchar
- acoger
- acomodar
- acompañar
- aconsejar
- acontecer
- acordar
- acordarse
- acostada
- acostado
- acostumbrada
- acostumbrado
English:
A
- aback
- abdicate
- abide
- ablaze
- able
- above
- above-board
- abreast
- abroad
- abscess
- absence
- absent
- absolutely
- absorbed
- abstract
- abundant
- academic
- academy
- accent
- access
- account
- accustom
- acknowledgement
- acquiesce
- acquire
- act
- acting
- action
- active
- actually
- add
- add in
- addition
- adept
- adequate
- administration
- admission
- admit
- advance
- advantage
- adventure
- advertise
- advertising
- affair
- affect
- afford
- afloat
- afraid
- after

* * *

EN nm (abrev de Encuentro Nacional)

= Paraguayan political party

* * *

en

prp

1 ( dentro de) in;

en un mes in a month;

en junio in June;

en casa at home;

en el cielo in heaven

2 ( sobre) on;

en la mesa on the table;

en la calle on the street, Br tb in the street

3 con medios de transporte

:

en coche/tren by car/train

4

:

en inglés in English;

póngamelo en la cuenta put it on my account;

aumentar en un 10 % grow (by) 10%, increase (by) 10%

* * *

en prep

1) : in

en el bolsillo: in one's pocket

en una semana: in a week

2) : on

en la mesa: on the table

3) : at

en casa: at home

en el trabajo: at work

en ese momento: at that moment

* * *

en prep

1. (en general) in

el Museo del Prado está en Madrid the Prado Museum is in Madrid

busca en tu cartera look in your wallet

¿en qué calle vives? which street do you live in?

sucedió en 1949 it happened in 1949

en verano in summer

en noviembre in November

lo acabó en tres días she finished it in three days

2. (edificios, fiestas específicas) at

está en el trabajo he's at work

están en casa they're at home

hemos quedado en el estadio we've arranged to meet at the stadium

vive en el número 24 she lives at number 24

en Navidad at Christmas

3. (superficies, días concretos) on

tus gafas están en la mesa your glasses are on the table

vivo en el segundo piso I live on the second floor

en el día de Navidad on Christmas Day

en la televisión on television

4. (medio de transporte) by

fuimos en tren we went by train

voy al colegio en autobús I go to school by bus

Spanish-English dictionary > en
16 FYRIR

for

* * *

prep.

I. with dat.

1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);

fyrir dyrum, before the door;

2) before one, in one’s presence;

hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;

3) for;

hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;

4) before one, in one’s way;

fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;

sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;

5) naut. term. before, off;

liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;

fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;

6) before, at the head of, over;

vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;

vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;

sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;

7) of time, ago;

fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;

fyrir stundu, a while ago;

fyrir löngu, long ago;

vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);

8) before, above, superior to;

Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;

9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;

þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;

tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;

10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;

mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;

varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;

Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;

11) because of, for;

hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;

fyrir hræðslu, for fear;

illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;

gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;

fyrir því at, because, since, as;

12) against;

gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;

beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;

13) fyrir sér, of oneself;

mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;

minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;

14) denoting manner or quality, with;

hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;

II. with acc.

1) before, in front of;

halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;

2) before, into the presence of;

stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;

3) over;

hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;

kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;

4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;

ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;

5) round, off;

sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;

6) along, all along;

fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;

draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;

7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;

fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;

8) for, on behalf of;

vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;

lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;

9) for, for the benefit of;

þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);

10) for, instead of, in place of, as;

11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);

fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);

fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;

12) denoting value, price;

fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;

fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;

13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);

14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);

fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;

fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;

fyrir handan á, beyond the river;

fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;

III. as adverb or ellipt.

1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;

þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;

2) first;

mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;

3) at hand, present, to the fore;

föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;

þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);

4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;

Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;

e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).

* * *

prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]

WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.

2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.

3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.

II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.

2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).

3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.

4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.

III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.

IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.

V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.

B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.

2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.

C. METAPH.:

I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.

II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).

2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.

III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.

2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.

IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.

V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.

2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.

β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.

VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.

VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.

2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.

VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).

β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.

IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.

X. as adverb or ellipt.,

1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.

β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.

2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.

3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.

XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.

XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.

WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.

2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.

3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.

4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).

II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.

III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.

2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.

IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.

B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.

C. METAPH.:

I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.

II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.

III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.

IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.

V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.

VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.

2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.

2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.

VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.

IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.

X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.

2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.

XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.

☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:

I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.

β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.

2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.

II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:

1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.

2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR
17 HVERR

I)

(-s, -ar), m.

1) kettle, cauldron;

2) hot spring (hverrinn var bæði heitr ok djúpr); holtriða h., ‘rock-cauldron’, cave.

II)

pron.

1) interrog., used both substantively and adjectively, who, which, what? hverjar ero þær meyjar? who are these maids? h. á hestinn? who owns the horse? h. er þessi maðr? who is this man? hvern enda? what end?

2) indef. each, every one, as subst., with gen.; manna h., every man; fróðra h., every wise man; h. várr, each of us; as a., h. gumi, every man; hverjan or hvern dag, every day; as adv., í hverju, moment (veðrit óx í hverju);

3) any (fyrir útan hverja hjálp);

4) with the relat. part. ‘er’ or ‘sem’, whosoever, whichever (þá skulu þeir þegar drepa hann h. sem hann er);

5) with another pron. or adj; h. at öðrum, one after another (hverja nótt eptir aðra); at öðru hverju, every now and then, hverir tveir, every two and two; þriðja hvert ár, every three years (= á hverjum þremr árum); hverr … sinn, every one … his (hverr maðr í sínu rúmi);

6) relat. (rare), who, which.

* * *

1.

m., pl. hverar:

I. a cauldron, boiler; hver kringlóttan af eiri, Stj. 564; heyrði til höddu er Þorr bar hverinn, Skálda 168, Hym. 1, 3, 5, 9, 13, 27, 33, 34, 36, 39 (of a boiler); hefja af hvera, Gm. 42, = mod. taka ofan pottinn; in Gkv. 3, 6, 9, 10, ketill and hver are synonymous: hver-gætir, m. a cauldron-keeper, cook, Am. 58: hvera-lundr, m. a cauldron groove, Vsp. 39: Hver-gelmir, m. local name of the northern Tartarus, the abyss, Edda.

II. metaph. in volcanic Icel. this word was taken to express the hot springs, and it is so used to the present day (in pl. often hverir), Sd. 191, Grett. 141 (hverar), Bs. i. 322, Ann. 1294, and freq. in local names. In the west the largest hverar are those in Reykjahólar, Eggert Itin. 382; in the north the Reykja-hver; Hvera-vellir in the wilderness Kjöl, 637; Reykjadals-hverar, among which the largest is the Uxa-hver, and Baðstofu-hver, 640, 641. In the east there are only a few, see Itin. 798; whereas the south is very rich in such springs, especially the neighbourhood of Haukadal (Geysir, Strokkr), see Ann. 1294; Grafar-hver, 890; Reykjaness-hverar, 895, (whence Hver-hólmr, the name of a holm); the springs in Krísuvík, 897; the hverar in Reykja-holt and Reykja-dalr: they are found even in glaciers, as in Torfa-jökull, 766.

COMPDS: hverafuglar, hverahella, hverahrúðr, hveraleir, hveraslý, hverasteinar, hveravatn, hvera-lundr in Vsp. an Icel. origin of this poem is suggested by Prof. Bergmann in his Poëmes Islandaises, Paris 1838, p. 183, as the verse seems to refer to volcanic agencies.

2.

pron. interrog. and indef.; at the present day proncd. hvur, with u throughout, and in mod. printed books usually spelt hvör, a form no doubt derived from the dual hvárr (hvorr), used in a plur. sense: for its declension, see Gramm. p. xxi; an acc. hverjan, Hým. 39; hverjan morgin, Vsp. 22, Fb. ii. 71 (in a verse); hverjan dag, Vþm. 11, 18, 23, 41, Gm. 8, 14, 20, 29; hverjan veg, Vþm. 18; whence the contracted form hvern. [The Gothic has a threefold interrog. pron., a sing. hwas, hwo, hwa; a dual, hwaþar; and a plur. hwarjis, hwarja, hwarjata. To the first of these pronouns answers the old Icel. form hvar, A. S. hwa, Scot. who, Engl. who, Swed. ho, Dan. hvo, cp. Lat. quis; but this pronoun is defective, and remains only in the neut. hvat, q. v., Ulf. hwa, A. S. hwat, Engl. what, Germ. was, Dan.-Swed. hvad, Lat. quid: the dat. masc. hveim is obsolete, Goth. hvamme, Engl. whom, Dan. hvem: the dat. hví (see hvat II, III): a nom. masc. hvar (hva-r) seems to be used a few times in old MSS. (e. g. Kb. of the Grágás), but it is uncertain, as the word is usually abbreviated h^er or h^ur: a gen. sing. hves (Goth. hwes, North. E. whese) occurs, hves lengra, how much farther? Hom. (St.) 50; til hves, to what? 65: possibly the απ. λεγ. hós, Ls. 33, is a remnant of the old gen. To the Goth. dual answers the Icel. hvárr (hvaðarr), q. v. To the Goth. plur. answers the Icel. hverr, with characteristic j, which is used in sing. and plur. alike. In the neut. sing. the two forms, hvat and hvert, are distinguished thus, that hvat (hvað) is interrog., hvert indef., e. g. hvað barn, what bairn? but hvert barn, every bairn.]

A. Interrogative, = Lat. quis, quae, quid? who, what, which? as substantive and adjective, direct and indirect; hvers fregnit mik? Vsp. 22; hverjar ro þær meyjar? Vþm. 48; hverir æsir? 30, Fsm. 8, 34; hverr er sá enn eini? Fas. ii. 529; hverir hafa tekið ofan skjöldu vára? Nj. 68; hverju skal launa kvæðit? Ísl. ii. 230; hverr er sá maðr? Fms. ii. 269; telja til hvers hann hafði neytt eði hvers úneytt, Grág. i. 155; spyrja hverja þeir vilja kveðja, ii. 24; kveða á þingmörk hver eru, i. 100; (segja) hverjar guðsifjar með þeim eru, 30; hugsa til hvers þú munt færr verða, Fms. i. 83; vita hverr þú ert, ii. 269; vita hvert biðja skal, Edda; þeir þóttusk sjá til hvers aetlað var, Fms. ix. 461; eigi veit ek til hvers ek má ætla, Bs. i. 541; hón segir honum hvers efni í eru, how matters stood, 539; þeir vissu hverju hann ætlaði fram at fara, Fms. i. 291; hann segir hverrar ættar Ólafr var, 81; sögðu með hverju (erendi) þeir höfðu farit, Eg. 281.

2. with the notion of Lat. qualis; en hvat kemr þér í hug, hverr ( qualis) ek muna vera þeim Írum, ef? …, Fas. ii. 529; þeim þótti úsýnt hverr friðr gefinn væri, Fms. v. 24; sá einn veit, hverju geði styrir gumna hverr, Hm. 17.

B. Indefinite pronoun, = Lat. quisque, every one, each, used both as substantive and as adjective:

1. as subst.; with gen., þat sæti ætlaði sér hverr sona hans, Fms. i. 7; manna, seggja, lýða, gumna hverr, every one of the men, every man, Hm. 14, 17, 53–55, Sól. 49; fróðra hverr, every wise man, Hm. 7; ráðsnotra hverr, 63: absol., as in the sayings, hverr er sjálfum sér næstr; bærr er hverr at ráða sínu; djarfr er hverrum deildan verð; fróðr er hverr fregnvíss; hverr er sinnar hamingju smiðr; dauðr verðr hverr, Hallfred; hail er heima hverr, Hm.; kveðr hverr sinnar þurftar: lét harm þar tala um hvern þat er vildi, Eb. and passim: with a possess, pron., ef sér ferr hverr várr, each of us, Glúm. 329.

2. as adj., á hverju þingi, Hkr. ii. 300; hverjan dag, every day, Vsp., Vþm., Gm.; í hverri tíð, at any time, Hom. 112; hver undr, Fs. 115; hverjum manni, Nj. 6; meiri ok sterkari hverjum manni, Hkr. i. 148; hver spurning liítr til svara, Sks. 307; hverr gumi, Hm. 13, passim.

3. as adv., í hverju, evermore; veðrit óx í hverju, Fms. vi. 379; þykir harðna sambúðin í hverju, grew ever worse and worse, xi. 441; veðrit óx í hverri, Skáld. H. 4. 14.

II. any; fyrir utan hverja hjálp, Hom. 159: esp. if following after a compar., es meiri fögnuðr boðinn á þessi tíð en á hverri annarri, Hom. (St.); hefir þetta með meirum fádæmum gengit heldr en hvert annarra, Band. 33 new Ed.

III. adding the relat. particle er or sem, whosoever, whichsoever, whatsoever; hvers sem við þarf, Fms. i. 306; þá á þá sök hverr er vill, Grág. i. 10; hverr er svá er spakr, Hom. 2; hverju sinni er, whensoever, Str. 27 and passim.

IV. with another pron. or adj.; hverr at öðrum, one after another, Eg. 91, Fs. 158; hvert at öðru, Fas. ii. 556; hvert sumar frá öðru, Grág. i. 92; hverja nótt eptir aðra, Þiðr. 53, 150; at öðru hverju, now and then, adverbially; hverir tveir, every two and two, by twos, Fms. iv. 299; þriðja hvert ár, every three years, Fas. ii. 64; á hverjum þremr árum, id., Stj. 573; dag inn sjaunda hvern, K. ÞK.; þriðja hvert sumar, Landn. 299; annan hvern dag, níundu hverja nótt, Skm. 21, Nj. 190.

2. hverr … sinn, every … his; hverr maðr í sínu rúmi, Nj. 51; hverr sér, each separately; sér hverr, each in particular, every one; at serhverju hofi, at every single temple, Landn. 336 (App.); þó at ek greina eigi ser hvat, though I do not tell each thing in detail, Bs. i. 64; sérhverja atburði, 134; sérhverjum hlut, Fms. v. 333; sérhverjum þeirra, Nj. 256, Landn. 35, Sturl. ii. 175; sérhvern fingr, Fas. iii. 345; sérhvern mann, Fms. i. 149; allir ok sérhverir, all and several, i. e. everyone, Grág. ii. 36, 140, Eluc. 43, H. E. i. 468; einn ok sérhverr, one and all, every one, Skálda 161; hverr sem einn, each as one, all like one man, 165, Al. 91, 93, Barl. 40, Stj. 4; hvereinn, every one.

C. Relative, = Lat. qui, quae, quod, Engl. who, which, only in later writers of the end of the 13th and the 14th centuries, and since freq. in N. T., Vídal., Hymns; at first it was seldom used but with the particles er, at, as in Engl. who that …, which that …; þat herbergi, í hverju er …, in which that …, Stj.; takandi vátta, hverir at sóru fullan bókareið, Dipl. ii. 2; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at þekkr mun verða, Fms. v. 159 and passim: singly, tvær jarðir, hverjar svá heita, Dipl. v. 27; Guðs orð, hver frjófgask munu, Fms. v. 159; Gerhardus, hverr með fögrum píslar-sigri fór brott, Mar.; með hverjum hann hugar-prýði vann, Fb. iii. 567.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HVERR
18 na

praep. 1. (wskazuje na kontakt z powierzchnią) [znajdować się] on
- na stole/kanapie/krześle on the table/sofa/chair

- na ścianie/drzwiach on the wall/door

- na Ziemi/Księżycu on the Earth/Moon

- na niebie in the sky

- na jeziorze/rzece on the lake/river

- na morzu at sea

- na zdjęciu/obrazie (jako temat) in a photo/picture

- na środku czegoś in the middle a. centre of sth

- na początku/końcu czegoś at the beginning/end of sth

- rana na nodze a wound on a a. in the leg

- mieć na sobie marynarkę/płaszcz to be wearing a jacket/coat

- nosiła pierścionek na małym palcu, a na szyi korale she had a ring on her little finger and beads (a)round her neck

- włóż płaszcz na sweter put your coat on over your sweater
2. (wskazuje na pomieszczenie, miejsce) at, in
- na stadionie at the stadium

- na korytarzu in the corridor

- na ulicy in the street, outside

- na ulicy Klonowej in a. on Klonowa Street

- na dworcu/przystanku autobusowym at the station/bus stop

- na staromiejskim rynku in the Old Town marketplace

- na wschodzie/południu in the East/South

- na Bliskim Wschodzie in the Middle East

- na Ukrainie/Węgrzech in (the) Ukraine/in Hungary

- na Śląsku/Mazowszu in Silesia/Mazovia

- na wyspie/Borneo on an island/in Borneo

- na wsi in the country

- na uniwersytecie at (the) university/in the university

- na wykładzie/przedstawieniu at a lecture/performance

- na górze/dole (wysokość) at the top/bottom; (w budynku) upstairs/downstairs
3. (wskazuje na kierunek) [pójść, prowadzić] to
- na plażę/bagna to the beach/marshes

- na stację/salę operacyjną to the station/the operating theatre

- na Łotwę/Pomorze to Latvia/Pomerania

- na Sycylię/Krym to Sicily/the Crimea

- wyprawa na Mount Everest an expedition to Mount Everest

- wspinać się na Giewont to climb Giewont

- robotnicy wylegli na ulice workers took to the streets

- dostał się na uniwersytet/prawo he entered university a. was admitted to university/he entered the law department

- poszła na zebranie/koncert she went to a meeting/concert

- iść/skręcać na północ/wschód to go/turn north/east

- okna wychodzą na południe/na ogród the windows face south/look onto the garden

- na północ/wschód od czegoś to the north/east of sth

- na górę/dół (wyżej/niżej) up/down; (w budynku) upstairs/downstairs

- patrzeć na kogoś to look at sb

- postawić wazon na stół a. na stole to put a vase on the table

- ładować meble na ciężarówkę to load furniture onto a lorry

- przenosić się z miejsca na miejsce to move from place to place
4. (wskazuje na odcinek czasu) for
- wyjechać na tydzień/dwa dni to go away for a week/two days

- na krótko for a bit a. a short while

- na zawsze forever, for ever

- muszę was na chwilę zostawić I’ll have to leave you for a moment

- ptaki odleciały na zimę the birds have flown off for the winter

- na pół godziny przed odlotem samolotu half an hour before the plane’s departure
5. (wskazuje na termin) przygotuję ten referat na środę I’ll prepare the paper for Wednesday
- miałeś zrobić tłumaczenie na wczoraj you were supposed to finish the translation by yesterday

- przesuńmy zebranie na jutro let’s postpone the meeting till tomorrow

- masz przyjść na drugą/lunch you must come at two/for lunch

- jestem z nim umówiony na siedemnastą/na piątego stycznia I’m seeing him at 5 p.m./on January the fifth
6. (wskazuje na okazję) for
- na tę okazję for the occasion

- sukienka na specjalne okazje a dress for special occasions

- zjeść coś na śniadanie/lunch to have a. eat sth for breakfast/lunch

- kupić komuś prezent na urodziny to buy sb a present for his/her birthday

- zaprosić kogoś na imieniny/wigilię to invite sb to one’s name day party/for Christmas Eve

- pójść na wesele/pogrzeb to go to a wedding/funeral

- pocałować/pomachać komuś na pożegnanie to kiss/wave sb goodbye
7. (z nazwami środków lokomocji) na nartach/rowerze on skis/on a bike
- policjanci na koniach policemen on horseback

- jechać na rowerze to cycle, to ride a bike

- latać na lotni to go hang-gliding

- jeździć na łyżwach/wrotkach to skate a. go skating/to (roller) skate a. go (roller) skating

- chodzić/stać na rękach to walk/stand on one’s hands

- skakać na jednej nodze to hop on one foot

- zjechał na nartach ze zbocza he skied down the slope

- dziecko poruszało się na pupie po całym pokoju the baby shuffled around the room on his/her bottom
8. (wskazujące na podporę) on
- stolik na kółkach a table on a. with wheels

- pantofle na wysokim obcasie highheeled shoes

- pantofle na płaskim obcasie low-heeled shoes, flats US

- fotel/konik na biegunach a rocking chair/horse

- spodnie na szelkach/pasku trousers with braces/with a belt

- prowadzić psa na smyczy to lead a dog on a leash

- leżeć na brzuchu/plecach to lie on one’s stomach/back

- oprzeć się na łokciu/na lasce to lean on one’s elbow/a cane
9. (z nazwami narzędzi, urządzeń, instrumentów) on
- na komputerze/kalkulatorze on a computer/calculator

- pisać na maszynie to type, to write on a typewriter

- uszyć sukienkę na maszynie to machine(-sew) a dress

- grać na skrzypcach/fortepianie to play (on) the violin/piano

- zagrać jakąś melodię na skrzypcach/fortepianie to play a tune on the violin/piano

- robić na drutach to knit
10. (wskazuje na sposób) pranie na sucho dry-cleaning
- jajka na twardo/miękko hard-boiled/soft-boiled eggs

- usmażyć coś na maśle/oleju to fry sth in butter/oil

- ten rosół jest na wołowinie, nie na kurczaku this is beef broth, not chicken broth

- nalewka na wiśniach cherry brandy

- sprzedawać coś na sztuki/tuziny to sell sth by the piece/dozen

- kupić coś na raty to pay for sth by a. in instalments

- pomalować coś na niebiesko/zielono to paint sth blue/green

- ubierać się na biało/czarno to dress in white/black

- „podawać na zimno/gorąco” ‘serve cold/hot’

- zrobiła się na Marylin Monroe pot. she dolled herself up like Marylin Monroe pot.

- (ona) uczy się na piątki she always gets top marks
11. (wskazuje na przeznaczenie) for
- mięso na befsztyki/zupę meat for steak/soup

- butelka na mleko a milk bottle

- materiał na sukienkę dress material

- stojak na buty a shoe rack

- syrop na kaszel cough syrup

- koncert na skrzypce i fortepian a concerto for violin and piano

- dom na sprzedaż a house for sale

- sztućce/stół na cztery osoby cutlery/a table for four (people)

- brała krople na serce she took drops for her heart

- nie mam już miejsca na książki I don’t have any more room for books

- na dokończenie tego mieliśmy tylko dwie godziny we only had two hours to finish it

- nie trać czasu na głupstwa don’t waste time on trifles

- brakuje pieniędzy na zasiłki there’s a shortage of money for benefits
12. (wskazuje na cel) for
- zabrali go do szpitala na operację they took him to hospital for an operation

- poszedł na egzamin he went to take a. went off for his exam

- idę do znajomych na brydża I’m going to my friends to play (some) bridge a. for a game of bridge

- umówmy się na piwo let’s meet for a beer

- muszę pójść na zakupy I have to do some a. go shopping

- na co chcesz pójść (do kina)? what (film) would you like to see?

- wybrać się na grzyby/ryby to go mushroom picking/fishing

- skoczył do wody jemu/jej na ratunek he jumped into the water to save him/her
13. (wskazuje na skutek) to, into
- podarł spodnie na strzępy he tore his trousers to shreds

- wazon rozbił się na kawałki the vase smashed to pieces

- porąbał drewno na kawałki he chopped the wood into pieces

- pokrój mięso na plastry/kawałki cut the meat into slices/chunks

- gips strwardniał na kamień the plaster set as hard as rock

- przerobiła sukienkę na spódnicę she turned the dress into a skirt

- przebudowali piwnicę na sklep they converted the cellar into a shop

- rodzice wychowali go na uczciwego człowieka his parents brought him up to be an honest man
14. (wskazuje na przyczynę) at
- na czyjąś prośbę/zaproszenie at sb’s request/invitation

- na czyjś rozkaz at sb’s order

- na widok kogoś/czegoś at the sight of sb/sth

- na dźwięk dzwonka wyskoczył z wanny at the sound of the bell he jumped out of the bath

- na myśl o tym zrobiło mu się słabo he felt faint at the (very) thought of it

- śledztwo rozpoczęto na wniosek poszkodowanego the investigation was opened at the request of the injured party

- na nasz apel zgłosiło się wielu ochotników many volunteers responded to our appeal

- oskarżeni utrzymują, że strzelali na rozkaz the accused claim that they were ordered to shoot

- chorować na grypę to be ill with flu

- przystanek na żądanie a request stop GB, a flagstop US
15. (w pomiarach, obliczeniach) 100 kilometrów na godzinę a hundred kilometres per a. an hour
- dwa razy na tydzień/rok twice a week/year

- jeden student na dziesięciu one student in ten a. out of ten

- na jedno miejsce było sześciu kandydatów there were six candidates per place

- bieg na 100 metrów the 100 metres sprint

- głęboki/długi na sześć metrów six metres deep/long

- drzwi były otwarte na całą szerokość the door was wide open

- podszedłem do niego na odległość kilku kroków I came to within several steps of him

- poziom wody podniósł się na wysokość pierwszego piętra the level of the water rose up to the first floor

- jak na swoje lata, jest w doskonałej formie he’s in excellent form for his years

- jak na emeryta, ma spore dochody for a pensioner he has quite a large income

- pomidory, jak na krajowe, są znakomite for Polish tomatoes they’re delicious

- suma, jak na owe czasy, ogromna a huge sum for a. in those days a. times

- na ówczesne warunki (for) the way things were at the time; for the conditions prevailing at that time książk.

- na co? what for?

- na co ci ołówek? what do you need a pencil for?

- i na co wam to było? what did you have to do that for?

- na odwal (się) pot. a. na odpieprz (się) posp. [zrobiony, wykonany] any old how pot.

* * *

prep

(+acc) ( kierunek) to

na plażę/wieś — to the beach/country

na Węgry/Kubę — to Hungary/Cuba

wchodzić (wejść perf) na drzewo — to climb a tree

na zachód/północ — west/north, westward(s)/northward(s)

wpadać (wpaść perf) na kogoś — to bump into sb ( okres)

na dwa dni — for two days

na 5 minut przed na — +loc five minutes before... ( termin)

na poniedziałek — for Monday

na czwartą — ( zrobić coś) by four (o'clock); ( przyjść) at four (o'clock) ( okazja)

na śniadanie — for breakfast

na wiosnę — in spring ( sposób)

na sztuki/tuziny — by the piece/the dozen

na czyjś koszt — at sb's expense

na raty — on hire purchase (BRIT) lub installments (US)

jajko na twardo — hard-boiled egg

pranie na sucho — dry cleaning ( przyczyna)

na czyjąś prośbę/zaproszenie — at sb's request/invitation

na czyjś sygnał/życzenie — on sb's signal/wish

chory na grypę — ill lub sick (US) with flu ( miara)

100 km na godzinę — 100 km per hour

dwa razy na tydzień — twice a lub per week

stół na 20 osób — a table for twenty

jeden na dziesięć — one in ten, one out of ten

po trzy na raz — three at a time

szeroki na dwa cale — two inches wide ( rezultat)

kroić (pokroić) (perf) coś na kawałki — to cut sth into pieces

malować (pomalować perf) coś na biało — to paint sth white ( przeznaczenie)

album na znaczki — stamp album

kosz na śmieci — dustbin (BRIT), garbage can (US)

przerwa na kawę — coffee break ( zamiar)

iść na spacer — to go for a walk

jechać na wakacje/wycieczkę — to go on holiday/a trip

iść na wykład/koncert — to go to a lecture/concert ( z przysłówkami)

jeść obiad na stojąco — to eat lunch (while) standing

* * *

na

prep.

+ Loc.

1. ( miejsce) on, at, in ( często nie tłumaczony jako przyimek); na stole on the table; na ścianie on the wall; na górze/na dole up/down; at the top/bottom ( czegoś of sth); (= na piętrze/na parterze) upstairs/downstairs; na ulicy on the street; Br. in the street; na Siódmej Ulicy on Seventh Street; Br. in Seventh Street; na Pennsylvania Avenue pod numerem 10 Br. at 10 Pennsylvania Avenue; na Alasce/Litwie in Alaska/Lithuania; na deszczu (out) in the rain; na dworze (= na zewnątrz) outside, outdoors; na koniu on a horse, on horseback; na korytarzu in the corridor; na palcu/głowie on one's finger/head; mieć mnóstwo spraw na głowie przen. have a lot on one's mind l. shoulders; na początku/końcu czegoś at the beginning/end of sth; na polu in the field; na uniwersytecie/poczcie at the university/post office; na zachodzie in the west.

2. ( sytuacja) gdybym był na twoim miejscu if I were you, if I were in your shoes.

3. (= podczas) at, during, on; na zebraniu/koncercie at a meeting/concert; na wakacjach on vacation; Br. on holiday; na wycieczce on a trip l. excursion; spędzać czas na czytaniu spend one's time reading.

4. ( środek lokomocji) on; jechać na koniu ride (on) a horse; jeździć na nartach ski, go skiing; jeździć na rowerze ride (on) a bicycle, ride a bike.

5. ( ruch lub pozycja ciała) on; chodzić na rękach walk on one's hands; leżeć na boku lie on one's side; na nogach (t. przen. = w dobrej kondycji) on one's feet.

6. ( instrument) on; grać na skrzypcach/fortepianie play the violin/piano; grać melodię na fortepianie play a tune on the piano.

7. ( narzędzie) pisać na maszynie type, typewrite; robić na drutach knit.

8. ( precyzowanie znaczenia rzeczownika) buty na wysokich obcasach high-heeled shoes; ciasto na drożdżach yeast dough; nalewka na wiśniach cherry liqueur; koń na biegunach rocking horse.

9. (po czasownikach l. przymiotnikach) oszczędzać na czymś economize on sth; wprawiać się na czymś cut one's teeth on sth; wychowany na czymś brought up l. raised on sth.

prep.

+ Acc.

1. (kierunek l. cel) to, toward(s), on, upon ( często nie tłumaczony jako przyimek); na Alaskę/Litwę to Alaska/Lithuania; na stolicę (o celu marszu, operacji wojskowej) toward l. on the capital; na górę/na dół up/down; ( po schodach) upstairs/downstairs; na pocztę/dworzec kolejowy to the post office/railroad station; na ulicę (out) into the street; na zachód west, westward(s); wyjść na ulicę (euf. = zacząć uprawiać prostytucję) go on the streets.

2. (po czasownikach l. przymiotnikach) chory na głowę (pot. = szalony) sick in the head, brainsick; chorować l. cierpieć na coś suffer from sth; cieszyć się na coś look forward to sth; krzyczeć na kogoś shout at sb; patrzeć na kogoś/coś look at sb/sth; zanosi się na deszcz it's going to rain; zły na kogoś/coś angry at/with sb/sth.

3. ( stan) postawić kogoś na nogi przen. put sb on their feet (again).

4. ( okres) for; na chwilę for a moment, for a while; na miesiąc for a month.

5. (termin, wyznaczony czas) (dokładnie) na czas (right) on time; obiad będzie na piątą dinner will be (ready) at five; umówić się na środę agree to meet on Wednesday, schedule an appointment for Wednesday; wracam na Wielkanoc I'll be back l. returning for Easter; zrobię to na jutro I'll do it for tomorrow.

6. (napęd, zasilanie) silnik na benzynę gasoline engine; zegar na baterię battery-powered clock.

7. ( przeznaczenie) kosz na śmieci waste-paper basket; materiał na sukienkę dress material; koncert na fortepian muz. piano concerto; skrzynka na listy mailbox; Br. letter-box.

8. ( sposób) with, by; walczyć na miecze fight with swords; kupować na raty buy on installments; kupować/sprzedawać na sztuki buy/sell by the piece.

9. ( miara) 100 kilometrów na godzinę a hundred kilometers an hour/per hour; szeroki na dwa metry two meters wide; raz na rok once a year.

10. (przyczyna, bodziec) on, upon, at, to; co ty na to? what do you say?, what would you say to that?; na żądanie on demand; na czyjąś prośbę/czyjś rozkaz on l. at sb's request/order; na widok kogoś/czegoś at the sight of sb/sth; na wieść o wypadku upon the news of the accident; odpowiedzieć na pytanie answer a question.

11. ( podział) into, in; drzeć coś na kawałki tear sth into l. to pieces; dzielenie włosa na czworo przen. hair-splitting; dzielić/łamać/składać coś na pół divide/break/fold sth in half.

12. ( dzielenie liczb) sto na dziesięć one hundred (divided) by ten.

13. ( wymiary) pięć na dziesięć cali five by ten inches.

14. ( cel) to, for, into; być przyjętym na (Uniwersytet) Yale be accepted at l. by Yale (University); dostać się na wydział chemii get into the chemistry department; iść na przyjęcie/zebranie go to a party/meeting; iść na ryby go fishing; iść na spacer go for a walk; jechać na wycieczkę go on an excursion; wyskoczyć na miasto go out, go into town.

15. ( w utarych zwrotach) na dobitkę to crown it all, to top it (all) off, on top of all that; na domiar złego to make matters worse; na przykład for example, for instance; jak na złość ironically; na zakończenie finally; na złamanie karku at breakneck speed l. pace, helter-skelter.

16. ( w równoważnikach zdań) na pomoc! help!; na koń! mount up!; na zdrowie! ( toast) cheers!; ( odpowiedź na kichnięcie) bless you!

prep.

z przysłówkami, przymiotnikami i wyrazami nieodmiennymi

1. ( z nazwami kolorów) pomalować coś na biało paint sth white.

2. ( okres) for; na długo/krótko for a long/short time; na zawsze forever.

3. ( sposób) na czczo on an empty stomach; na leżąco lying (down), reclining, prone; jajko na twardo hard-boiled egg; na wznak on the back.

4. ( relacje przestrzenne) na zewnątrz (czegoś) outside (sth); na wprost (straight) on l. ahead; (= naprzeciw) opposite; na zachód/lewo ( o położeniu) to the west/left ( od czegoś of sth).

5. ( w utartych zwrotach) wszystko na nic/na próżno (it's) all for nothing/in vain.

The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > na
19 DANZ

mod. dans, n. a word of for. origin; [cp. mid. Lat. dansare; Fr. danser; Ital. danzare; Engl. dance; Germ. tanz, tanzen.] This word is certainly not Teutonic, but of Roman or perhaps Breton origin: the Icel. or Scandin. have no genuine word for dancing,—leika means ‘to play’ in general: the word itself (danza, danz, etc.) never occurs in the old Sagas or poetry, though popular amusements of every kind are described there; but about the end of the 11th century, when the Sagas of the bishops (Bs.) begin, we find dance in full use, accompanied by songs which are described as loose and amorous: the classical passage is Jóns S. (A. D. 1106–1121), ch. 13. Bs. i. 165, 166, and cp. Júns S. by Gunnlaug, ch. 24. Bs. i. 237—Leikr sá var kær mönnum áðr en hinn heilagi Jón varð biskup, at kveða skyldi karlmaðr til konu í danz blautlig kvæði ok rægilig; ok kona til karlmanns mansöngs vísur; þenna leik lét hann af taka ok bannaði styrkliga; mansöngs kvæði vildi hann eigi heyra né kveða láta, en þó fékk hann því eigi af komið með öllu. Some have thought that this refers to mythical (Eddic) poetry, but without reason and against the literal sense of the passage; the heathen heroic poems were certainly never used to accompany a dance; their flow and metre are a sufficient proof of that. In the Sturl. (Hist. of the 12th and 13th century) dancing is mentioned over and over again; and danz is used of popular ballads or songs of a satirical character (as those in Percy’s ballads): flimt ( loose song) and danz are synonymous words; the Sturl. has by chance preserved two ditties (one of A. D. 1221, running thus—Loptr liggr í Eyjum, bítr lunda bein | Sæmundr er á heiðum, etr berin ein. Sturl. ii. 62, and one referring to the year 1264—Mínar eru sorgirnar þungar sem blý, Sturl. iii. 317) sufficient to shew the flow and metre, which are exactly the same as those of the mod. ballads, collected in the west of Icel. (Ögr) in the 17th century under the name of Fornkvæði, Old Songs, and now edited by Jon Sigurdsson and Svend Grundtvig. Danz and Fornkvæði are both of the same kind, and also identical with Engl. ballads, Dan. kæmpeviser. There are passages in Sturl. and B.S. referring to this subject — færðu Breiðbælingar Lopt í flimtun ok görðu um hann danza marga, ok margskonar spott annat, Sturl. ii. 57, cp. 62; Danza-Bergr, the nickname of a man (Stud, ii), prob. for composing comic songs; danza-görð, composing comic songs; fylgðar-menn Kolbeins fóru með danza-görð, … en er Brandr varð varr við flimtan þeirra, iii. 80; þá hrökti Þórðr hestinn undir sér, ok kvað danz þenna við raust, 317.

β. a wake, Arna S. ch. 2; in Sturl. i. 23; at the banquet in Reykhólar, 1119, the guests amused themselves by dancing, wrestling, and story-telling; þá var sleginn danz í stofu, ii. 117; í Viðvík var gleði mikil ok gott at vera; þat var einn Drottins dag at þar var danz mikill; kom þar til fjöldi manna; ok ríðr hann í Viðvík til danz, ok var þar at leik; ok dáðu menn mjök danz hans, iii. 258, 259; honum var kostr á boðinn hvat til gamans skyldi hafa, sögur eða danz um kveldit, 281;—the last reference refers to the 21st of January, 1258, which fell on a Sunday (or wake-day): in ballads and tales of the Middle Ages the word is freq.:—note the allit. phrase, dansinn dunar, Ísl. Þóðs. ii. 8: the phrases, stiga danz; ganga í danz; brúðir í danz, dansinn heyra; dans vill hun heyra, Fkv. ii. 7. Many of the burdens to the mod. Icel. ballads are of great beauty, and no doubt many centuries older than the ballads to which they are affixed; they refer to lost love, melancholy, merriment, etc., e. g. Blítt lætur veröldin, fölnar fögr fold | langt er síðan mitt var yndið lagt í mold, i. 74; Út ert þú við æginn blá, eg er hér á Dröngum, | kalla eg löngum, kalla eg til þin löngum; Skín á skildi Sól og sumarið fríða, | dynur í velli er drengir í burtu riða, 110; Ungan leit eg hofmann í fögrum runni, | skal eg í hljóði dilla þeim mér unm; Austan blakar laufið á þann linda, 129; Fagrar heyrða eg raddirnar við Niflunga heim; Fagrt syngr svanrinn um sumarlanga tíð, | þá mun list að leika sér mín liljan fríð, ii. 52: Einum unna eg manninum, á meðan það var, | þó hlaut eg minn harm að bera í leyndum stað, 94; Svanrinn víða. svanurinn syngr viða, 22; Utan eptir firðinum, sigla fagrar fleyr | sá er enginn glaður eptir annan þreyr, 110; Svo er mér illt og angrsamt því veldur þú, | mig langar ekki í lundinn með þá jungfrú, Espol. Ann. 1549. The earliest ballads seem to have been devoted to these subjects only; of the two earliest specimens quoted in the Sturl. (above), one is satirical, the other melancholy; the historical ballads seem to be of later growth: the bishops discountenanced the wakes and dancing (Bs. l. c., Sturl. iii), but in vain: and no more telling proof can be given of the drooping spirits of Icel. in the last century, than that dancing and wakes ceased, after having been a popular amusement for seven hundred years. Eggert Olafsson in his poems still speaks of wakes, as an eyewitness; in the west of Icel. (Vestfirðir) they lasted longer, but even there they died out about the time that Percy’s ballads were published in England. The Fornkvæði or songs are the only Icel. poetry which often dispenses with the law of alliteration, which in other cases is the light and life of Icel. poetry; vide also hofmaðr, viki-vakar, etc. In the 15th century the rímur (metrical paraphrases of romances) were used as an accompaniment to the danz, höldar danza harla snart, ef heyrist vísan mín; hence originates the name man-söngr ( maid-song), minne-sang, which forms the introduction to every ríma or rhapsody; the metre and time of the rímur are exactly those of ballads and well suited for dancing. An Icel. MS. of the 17th century, containing about seventy Icel. Fornkvæði, is in the Brit. Mus. no. 11,177; and another MS., containing about twenty such songs, is in the Bodl. Libr. no. 130.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > DANZ
20 HEIMR

(-s, -ar), m.

1) a place of abode, a region or world (níu man ek heima); spyrja e-n í hvern heim, to ask one freely;

2) this world (segðu mér ór heimi, ek man ór helju); koma í heiminn, to be born; fara af heiminum, to depart this life; liggja milli heims ok heljar, to lie between life and death;

3) the earth; kringla heimsins, the globe.

* * *

m. [Ulf. heimos (fem. pl.) = κώμη; A. S. hâm; cp. Eng. home, and in local names -ham; O. H. G. haim; Germ. heim; Dan. hjem; Swed. hem]:—prop. an abode, village, and hence land, region, world:

I. abode, land,

1. partly in a mythol. sense, each heimr being peopled with one kind of beings, gods, fairies, men, giants, etc.; níu man ek heima, I remember nine abodes, Vsp. 2, and also Alm. 9 sqq., Vþm. 45, refer to the mythol. conception of nine heavens, nine kinds of beings, and nine abodes, cp. Goð-heimr, God-land, Yngl. S., Stor.; Mann-heimar, Man-land, the abode of men, Yngl. S.; Jötun-heimar, Giant-land; Álf-heimr, Elf-land, Fairy-land; Nifl-heimr, Mist-land, the world below, Edda, Gm.; Undir-heimar, the nether world, Fms. iii. 178, Fas. iii. 391; Upp-heimr, the ‘Up-land,’ Ether, Alm. 13; cp. also Sól-heimar, ‘Sun-ham,’ Sunniside, freq. as a local name, Landn.; vind-h., ‘wind-ham,’ the heaven, Vsp. 62; sá heimr er Múspell heitir, Edda 3; heyrir blástr hans í alla heima, 17: the phrase, spyrja einn í alla heima, to ask one freely; er slíkt harla úhöfðinglegt at spyrja úkunna menn í hvern heim, Fb. i. 211.

2. the region of the earth or sky; Austr-heimr, the East; Norðr-h., the North; Suðr-h., the South; Vestr-h., the West; Jórsala-heimr, Palestine: poët., dvalar-heimr, a dwelling-place, Sól. 35; ægis-h., 33; alda-h., the abode of men, 41; heimar goða, the abode of gods, Hkm. 13; munar-h., a place of bliss, Hkv. Hjörv. 42; ljóð-h., the abode of men, Gg. 2; myrk-h., the mirky abode, Akv. 42; sólar-h., the sun’s abode, heaven, Geisli.

3. a village, in local names, Engl. -ham, Germ. -heim; but in mod. Dan., Norse, and Swed. local names contracted to -om or -um, so that in many instances it is doubtful whether it is from heim or a dat. pl. in um, thus Veom, Viom may be Véheimr or Véum; Sæ-heimr = mod. Norse Sæm; Há-heimr = Hæm; Fors-heimr = Forsum, Munch, Norge’s Beskr. Pref.: in Icel. not very freq., Sól-heimar, Man-heimar (cp. Safn i. 353 note), Vind-h.: the mythical Glaðs-h., ‘Bright-ham,’ Þrym-h., Þrúð-h., Gm. 4, 8, 11.

II. this world, opp. to Hel or other worlds; fyrst fólkvíg í heimi, Vsp. 26; segðu mér ór heimi ek man ór Helju, Vtkv. 6, Hkv. Hjörv. 40, Skv. 3, 62, Vþm. 49, Am. 83, Stor. 19, Vsp. 46, Helr. 4; koma í heiminn, to be born, Fas. ii. 513; þessa heims, in this world, 623. 48, Gþl. 42, Hom. 48; opp. to annars heims, in the other world; þessa heims ok annars, Nj. 200, Sks. 354; kringla heimsins, the globe, orbis terrarum, Hkr. (init.); um allan heim, Grág. i. 169; heimr er bygðr, Ísl. ii. 381; spor þín liggja lengra út í heim en ek fæ séð, Orkn. 142; var heimrinn allr greindr í þriðjunga, Al. 117, Sks. 194, Rb. 134; al-heimr, the universe; minni-h., microcosmos, Eluc. 19.

2. phrases, liggja (vera) milli heims ok Heljar, to lie between life and death, in extreme illness, Fb. i. 260 (of a swoon); lá Þorsteinn þá milli heims ok heljar ok vætti sér þá ekki nema dauða, Fas. ii. 437; þá sigaði svá at honum, … ok lá náliga í milli heims ok heljar, Grett. 114; sýna e-m í tvo heimana, to make one look into two worlds, i. e. to treat a person roughly; cp. laust hann svá at hann vissi lítið í þenna heim, he struck him so that he nearly swooned, Karl. 35.

3. eccl. the world, mundus; heims ágirni, Hom. 73; stíga yfir heiminn, to overcome the world, 49, N. T. passim, e. g. John xvi. 8, 11, 20, 33; heims börn, the children of the world, Pass.; heims dýrð, the glory of the world, Post.; heims skraut, the pomp of the world, Hom. 83; hold ok heimr, the flesh and the world, N. T. 4. denoting people, only in the compd þing-heimr, an assembly, cp. Fr. monde.

COMPDS: heimsaldr, heimsálfa, heimsbrestr, heimsbygð, heimsendi, heimskringla, heimsskapan, heimsskaut, heimsslit, heimssól, heimsstaða, heimsstjórn, heimsstýrir, heimsvist, heimsþriðjungr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HEIMR

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Man of the West — Directed by Anthony Mann Produced by Walter Mirisch Written by Will C. Brown (no … Wikipedia
Man of the West — L Homme de l Ouest L Homme de l Ouest (Man of the West) est un film américain réalisé par Anthony Mann, sorti en 1958. Sommaire 1 Synopsis 2 Fiche technique 3 Distribution 4 Autour … Wikipédia en Français
The Man in the High Castle — … Wikipedia
Man with the Steel Whip — Directed by Franklin Adreon Produced by Franklin Adreon Written by Ronald Davidson Starring … Wikipedia
The Fair Maid of the West — The Fair Maid of the West, or a Girl Worth Gold, Parts 1 and 2 is a work of English Renaissance drama, a two part play written by Thomas Heywood that was first published in 1631. [Thomas Heywood, The Fair Maid of the West Parts I and II , edited… … Wikipedia
The Man on the Box — Directed by Oscar Apfel Cecil B. DeMille Starring Horace B. Carpenter Release date(s) 13 July 1914 … Wikipedia
Man Enters the Cosmos — Man Enters the Cosmos … Wikipedia
Man on the Moon (film) — Man on the Moon Theatrical release poster Directed by Miloš Forman Produced by … Wikipedia
Man of the Hour — Single by Pearl Jam from the album Big Fish: Music from the Motion Picture B side … Wikipedia
Man on the Moon (song) — Man on the Moon Single by R.E.M. from the album Automatic for the People B side … Wikipedia
The Man with the Red Tattoo — … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

man+of+the+west

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

man+of+the+west

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: